Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1

The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty.

2

The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.

3

Greek architecture was essentially.

4

Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles is the.

5

The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.

6

With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.

7 8 9 10 11

Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks. From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the practice of using. Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing walls. The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome. The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple.

12

Amphitheaters are used for ___.

13

An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places.

14

The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.

15 16

An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat tiles. Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.

17

Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

18

In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine.

19

The characteristic of Greek ornament.

20

The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.

21

The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

22

The open court in an Italian palazzo.

23

The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window.

24

"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.

25 26

How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral? Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom. i. Cornice ii. Frieze iii.Architrave

1/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 27

Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

28

Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.

29

Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.

30

Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.

31

A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the poly-gonal plan of its supporting structure.

32

A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.

33

The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir orchancel and usually flanked by aisles.

34

The uppermost step in the crepidoma.

35

The lowest step in the crepidoma.

36

Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.

37

Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.

38

Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.

39

Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?

40

Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.

41

Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek.

42

Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.

43

What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?

44

A foot race course in the cities.

45

Architects of the Parthenon.

46 47 48 49

The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during occasions. Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are kept. The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboard of the Sultan's bed. In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.

50

Japanese tea house

51

A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration

52

Domical mound containing a relic.

53

Ifugao house (southern strain).

2/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 54

The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps.

55

Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a hundred persons.

56

A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.

57

Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos.

58

Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture

59

Architect of the Einstein Tower.

60

Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.

61

What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style?

62

The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.

63

64

Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement. In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful works.

65

Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.

66

The world's first large-scale monument in stone.

67

The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh

68

Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

69

A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.

70

A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.

71

A concave molding approximately quarter round.

72

Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.

73

A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'.

74

Architect of Robinson's Galleria

75

King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.

76

"A house is like a flower pot"

77

Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___.

78

Architect of TWA airport.

79

"Modern architecture need not be western".

3/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 80

Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh

81

A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap.

82

Finest example of French-Gothic architecture

83

Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

84 85 86

A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art. The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome. An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church.

87

A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.

88

A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church.

89

A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.

90

A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century architecture.

91

Architect of the famous Propylaea, Acropolis.

92

A Greek building that contains painted pictures.

93

A kindred type to the theater.

94 95 96

The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters. A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks. A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.

97

A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect

98

A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints.

99

Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes.

100 "Form follows function".

101

He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living".

102 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan. 103

Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction.

104 The architect of the Pantheon. 105 Architect of the World Trade Center.

4/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 106 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica. 107

Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople)

108 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines. 109

Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak?

110 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria. 111

The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance style.

112 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital. 113 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum 114 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia. 115

Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius.

116 Architect of the Erechtheion. 117 Master sculptor of the Parthenon. 118 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel. 119 "A house is a machine to live in". 120 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower. 121 "Architecture is Organic". 122 Invented reinforced concrete in France. 123 First elected U.A.P. president. 124 First president and founder of PAS. 125 Architect of the National Library, Philippines. 126 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument. 127 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument. 128 Designer of the Taj Mahal. 129 Expressionist Architect. 130 Founders of the "Art Noveau". 131 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa. 132 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center. 133 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium. 134 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.

5/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 135 Architect of SM Megamall. 136 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila. 137 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard. Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this 138 church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure. This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel 139 Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people. 140

A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches.

141 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___. 142

From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear.

143 Corresponds to the Greek naos. 144

The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante.

145

The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna.

146

On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are

In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of 147 the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the ___. 148

In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church called ___.

149 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___. 150 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___. 151 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___. 152 Orientation of the Medieval Church 153

The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of the church called ___.

154 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period) One of the few churches of its type to have survived 155 having a square nave and without cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building. 156 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches. 157 First school which offered architecture in the Philippines 158

The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west ends.

159 The council house in Greece.

6/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 160 The senate house of the Greeks. 161 The oldest circus in Rome. 162 The oldest and most important forum in Rome. 163 The warm room in the Thermae 164 The Hot room of the Thermae 165 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae. 166 The dressing room of the Thermae. 167 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae. The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian 168 amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by whom? The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of 169 Agamemnon'. 170 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'? 171 The private house of the Romans. 172 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'. 173 Roman apartment blocks 174 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site 175 A roman house with a central patio. 176 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces. A megalithic structure consisting of several large stones set on end with a large 177 covering slab Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the 178 entrance portal A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping 179 triangular sides meeting at the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt. 180 Principal room of Anatolian House It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the 181 horizontal entablature or part supported. 182 The steps forming the base of a columned Greek temple 183 The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity. 184 Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils. A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators 185 against the sun 186 Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high

7/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 187 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. 188 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church. 189 That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women 190 Truncated wedge-blocks forming an arc 191 A monument erected in memory of one not interned in or under it 192 A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel 193 tracery 194 Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat. A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated 195 deflection so that it will have no sag when under load. A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally 196 employed in Renaissance building. 197 Designer of the Crystal Palace, London 198 Architect of the Sagrada Familia, Barcelona 199 Architect of the White House, D.C. 200 Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua 201 A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers 202 Man who leads the congregation at a prayer 203 Architectural style characterized by Friezes and Crestings 204 Sacred enclosure found at walls of Damascus great mosque Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in 205 the life of the emperor. In Romanesque arch‘re a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is notably 206 severe and adorned 207 General characteristic of the Romanesque empire was 208 Vaulting compartment into six parts known as A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its 209 breath from wall 210 Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades. Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and of 211 bishops throne. 212 A secluded place

8/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 213 Secular architecture The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by the 214 pope, and ruled over the franks, which included central Germany and northern France

215

Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the top

The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque 216 architecture Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly numerous 217 in castle 218 Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____ 219 Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem 220 A civil settlement under the protection of a castle. A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch, 221 stones were dropped only on an enemy below. A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised portions 222 known as merlons

223

The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure openings.

A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a boundary 224 line 225 A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls, and were provided with dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as a 226 drying ground for the large monthly wash A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines formed 227 by angles of spires and canopies. An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of the 228 vaulting.

229

A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.

An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of 230 northern France first pointed. 231 Leafed ornament. 232 Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.

9/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating 233 clergy. 234 Single and most important building in Britain. 235 A room, where food is stored in a manor house. 236 The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar. 237 Term applied to a tower crowned by a spire. 238 A ledge or shelf behind an altar for holding vases or candles. 239 Originally the minaret of the mosque. 240 The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy. A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel and 241 used for burial in early times. A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous 242 revolution of European times. 243 In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style? The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed 244 inspiration was sought from ancient Greek and roman architecture A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance architects of the period 1530-1600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical 245 elements A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally 246 employed in renaissance buildings 247 A light portable receptacle for sacred relics 248 Famous architect in Florence renaissance archre. The principal floor of an Italian palace, raised one floor above ground level and containing 249 the principal social apartments. 250 Known architect in early renaissance. 251 Vertical members dividing windows into different numbers of lights. 252 Horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows. A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits, leaves often used in 253 decoration. An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a 254 terminal. A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with nymphs) and 255 intended for relaxation. 256 France generally describe rococo as One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of god or act as guardian 257 spirits, or chubby, rosy- faced child with wings. Central shaft of a circular staircase also applied to the post in which the handrail is 258 framed.

10/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance 259 archre in England. 260 Space between the columns. An ornament in classic or renaissance archre consisting of an assembly of straight lines 261 intersecting at right angles of various patterns. Also called key pattern 262 A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church. A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the coloring of sculpture to enhance naturalism, also described to the application of 263 variegated materials to achieve brilliant or striking effects The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative 264 designs,particularly during the 2nd half of the 19th century in Europe and USA. A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave 265 line. 266 267

The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome. A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available.

268 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God. 269 Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning ―land of the free‖ 270 A stupa in a form of a corn cob. Reflects Burma‘s cultural connections with China and India, built over older foundations 271 (16th-17th century) at Rangoon. 272 Burma‘s term for monasteries. 273 Chinese monumental gateway. Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition 274 universally of 1889 work of Eiffel tower. One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work auditorium 275 building, U.S. 276 Arch of the famous Twin Tower World Trade Center. Scottish architect and designer who was prominent in the arts and crafts movement in 277 Great Britain. Received the ―Patnubay ng Sining at Kalinanagan ―award for the city of manila, who is the 278 architect? In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as ―The Noble of Architecture‖ the loftiest recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living architect 279 whose body of work represents a superlative contribution to the field. His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as well 280 as costume and poster design. Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive abstractionism of architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the 281 valid elements of older style.

11/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

282

283 284 285

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His style is often described as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has surrealist and cubist elements. One of the world‘s 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and only for all humanity led him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease and homelessness. In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current technological trends to bring a new dimension in designs. Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and bridges. He worked on structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train stations at Toulouse and again in France.

He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals 286 such as bamboo and thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture. French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom ―Each one sees whatever he wishes to see‖ belongs to, He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60‘s or at the age 288 of 60 yrs. old. An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on 289 classical decoration. He was called ―Masters master‖ where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer 290 and Van de Rohe 287

291 Architect who leads the development of the ‗Quezon Memorial Circle‖ in Quezon City. 292 Eiffel tower I Paris stands. 293 Starting with holes‖ belongs to architect 294 A house is a machine to live in‖ philosophy belongs to He paid great attention to the detailing of the structure, which he attributed to his father‘s 295 teachings about craftsmanship. One of his stylish choice which are circles and squares were used in his design 296 solutions. 297 His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume. His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the 298 shortest path the stresses developed within the structures. 299 Father of modern architectural movement in Brazil. 300 A city is subjected to growth, delay and rebuilt‖ For Egyptian Architecture design, due to excessive sunshine, there was no need for windows, the 301 massive unbroken walls provided the surface for ________________. In Greek Architecture, It is the largest building atop the Athenian Acropolis, It is a temple dedicated to 302 Athena (The warrior of maiden) It is a Doric building, and made entirely of white pentelic marble and surrounded by freestanding column.

12/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER In Greek Architecture, The __________ theater designed (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among the largest and best preserved ancient theaters in 303 Greece. The circular construction and the pitch of the seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators, permit nearly perfect acoustics. In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 72-82 in Rome Italy, It is the largest Roman Amphitheater, A four storey, elliptical structure that seated about 304 50,000 spectators. The exterior façade was embellished with superimposed Doric, ionic and Corinthian columns. In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 112, It was designed by Apollodorous of Damascus for Emperor 305 Trajan, it is often considered the most magnificent and architecturally most pleasing. In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28), A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use of brick and concrete in temple architecture. It is 306 symmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome, Who is the architect of this historical monument? (he is the son in law of Augustus.) The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaft contained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is the 307 only remnant of the original blueprint that remains. It was designed in the year 1812 by the American Architect, What is the name of this Architect? What is the name of the 308 Cathedral in France that was designed by Jean d‘ Orbais.( In France, It is the official residence of President of 309 France, It was built in 1718 by Claude Mollet for Henry de la Tour d‘ Auvergne In Philippine Architecture, It is considered the home of the Sultans. Carved on the wooden posts in the 310 niyaga, a stylized mytical snake design can be found. It is the traditional residence of the reigning Sultan of Maranaw people and his family. In Philippine Architecture, Being Isolated and wind frequented area. The Batanes Islands, exhibit the most different of all traditional Architecture in the 311 Phil. The house is built solidly on all sides, made of a meter thick rubble work, covered by thick thatch roofing to withstand gales which frequent the area. What is the name of this unique house?

13/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER The ___________________ is an art deco building designed by the Filipino Architect Juan M. de Guzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During the liberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, the theatre was totally destroyed. After reconstruction 312 by the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the 1960‘s. In the following decade it was meticulously restored but again fell into decay. Recently a bus station has been constructed at the back of the theatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovation of this once magnificent building. The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard) is the tallest building along the boulevard and one of the highest residential condominium in the world. 313 The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay and United States Embassy compound in Manila. Who is the Filipino Architect of this famous residential condominium? For the Creation of Space ____________a Chinese Philosopher, said, ―The reality of the building does 314 not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within to be lived in.‖ 315

The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure rests.

(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support taking 316 the place of a column or a pillar supporting an entablature on her head. Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively 317 emphasize the apex of a gable, or any of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure. 318 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior. 319 The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas, Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually, three levels upon which the 320 superstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size incrementally, forming a series of steps along all or some sides of the building. The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon 321 Memorial Circle. Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is 322 composed of bands of ornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening, is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways 323 leading into the orchestra, between theatron and skenê (also known as the parodos). 324 A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal tip. 325 A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar.

14/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved grotesquely(Sculpture). Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important 327 event. They are frequently used The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the 328 democratically-elected council is called: The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and 329 magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period. 326

330 The father of modern picture books of Architecture The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself 331 entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.‖ Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as: The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and 333 made entirely f marble is; It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870‘s and the 1880‘s in England and the USA and actually based on country 334 house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial elements in the USA: 332

An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter 335 ‗s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London. 336

The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:

The architect who claimed that: ―The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in 337 which the old diving line between monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared forever.‖ 338

The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior

The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries 339 of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained. It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the 340 floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist which in turn were supported by transverse girders. It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where 341 elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting techniques. Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in 342 circular form. A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16th 343 century and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classical elements in an unconventional manner. 344

The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected council is called

15/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete plan 345 but owes its size, disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the 346 highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of the abutting living units? 347 348

The father of modern picture books of Architecture ―The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck,

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 where the maestros de obra 349 or the master builders are required to register as architects? 350 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as 351 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is 352

Early type of settlement in America taken after the ―baug‖ (military town) and ―fauborg‖ (citizen‘s town) of the medieval ages

It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870‘s and the 1880‘s in England and the USA and actually based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture 353 which was characterized by a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial elements in the USA Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a ―super building‖ that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in 354 Marseilles? An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter ‗s and St. Paul 355 Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London. 356

The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:

The architect who claimed that: ―The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in which the old diving line between 357 monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared forever.‖ The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior. 358

359

The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained

It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling elevated 360 at 1.50 meters from the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist which in turn were supported by transverse girders 361 ??? on natural rocks in a Greek theater is called 362

It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting techniques

363 Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in circular form

16/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect marked by ancient Roman Architectural forms TS MOST OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS ARE ITS MASSIVE FUNERARY MONUMENTS & TEMPLES BUILT OF STONE FOR PERMANENCE, FEATURING 365 ONLY POST-AND-LINTEL CONSTRUCTION & CORBEL VAULTS W/ OUT ARCHES & VAULTING 364

366

367

CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVE ARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTS CHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF

368 CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY 369 CHARATERIZED BYFLOWING A FLAME-LIKE TRACERY. 370

CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF THE CLASSICAL ORDERS, ROUND

MODE OF BLDG FOLLOWING THE STRICT ROMAN FORMS, A SET FORTH IN THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ITALIAN REN. ARCH‘T.ANDREA PALLADIO (1508-1580). 371 STYLE BASED ON A CLOSED STUDY OF ANTIQUITY. TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCH‘RE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT, CHARATERIZED IN ARCH‘RE BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL 372 ELEMENTS. IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED SURFACES, & CONSPICUOUS USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS 373 LAST PHASE IS CALLED ―ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT & IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF ARCH‘RE. THE PHASE IN WESTERN EUROPIAN RENASSAINCE ARCH‘RE 1750-1830, WHEN RENED INSPIRATION WAS SOUGHT FROM ANCIENT GREEK & ROMAN ARCH‘RE ( 374 NEO CLASSICAL) ( FR. ROCALLE – ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE ORNAMENT IN W/C ROCK-LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PRO375 FUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT PRESENTING A LAVISH DISPLAY OF DECORATION. SIVERSMITH-LIKE‖; THE RICHLY DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE SPANISH 376 RENAISSANCE. THE TRANSITIONAL STYLE BETWEEN GOTHIC & RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND, NAMED AFTER ELIZABETH I; MAINLY COUNTRY HOUSES, CHARATERIZED BY 377 LARGED MILLIONED WINDOWS & STRAPWORK ORNAMENTATION ENGLISH ARCH‘L & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING THE ELIZABETHAN STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED 378 AFTER JAMES I THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH AMERICAN COLONIES, SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE 379 GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL, RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.

17/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER TERM IN A SPECIALIZED SENSE TO DESCRIBE ONE OF THE ATTITUDES OF TASTE TOWARDDS ARCH‘RE & LANDSCAPE GARDENING IN THE LATE 18th & EARLY 19th 380 CENT. BLDG‘S & LANDSCAPE WERE TO HAVE THE CONTROLLED INFORMALITY OF A PICTURE.

381

Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or woman possessed

382

An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping) sides covering a burial chamber blow ground

Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver & 383 gold) ―pyra-midion‖ at the summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut with hieroglyphics 384

A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at the apex

385 Inward inclination or slope of an outward wall Consists of a complex of ―sarsen‖ (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have 386 been broken into blocks by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs of southern England )stones and smaller blue stones set in a circle and connected by lintels

387

Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in number from one to seven

388 Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits 389

An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright stones set with a space between and capped by a horizontal stone

Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A 390 wedge-shaped stone: a wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of an arch or vault In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a meeting place; architecture history conversation room: a room for relaxation or conversation, 391 especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall with a continuous bench along the wall; furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular outdoor bench, usually with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or niche (technical) 392 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and 393 crowning umbrella came to be known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine, temple, or pagoda that houses a relic or marks the location of an auspicious event.

394

An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different periods or countries and combines them to produce a harmonious whole.

The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch, balcony, beam, cornice, lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural 395 component of a building, for example the underside of a roof overhang or the inner curve of an arch

18/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 396 a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security. the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a 397 circular dome is supported over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping triangular piece of vaulting between the arches that support a dome and its rim Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of 398 stones entered by a single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a high stone roof Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards architecture 399 and landscape gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very attractive: visually pleasing enough to be the subject of a painting or photograph A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil colors. 400 painting done on fresh plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing watercolors onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry plaster A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as 401 shelter at religious shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered walkway, usually with a row of columns on one side and a wall on the other Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of 402 man used as support: a figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support for the upper part of a classical building 403 A slab forming the crowning member of a column A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to counteract the optical illusion which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the appearance of 404 curving inwards; a bulge in architectural column: a slight bulge in the shaft of a column, designed to counter the visual impression of concavity that a perfectly straight column would give 405

The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a groove running down an architectural column

406 Sculptures female figures used as columns or supports 407

the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower portions of walls when decorated separately.

408 The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns

409

a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat narrow moulding: a raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces

A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices; architecture 410 gable on colonnade: a broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a colonnade as the major part of a facade 411 The lowest square member of the base of a column

19/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

412

Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or colonnaded porticoes, temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.

These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious campaigns; has one or three openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate bas413 reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually carried grit-bronze statuary (statues considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory inscription in its face

414

Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot springs or baths, especially the public baths of ancient Rome

415

Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important settlement, used to display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)

A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great thermae 416 and for public fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a channel for water: a pipe or channel for moving water to a lower level, often across a great distance

417

Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a public meeting space, market or rendezvous for political demonstrations.

418

A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building. architecture pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet

Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn out of one block of marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late 419 period, surmounted by lids like roofs terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone or marble coffin, often decorated with sculpture and inscriptions

420

A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often on a quadrangular podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.

421 Line of intersection of cross-vaults 422

Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in a ceiling: a decorative sunken panel in a ceiling

423 A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault. an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an 424 arched structure of stone, brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room with arched ceiling: a room, especially an underground room, with an arched ceiling 425 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church 426 A building or a part of a church in which baptism is administered 427 a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism.

20/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 428

A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so constructed as to exert an equal thrust in all directions

429 A raised stage in a Basilican church reserved for the clergy 430 A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall. 431

A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel were read

432 Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as ―CIBORIUM‖. A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area by 434 arcades or the like. 433

The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance or narthex to the CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the altar for 435 the use of clergy and choir, often separated from the nave by a screen or steps) usually flanked by aisles of less height 436

The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of a building

437 A small pavilion, usually open – built in gardens & parks. 438

An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space without object of adoration. (Muslim)

439

A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting the beams of a roof, floor or vault.

440

a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more balconies from which the faithful are called to prayer

441 A diagonal cutting of an arris formed by two surfaces at an angle 442 An approach or an open forecourt surrounded by arcades in a Basilican church. A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to form an octagon or other appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting part of 443 a tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built across the upper inside corner of a square tower to support the weight of a spire or other structure above 444 Women‘s or private quarters of a house or place in Islamic architecture. 445 An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it. 446

A double curve, resembling the letter ―S‖, formed by the union of a curve and a convex line

447 The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured. a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are placed separating the chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen 448 decorated with icons: a screen on which icons are mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox churches to separate the area around the altar from the main part of the church

21/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform 449 projecting from an interior or exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a building, planned for summer leisure. 450 A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings 451 Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing, a 452 horizontal line through its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between two arches and a cornice 453 small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings. Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical 454 window divider: a vertical piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a window or the panels of a screen A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle or 455 large house in France, often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to wine produced there A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire, 456 especially one that emerges from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges intersect. 457 a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament. 458

(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.

459

Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breadth (distance from side to side) from the wall.

460 An umbrella shaped copula. 461 – The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window. The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate 462 platform). A foundation wall: a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a colonnade The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of 463 church: the part of a cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central part (nave) Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The new method consisted in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right 464 angle with something), longitudinal and diagonal ribs to which the form of the panels was adopted 465 Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior 466 A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard 467 The tapering termination of a tower in Gothic churches

22/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 468 The term applied to a tower crowned by a spire 469 – A room for storage of garments 470

A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated deflection so that it will gave no sag when under load.

471

Covered passages around an open space or ―Garth‖, connecting the church to the chapter house; a small courtyard or enclosed space

472 A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies 473 A vault in which the ribs compose a ―star-shaped‖ pattern A building complex of a certain English order or a self-contained community used by monks A bay window especially cantilevered or corbelled out from the face of the wall by means 475 of projecting stones. 474

476 The dining hall of a monastery, convent or college 477

An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal, like the volutes of the ionic capital.

478 An Italian impressive building or private building 479

One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a stair handrail or a coping (wall‘s capping surface).

a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic scrolls, and ‗crimped‘ folded or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a profusion and confusion of detail often without organic coherence but presenting a lavish 480 display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of architecture and the decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular throughout Europe in the early 18th century.

481

In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style of art and architecture in Italy in the 17th to 18th century.

482

A tower not connected with ―Bell‖. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which the bells are hung.

483

The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the eaves usually composed of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.

(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and tradesmen, 484 organized to maintain standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge = Italian renaissance chief magistrate) 485

(little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in character.

486

The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and other officials, usually referred to as the ―choir

23/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone (Renaissance) A block forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially 487 when it is different, for example in size or material, from the other blocks or bricks in the wall 488

A ―BRACKET‖: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls or volute when carrying the upper member of the cornice

A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or 489 vault, often below a church, used as a burial chamber or chapel, or for storing religious artifacts 490

The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.

491 The chief magistrate‘s buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa. A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular square 492 or multi-angular apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes made of glass and providing natural light inside

493

An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall between an outer door and the main part of a building

494

A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring roofs and glazed at the sides

A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in decoration; A circular arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung up as a decoration, or put on 495 somebody‘s head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation of a circular arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a coat of arms; [headdress; garland; laurel]

496

In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing room;[grand sitting room; social gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]

497

A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the flatter upper portion. Also known as the gambrel roof.

A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful 498 Maiden living in Rivers, trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman] An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An 499 architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure 500

A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. ―Die‖ or Dado, and a cornice or cap mould

A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting from 501 roof: a window for a room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to the main roof and has its own gable

24/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body, 502 used in classic times to mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in Renaissance times. 503 Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area 504 adjoining a house, used for outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation. A roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard typical of a Spanish-style house Also called ‗brackets‖ or ―consoles‖ or ―ancones‖. It is a projecting member to support a weight. generally formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a 505 cornice (a projecting moulding at the top of a wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets); also a bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket under the corona of a Corinthian or Composite column 506 The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows. 507 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon. 508

(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around the east end of the church, behind the altar.

Also called ―key pattern‖ the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament: a 509 pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure

510

a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform: a raised platform at the end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]

The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a 511 rounded or three-sided window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess on the inside 512 Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe

513

A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for seats in a church

A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof ] resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and 514 sometimes interlaced patterns much used in the early renaissance architecture of England. 515 The space between two columns 516

One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian spirits, or Chubby, a rosy-faced child with wings

517

Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality than brick. [brownish red color]

518

A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or heralds

25/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th century, an intricate style named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated: relating to a 519 heavily decorated architectural style fashionable in 16th-century Spain, reminiscent of elaborate silverware 520 An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the rooftop of a dwelling but sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on a 521 formal garden; a building with fine view: a building or part of a building positioned to offer a fine view of the surrounding area An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was the 522 richly garlanded spiral columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly decorated ornamentation] A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative 523 representation thereof; a branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped electric light fitting

524

(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assembly of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.

Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in stone and brick. Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive 526 medieval chimney. Identified by prominent gables and large expansive windows with small panes. 525

527 a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns. Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9 or 528 13 storeys and repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to each storey. One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often rambling spread out floor plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a 529 simply-built one-storey house with a veranda and a wide, gently sloping roof in Southeast Asia and the South Pacific 530

A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware decorated with colored opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)

Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or octagonal 531 shafts with inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned with animal supported bearing the Buddhist will of Law. Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles 532 back on itself. Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into deep gorges and leaping raging rivers of 3,700 miles. 533

An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation in the façade aptly called for the floral design.

534

a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate art and architecture to technology and the practical needs of human life.

26/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 535 The arrangement and design of windows in a building 536 Relating or conforming to technical architectural principles. 537 Rock-cut temples in India A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their 538 intersections. A rectangular shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the trusses are directly above & below one another.

539

a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the walls, roof acting as diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.

540 A Chinese ceremonial gateway erected in memory of an eminent person 541 A dwarf tree which is a perfect reflection of Japanese culture An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a light and airy second floor, mother-of-pearl or ―capiz‖ windows and picturesque wide tile roof. 542 Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought iron or brass nails, sturdy balustrades of wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air. 543 An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery. 544

In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with drinking ceremony is done

Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is 545 divided into 20 parts called minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts or seconds of space. 546

Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a pyramidal roof Cogon grass built without nails

A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant wooden carvings derived from the Malay Mythical bird the ―Sari Manok‖ The silken Muslim 547 canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends of floor beams are decorated with intricate carvings 548

Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven slit canes for walls and split bamboo slats flooring

Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers of 549 cogon and held together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest typhoons in the north An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly 550 one overlooking an open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided walkway, often with arches, along one side of a building Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported upon a succession of simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is 551 terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls, while the lower part of the main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.

27/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 552

Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by upright posts supporting two or more horizontal beams

―Fool the eye‖ – are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire screen to dishwashers. This creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for example 553 extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is painted with cows and chicken and makebelieve or create an outdoor scene. A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows and changes with antiques and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster, old 554 beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick floors. A house in the country: a large house in the country, often with a large area of land attached 1930s modernist‘s style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by 555 geometrical shapes, bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass production 556 These are garden rooms. 557

patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer leisure); LOGGIA

558

Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire crowned towers)

559

Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic church tower); finial (a design at the top of a spire)

560 Boss (vaulted or flat); groin (vaulted only) 561 Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome) 562 statue chamber 563 bldg that hold sculpture 564 bldg that holds painting 565 acropolis, sacred enclosure 566 coffer, ceiling 567 space bet naos wall and column 568 tholos passageway 569 sleeping room, megaron 570 (greatest example of Egyptian temple) 571 Great Sphinx at Gizeh

28/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis Amenemhat I- founded the great temple at Karnak Thothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon Karnak Amenophis III- built the famous Colossi of Memnon 572 Rameses I- began the hypostyle hall at Karnak Seti I- built the temple at Abu- Simber Ptolemy II- built the pharos of Light House Ptolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria 573 gateway to greek temple largest - geatest example of greek architecture - archt. Ictinus - master sculptor- Callicrates 574 - Doric temple - naos- made of gold and ivory - holds the statue of Athena

575

prototype Greek Thetre - largest for 30,000 people

576 oldest & most important bldg in Rome 577 largest circus in Rome 578 largest forum in Rome 579 1. Temporary shelter from perishable materials 580 2. Caves 581 3. Rocks on top of each other 582 4. Hard-packed snow blocks 583 5. animal skins 584 1. Battered or sloping outside walls 585 2. Columns & Capitals from vegetable origins 586 3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high 587 4. Unbroken massive walls adorned with hieroglyphics 588 1. Abundance of clay-provided bricks 589 2. Roofs flat outside 590 3. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as décor 591 4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows

29/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 592 1. Temple pyramids are approached by a single steep flight of steps. 593

2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all important buildings

594 1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs) 595 2. Wooden roofs were untrussed 596 3. Ceilings sometimes omitted 597 4. optical illusions were corrected, in Greek Temples 598 5. Doric, Ionic, Corinthian [orders of columns] 599 1. The arch & the vault was developed 600 2. Two orders of architecture added [Tuscan & Composite] 601 3. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones. 602 1. Widely Spaced Columns carrying semi-circular arches 603 2. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof 604 3. Mosaic decoration added internally 605 4. separate buildings used for baptism or baptisteries 606 1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches 607 2. Tomb & baptisteries by means of “pendentives” 608 3. „Fresco” decoration using marble & mosaic 609 1. Bulbous or onion dome 610 2. Minarets 611 3. stalactite moulding 612 4. cresting: decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof 613 5. painted arch 614 1. Ribbed & panel, cross vaults; 615 2. plaster strips, arcades, rose windows, 616 3. Sober (serious/ not fanciful)& dignified style 617 4. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir. 618 1. Pointed arch

30/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 619 2. buttress, flying buttress 620 3. gargoyles, decorated vaulting 621 4. rose & lancet windows ploughshare twist 622 5. variety of open roofs (trussed, tie-beam, collar) 623 1. Rusticated masonry, (rough masonry) 624 2. Quoins, Balusters 625 3. domes or raised drums 626 4. pediments one within the other 627 5. rococo 628 6. baroque style 629 7. mansard roof 630 8. salon 631 1. Picturesque values 632

2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry & informality.

633 3. palazzo style was a triumph of national ecclesiasticism 634 4. New functions & techniques produced new forms 635 5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames. 636 6. New materials were used due to the effect of canals 637 7. Railroad systems, central heating & elevator or lift

638

1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system, programmatically adopted with the introduction of iron construction

639 1. Neo-classic & Greek revival was followed 640 2. Baloon frame was introduced 641 3. The skyscraper was contributed related to metal frame construction 642 4. The non-load-bearing curtain wall & the elevator 643

1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain wall.

644 2. Art Noveau and Bauhaus was developed 645 3. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.

31/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 646 4. Steel is used in space-frame 647 1. Hindu worship is an individual act 648

2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda), and are designed for congregational use.

649 3. Mouldings have BULBOUS character 650 4. The TORUS moulding is used 651 5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha 652 6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used 653 1. Rock Temples, with square or octagonal pillars 654 2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural creation.

655

3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with small flat shingles and terra cotta tiles.

656

4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door furniture, painted walls.

1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the square 657 chamber angles, lantern roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each containing the statue of Buddha 658 2. The “SIKHARA” & “PAGODA” temples survive.

659

3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols, groups of divinities and portraits statuary of royalties.

4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and 660 projecting cornice and fancifully decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging lamps. 661 5. The monastery is fortress-like sited on hill tops. 662 6. Pillars and beams are painted “yellow or red” and “painted silks” hang from the roof. 663 1. Stepped Temple Pyramid, terraced on a hill 664 2. Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers

665

3. Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often finished with porcelain tile

666 4. Walls are white stucco, (wall plaster) 667 5. multi-leveled overlapping timber roofs

32/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 668 6. Gables and bargeboard decorated with Hindu iconography. 669 7. Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.

670

1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned with fantastic dragons and grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)

671 2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles. 672 3. Roof framing in “rectangle” and not triangle. 673 4. Use of bright colors 674 5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons. 675 1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration

676

2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a succession of brackets

677 3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls 678 4. Rooms are regulated by a “KEN” Tatami mats. 679 5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai. 680

1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden posts, carved wooden sidings, cogon grass roof.

681 2. Spanish-style high-pitched roofs, 682 3. Capiz shell windows, barandillas, balconies, 683 4. Coconut shell & wood design. 684 5. Much use of galvanized iron sheet for roofing 685 1. Beehives, 686 2. huts, 687 3. caves, 688 4. tents, 689 5. Stonehenge, England 690 6. igloos 691 1. Sphinx,

33/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King Zoser Architect: Imhotep 692

Saqqara, Egypt

693 3. Obelisks, 694 4. Mastaba Tombs, 695 5. Great Temple,

696

7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king 697

698 7. Temple of Khons, 699 1. Ziggurat of Ur, 700 2. persepolis, 701 3. hall of the hundred columns 702 1. Temple Pyramid of the Sun, 703 2. Citadel Teotihuacan, 704 3. Temple of the Giant Jaguar, 705 4. Great Plaza of Tenochtitlan Machu Picchu, Peru 706 1. Acropolis, 2. Parthenon-temple, Architect: Itchinus and Callicrates with Phidias Location: Athens, Greece 707 Style: Ancient Greek Doric

Erectheum _ Architect: Mnesicles Location: Athens, Greece 708 Style: Ancient Greek, Ionic

709 3. Agora,

34/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Epidaurus Theater Architect: Polykleitos Location: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, Greece Style: Ancient Greek 710 achievements of the fourth century.

711 4. ODEION theatre, 712

5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the other

713 6. Mausoleum Sarcophagus, 714 7. open hillside theatres

1. The Pantheon 118 - 126 Architect: Acrippa Location: Rome, Italy Style: Ancient Roman 715 oculus – a single circular opening

2. Forums,Trajan‟s Forum 100 – 112 Architect: Apollodorus of Damascus Location: Rome, Italy 716 Style: Roman

717 3. Basilicas 718 4. Thermae, 719 5. Amphitheatres,

35/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

6. Colosseum Coemeteria, Colosseum 70 – 82 Architect: Vespacian and Domitian Location: Rome, Italy Style: Ancient Roman 720 Corinthian in the third, face the three tiers of arcades

721 7. Triumphal arch, 722 8. gateways, 723 9. aqueducts 724 1. Basilican Churches, 725 2. Baptisteries 726 1. St. Sophia, Constantinople 727 2. St. Mark, Venice 728 1. The great mosques, 729 2. Damascus & Cordoba, 730 3. Kiosk @ Istanbul 731 4. Taj mahal mausoleum @ Agra 732 5. Tomb of Humayun, Delhi 733 1. St, Zeno, 734 2. Maggiore Monastery, 735 3. Leaning Tower, 736 4. Cathedral & Baptistery of Pisa, 737 5. Castles, fortifications, 738 6. chateus, Manor houses 739 1. Notre Dame Cathedral, 740 2. Paris Canterbury Cathedral, 741 3. King‟s College, 742 4. Canterbury Town Halls,

36/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 743 5. Skippers house @ Ghent 744 1. Palazzo Ricardi @ Florence, 745 2. St. Peter‟s PIAZZA, 746 3. Cathedral Vatican, 747 4. Palais du louvre, 748 5. Paris Chateu Maisons, 749 6. St Paul‟s Cathedral, London, 750 7. Guild Houses @ Brussels 751 1. Westminster New Palace (House of Parliament), London 752 2. Crystal Palace, London [???] 753 3. University Museum, Oxford 754 4. Red House, Kent 755 5. Cathedral @ Guildford 756 1. Eiffel tower, [???] 757 2. New louvre, 758 3. Paris Opera House, 759 4. Paris & cologne. 1. the White House Architect: James Hoban Location: Washington, D.C. 760 Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829 Style: Georgian Neoclassical

2. Capitol of the United States Architects: Thornton-Latrobe-Bulfinch Location: Washington, D.C. Date: 1793 to 1830 761 Style: Neoclassical consisting of the House of Representatives and the Senate

762

National Gallery of Art Architect: John Russel Pope

37/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Washington Monument Architect: Robert Mills Location: Washington, D.C. 763 Style: Neo-Egyptian

Golden Gate Bridge 1933 to 1937 Architect: Joseph Strauss Location: San Francisco, California Building type: suspension bridge Construction system: steel frame, steel cables 764 Styles: Structural Modern with some Art Deco details

Saint Patrick‟s Cathedral Architect: James Renwick Location: New York 765

766 3. Boston Empire State Building, 767 4. English Country Houses 768 5. Bungalows

The Louvre 1546 to 1878 Architect: Pierre Lescot Location: Paris, France Building type: palace, art museum 769 Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry Style: French Renaissance

38/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Palais Royal 770

Arc de Triomphe 771

top of the Champs Elysees

Pompidou Centre 1972 to 1976 Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo Piano Location: Paris, France Building Type: modern art museum 772 Construction system: high-tech steel and glass Style: High-tech modern

tube

Notre Dame de Paris 1163 to 1250 Architect: Maurice de Sully Location: Paris, France Building Type: church, cathedral 773 Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone Style: Early Gothic

Paris Opera House 1857 to 1874 Architect: Charles Garnier Location: Paris, France Building type: theater, opera house Construction system: masonry, cut stone 774 Style: Neo-Baroque

Elysee Palace 1718 775 Architect: Claude Mollet

39/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Hotel de Invalides 776

La Madeleine Architect: Napoleon I 777

Chartres Cathedral 1194 to 1260 Location: Chartres, France Building type: cathedral Construction system: bearing masonry 778 Style: Gothic exemplar eliminated the need for alternating supports

Rheims Cathedral 779

Eiffel Tower 1887 to 1889 Architect: Gustave Eiffel Location: Paris, France Building Type: exposition observation tower 780 Construction system: exposed iron Style: Victorian Structural Expressionist

Sorbonne 781

40/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER British Museum 1823 to 1847 Architect: Sir Robert Smirke Location: London, England Building type: art and historical museum, library 782 Construction system: masonry, cut stone Style: Victorian Ionic façade, Classical Revival Foster

Salisbury Cathedral 1220 to 1258 Location: Salisbury, England Building type: Cathedral (church, temple) Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone 783 Style: English Gothic

Queen‟s House 1616 to 1635 Architect: Inigo Jones – the greatest of English Classical architect Location: Greenwich, England 784 Building type: large house Construction system: bearing masonry Style: Palladian, Late English Renaissance

Somerset House 1776 to 1786 Architect: William Chambers Location: London, England Building type: government offices and art school 785 Construction system: cut stone masonry Style: Neoclassical rusticated base

41/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Saint Paul‟s Cathedral 1675 to 1710 Architect: Sir Christopher Wren Location: London, England Building type: church 786 Construction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stone Style: Late renaissance to Baroque

Chiswick House 1729 Architect: Lord Burlington Location: Chiswick, England 787 Building type: large house Construction system: bearing masonry Style: Palladian

Westminster Palace 1836 to 1868 Architect: Sir Charles Barry Location: London Building type: seat of government, government center 788 Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry Style: English Gothic Revival

Durham Cathedral 1093 to 1280 Location: Durham, England Building type: church, cathedral Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone 789 Style: Romanesque

Glasgow School of Art 1897 to 1909 Architect: Charles Rennie Mackintosh Location: Glasgow, England 790 Building type: college Construction system: bearing masonry Style: art and crafts, art nouveau

42/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

791

Buckingham Palace Architect: sir George Goring

792 1. Salginatobel Bridge, 793 2. Einstein Tower, Eirch Mendelsohn 794 3. Chapel of Notre Dame, Le Corbusier 795 4. Johnson Wax Building, Frank Lloyd Wright 796 5. Falling Water, Frank Lloyd Wright 797 6. Dulles International Airport, Eero saarinen 798 7. Guggenheim Museum, Frank Lloyd wright 799 8. Sydney opera House, Jorn Utzon 800 9. Geodesic dome, Buckminster Fuller Temple of Heaven Location: China 801

Hagia Sofia 532 to 537 Architect: Isidoros and Anthemios Location: Istanbul, Turkey Building type: church Construction system: bearing masonry 802 Style: Byzantine

803

Cathedral of Siena Location: Southern Italy

43/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Pisa Cathedral 103 to 1350 Location: Pisa, Italy Building type: church complex Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marble 804 Style: Romanesque famous building groups in the world

Florence Cathedral 1296 to 1462 Architect: Arnolfo di Cambio Location: Florence, Italy Building type: domed church, cathedral Construction system: bearing masonry Style: Italian Romanesque 805

Krak des Chevaliers 1150 to 1250 Location: Syria Building type: fort 806 Style: Medieval

Alhambra 1338 to 1390 Location: Granada, Spain Building type: palace Construction system: bearing masonry 807 Style: Moorish (Islamic)

44/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Casa Batllo 1905 to 1907 Architect: Antonio Gaudi Location: Barcelona, Spain 808 Building type: apartment building Construction system: concrete Style: Expressionist or Art Nouveau

Casa Mila 1905 to 1910 Architect: Antonio Gaudi Location: Barcelona, Spain Building type: multifamily housing Construction system: masonry and concrete 809 Style: Art Nouveau

dwellings

Sagrada Familia 1882 to 1926 Architect: Antonio Gaudi Location: Barcelona, Spain Building type: church 810 Construction system: masonry Style: Expressionist

Taj Mahal 1630 to 1653 Architect: Emperor Shah Jahan Location: Agra, India Building type: Islamic tomb 811 Construction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marble Style: Islamic

812

―shrine of freedom‖, designed by Father Antonio Cedeno, with Diego Jordan as engineer

famous walled city within a city; seven gates; completed 1872; made of bricks and hard adobe from the Pasig River quarries; wall are 45 ft thick and rise 25 ft above the moat; 1. roofs at 45 degrees gradient or less 814 2. use of bricks, limestone, hardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or ―tisa‖ 1. a ―regime‖ of reinforced concrete and galvanized iron 815 2. Neo-Classical styles 813

45/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823

- mediocre design, uncontrolled and hasty rebuilding only resurrected old designs - commercial building drew inspiration from contemporary architecture in the West Movement in 20th Century, art that represented the revolutionary effort of young Italian Concrete, steel and glass Cubist style developed in Germany and Austria (1900s).CHARACTERISTICS: Devoid of ornamentation Sought for solutions for alternative cheap forms of construction in timber, brick & metal. Initiated by British (pre-fab. Architecture) Non-representational style of art w/c uses modern industrial materials: plastic & glass. Ideal abstract art movement arose in Europe & Russia (1913-1920) Out view in w/c the major activities or environmental factor was employed in the structure in a non-intellectual manner. , first built in the 13th century and reconstructed in 1906–1909, is the largest clay building in the world. developed the first safe passenger elevator. In addition to this, was the development of techniques for manufacturing rolled steel

824 architecture OF THE borrowing and OF free selection 825

movement for aesthetic and moral crusade - escape FROM THE Industrial World

826 In Egyptian architecture, the tomb of the pharaohs is the. 827 The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by. 828 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty. 829

The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.

830 Greek architecture was essentially. 831 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the. With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the 833 Romans achieved huge interiors with the. 832

834 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks. 835

From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.

836 The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture. 837 The architectural character of the Romanesque architecture is. 838

Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing walls.

839 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome. 840 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple. 841 Amphitheaters are used for ___. 842 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places. 843 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City. An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat tiles. Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually, 845 the ornament itself. 844

46/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 846 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament. 847 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine. 848 The characteristic of Greek ornament. 849

The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that of the rest of Europe.

850 The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___. 851 The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college. 852 The architecture of the curved line is known as ___. 853 The open court in an Italian palazzo. 854 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window. 855 Japanese tea house. 856 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration. 857 Domical mound containing a relic. 858 Ifugao house (southern strain). 859 In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks. 860 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps. 861 Tomb of the pharaohs. Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a hundred persons. A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and 863 intended to house an altar. 862

864 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos. 865 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture 866 Architect of the Einstein Tower. 867 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art. 868 What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style? 869 From what architecture is the Angkor Vat? 870 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y. 871 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement. 872 Taj Mahal temple is located in ___. 873

In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful

874 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis. 875 Jubilee festivals of the pharaohs.

47/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 876 The world's first large-scale monument in stone. 877 The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh 878 A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles. 879 Sarimanok is a décor reflecting the culture of the ___. 880 Caryatid porch is from what architecture? 881 Female statues with baskets serving as columns. 882 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle. 883 A hall built in Roman Empire for the administration of justice. 884 The Parthenon is from what architecture. 885 A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof. 886 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture. 887 A concave molding approximately quarter round. 888 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo. 889 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'. 890 What is not required as a feature in modern Muslim mosque. 891 Architect of Robinson's Galleria 892 Major contribution of the Renaissance Architecture. 893 "A house is like a flower pot" 894 Richly carved coffins of Greece and Mesopotamia. 895 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty. 896 The council house in Greece. 897 Elizabethan Architecture is from what architecture. 898 Art Noveau style first appeared in what structure. 899 A faced without columns or pilaster in renaissance architecture. 900 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___. 901 Less is more. 902 First school which offered architecture in the Philippines. 903 Embrasures. 904 Formal architecture, one of the principles of composition. 905 Different historical styles combined.

48/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 906 Architect of TWA airport. 907 The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___. 908 First president and founder of PAS. 909 "Modern architecture need not be western". 910 Architect of the national library, Philippines. 911

The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian architecture, which palace was it used.

912 Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture. 913

The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric capital.

914 Pantiles used for Chinese roofings. 915 Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market. 916 A slight vertical curvature in the shaft of a column. 917 The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period. 918

A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size with corbelled cornice and moldings.

919 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture. 920 From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___. 921 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear. 922 Memorial monuments of persons buried elsewhere in Roman architecture. 923 The three pyramids in Gizeh 924 The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato. 925 A shallow cistern or drain area in the center of a house. 926 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___. 927 The tomb beneath a church. 928 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches. 929 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap. 930 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site. 931 A roman house with a central patio. 932 Revival of classical Roman style 933

The style emerging in western Europe in the early 11th century, based on Roman and Byzantine elements, and powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent of Gothic

934 Architect and furniture designer. 935 First registered architect in the Philippines.

49/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 936 The public square of imperial Rome. 937 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel. 938 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture 939 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral? 940 Agora is from what architecture? 941 Sacred artificial mountains of Babylon and Assyria. 942 A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital. 943 Structure of wedge-shaped blocks over an opening. The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called a blind story. A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the 945 interior. 944

946 A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined. 947 The triangular or segmental space enclosed by a pediment or arch. 948 A line of counterthrusting arches on columns or piers. 949

In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that spans from column to column.

950 In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns. 951 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom. 952 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda. 953 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda. 954 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art. 955 Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda. 956 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome. 957 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature. 958

A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the polygonal plan of its supporting structure.

959 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church. 960

The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or chancel and usually flanked by aisles.

961 The covered walk of an atrium. 962 A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica. 963 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church. 964 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church. 965 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.

50/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 966 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items. 967 A tower in the Muslim Mosque used to call people to prayer. 968 Coffers, sunken panels in the ceiling. 969

The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the compassionate Buddha.

970 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century 971 architecture. 972 Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture. 973 A slab forming the crowning member of the capital. 974 The crowning member of a column. 975 A rectangular or square slab supporting the column at the base. 976 A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church. 977 The cold section of a Roman Bath. 978 This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress. 979 The palace proper in Assyrian palaces. 980 Holy mountains. 981 Architect of the famous propylaea, Acropolis. 982 Private family apartments in Assyrian palaces. 983 The most stupendous and impressive of the rock-cut-temples. 984 The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___. 985 Favorite motifs of design of the Egyptians. 986 Two main classes of temples in Egyptian Architecture. 987 Egyptian temples for ministrations to deified pharaohs. 988 Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points. 989 Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points. 990 Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods. 991 The use of monsters in doorways is prevalent in what architecture? 992 The Greek male statues used as columns. 993 A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place. 994 A single line of columns surrounding the Naos. 995 The uppermost step in the crepidoma.

51/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 996 The lowest step in the crepidoma. 997 A building in Greek and Roman for exercises or physical activities. 998 The three chamber of a Greek temple. 999 A Greek building that contains painted pictures. 1000 Temple with a portico of columns arranged in front. 1001 The clear space in between columns. 1002 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters. 1003 Intercolumniation of 4 diameters. 1004 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters. 1005 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters? 1006 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters. 1007 A kindred type to the theater. 1008 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek. 1009 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place. 1010 What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra? 1011 A foot race course in the cities. 1012 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front. 1013 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear. 1014 In Greek, it is the Roman prototype of the Thermae. 1015 Greek order that has no base. 1016 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters. 1017 What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all? 1018

What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of steel for buildings.

1019 The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction. 1020 The oldest and most important forum in Rome. 1021 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'? 1022 Who completed the 'hall of hundred columns'? 1023 Architects of the Parthenon. 1024 Master sculptor of the Parthenon. 1025 In Roman fountains, the large basin of water.

52/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1026 Spouting jets in Roman fountain. 1027 The oldest circus in Rome. 1028

The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by whom?

1029 Architect of the Erechtheion. 1030 A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water. 1031 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'. 1032 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum 1033 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia. 1034 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius. 1035 Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___. 1036 A quadrigas is a ___. 1037 The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___. 1038 The Corona is usually painted with the ___. 1039 Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary, 1040 One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building. 1041 The molding that is often found in the Doric Order. 1042 The wall or colonnade enclosing the Temenos 1043 The private house of the Romans. 1044 Roman rectangular temples stood on a ___. 1045 Roman large square tiles. 1046 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks. 1047

A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.

1048 A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect. 1049 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints. 1050 A Roman structure used as hall of justice and commercial exchanges. 1051 A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or 1052 musical competitions in Greek festivals. A type of ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assemblage of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns. Figures of which the upper parts alone are carved, the rest running into a parallelopiped 1054 or diminishing pedestal. 1053

1055 Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes.

53/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1056 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital. 1057 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'. 1058 The origin of the door architrave. 1059 The atrium type of house originated with the ___. 1060 Roman apartment blocks. 1061

A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the purpose of relaxation.

1062 !5th to 18th century architecture. 1063 "Form follows function". 1064 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance 1065 A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples. 1066 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak? 1067 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria. 1068 He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living". 1069 Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty. 1070 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines. 1071 The warm room in the Thermae. 1072 The Hot room of the Thermae. 1073 The cold or unheated pool in the Thermae. 1074 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae. 1075 The dressing room of the Thermae. 1076 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae. 1077 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___. 1078 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___. 1079 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___. 1080 Orientation of the Medieval Church. 1081

The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of the church called ___.

1082 On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are 1083

In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the ___.

1084 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church 1085 The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___.

54/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1086 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches. 1087 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople) 1088 The supreme monument of Byzantine architecture. 1089 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period) 1090 One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without 1091 cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building. 1092 A tower raised above a roof pierced to admit light. 1093

the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the chapter

1094 house, refectory and other parts of the monastery. 1095 The prominent feature of the facades in Romanesque Central Italy. 1096 The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west 1097

The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important structure of the Gothic period.

1098 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante. 1099 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna. 1100 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica. 1101 Used as food storage in the Bahay na Bato. 1102 The granary in traditional Bontoc House. 1103 Architect of the World Trade Center. 1104 The Erechtheion of Mnesicles is from what architecture? 1105 The part of the Corinthian capital without flower. 1106 The Pantheon is from what architecture. 1107 The architect of the Pantheon. 1108 The senate house of the Greeks. 1109 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan. 1110 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction. 1111 In the Doric Order, the shaft terminates in the ___. 1112 In what Order is the Parthenon. 1113 In what Order is the temple of Nike Apteros, Athens. 1114 This temple is dedicated to 'Wingless Victory'. 1115

This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by means of a clepsydra internally and sun dial externally.

55/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1116 In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found? 1117 From what architecture is the Stoa? 1118 The Egyptian Ornament symbolizing fertility. 1119 Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods. 1120 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces. 1121 Corresponds to the Greek naos. 1122 The large element in the frieze. 1123 "A is a machine to live in". 1124 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower. 1125 "Architecture is Organic". 1126 Invented reinforced concrete in France. 1127 First elected U.A.P. president. 1128 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument. 1129 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument. 1130 Designer of the Taj Mahal. 1131 Male counterpart of the Caryatids. 1132 Like Caryatids and Atlantes, this is a three-quarter length figures. 1133 This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top. 1134 A small payer house in Egyptian architecture. 1135 Where "Constructivism" originated? 1136 Expressionist Architect. 1137 Founders of the "Art Noveau". 1138 Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art. 1139 Return in the use of Roman Orders in modern age. 1140 Scheme or solution of a problem in architecture. 1141 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa. 1142 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center. 1143 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium. 1144 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration. 1145

Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.

56/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1146

This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.

1147 Architect of SM Megamall. 1148 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila. 1149 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard. The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during occasions. Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are 1151 kept. 1150

1152 The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed. The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a laundry and drying space and service area for the servants. In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-shaped 1154 stove or kalan is known as ___. 1153

1155 ―Form follows function‖ 1156 ―Form does not necessarily follow function‖ 1157 ―Art and Architecture, the new unity‖ 1158 ―A house is a house‖ 1159 ―Cube within a cube‖ 1160 ―A bridge is like a house‖ 1161 ―Less is more‖ 1162 Ornament is a crime 1163 Less is more only when more is too much 1164 FUNCTION INFLUENCE BUT DOES NOT DICTATE FORM 1165 MODERN ARCHITECTURE NEED NOT BE WESTERN 1166 RCHITECTURE MUST MEET 3 REQUIREMENTS: STENGTH, BEAUTY, UNITY 1167 1168 Less is Bore / ―Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture‖ 1169

The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within to be lived in

1170

LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such tower in New York City.

1171 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY 1172 GEODESIC DOME 1173 SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE 1174 SOLOMON GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM 1175 PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, BRAZIL

57/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1176 BAUHAUS BLDG, GERMANY 1177 EINSTEIN TOWER 1178 CHAPEL OF NOTRE DAME 1179 CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES 1180 TAHANANG FILIPINO/ COCONUT PALACE 1181 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK OF THE PHILIPPINES 1182 SAN MIGUEL CORP. BUILDING 1183 BANK OF CHINA, HK 1184 TWA KENNEDY AIRPORT, NY 1185 AT&T BLDG, NY 1186 Casa Batllo, Barcelona Spain 1187 Crystal Palace, England 1188 Glass House, New Caanan, Connecticut 1189

Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris France - OLDEST CATHEDRAL IN FRANCE-EARLY GOTHIC

1190 Sagrada Familia, Spain 1191 John Hancock Center, Chicago Illinois 1192 Woolworth Building, NY 1193 Price Tower, Oklahoma 1194 St.Basil Cathedral, Russia 1195 Notre Dame du Haut or Ronchamp, France 1196

Italian architect Member of Bauhaus

German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and steel architecture of the 20th-century International Style. 1197 Skin and bone construction.

58/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the classics and later in architecture The architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932) Invented the ‗International Style‘ Father figure of ‗Post Modernism.‘ INTERNATIONAL STYLE Volume rather than mass. Regularity rather than axial symmetry Prescribing arbitrarily applied decorations. 1198 WORKS: Glass hose, Connecticut Seagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe) Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln Center Williams Proctor Museum, N.Y. Art Gallery for the University of Nebraska Ammon Corter Museum, Texas AT&T Building N.Y.

professional name of Charles Édouard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect, painter, and writer, who had a major effect on the development of modern architecture. PHILOSOPHY: ― The house is a machine to live in.‖ WORKS: Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928) 1199 The Swiss Building at the Cité Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932); Unité d'Habitation (1946-1952) an apartment house in Marseille, France; Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955) a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, France High Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandìgarh, India

Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974), American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete won him a prominent place in 20th-century architecture. Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems. PHILOSOPHY: 1200 ― Searching for a materials want to be.‖ WORKS: Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas Orr Alfred Newton Richard‘s Medical Center

59/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style. Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture. THEORIES: ― The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.‖ ― Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.‖ WORKS: The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in Paris The Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, Istanbul 1201 Theatre Des Champs, Lysees - redesigning, original by Van del Velde Notre Dame Church, Paris Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva Eiffel Monument, Paris Palace of the Soviets, Moscow

1202

American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the greatest figures in 20th-century architecture.

Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading architects of the mid-20th century. PHILOSOPHIES: ― Function influences but does not dictate form.‖ ―Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.‖ ―Architecture is not just to fulfill man‘s belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.‖ WORKS: Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion Memorial The General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956 1203 Air Force Acadaemy U.S. Embassy in London The Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of Technology T.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y. - In a for m of bird about to fly. T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y. The Chapel of Concordia Senior College. Gateway Arch, St. Louis

Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture. Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe. 2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower PHILOSOPHY: ― Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.‖ 1204 WORKS: Cranbook School, Michigan Christ Church, Minneapolis Helsinki Railroad Station, Finland National Museum Finland

60/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of reinforced concrete, made possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural problems. Discovered ―ferro-cemento‖ - consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used either for shell construction or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the layers of mortar & mesh. 1205 WORKS: Municipal Stadium Florence Fiat Factory, Turin Italian Embassy, Brazilia Papal Audience Hall, Vatican City Australian Embassy, Paris American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the late 20th century. PHILOSOPHIES: ― We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the modern experience. The particularities of context, the varieties of the user‘s taste; Culture & the symbolic & decorative dictates of the program.‖ ― Less is Bore‖ ―More is More‖ 1206 ― Modern movement was almost right‖ WORKS: Walker & Dunlop Office Building Transportation Square, Washington Master Plan & Uraban Design of California City Convention Center, Conversion plan Canada West Mount Airy Clustered Housing Plan Philadelphia

Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs for public buildings, has reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with traditional Japanese forms. Furyu 1207 Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life. PHILOSOPHIES: ― Modern Architecture need not be Western.‖ ― The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.‖

1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215

House of Michealerplatz, Vienna Sanatorio di Paimo, Finland Notre Dame du Raincy, France Sagrada de Familia US Capitol, Washington DC Glasgow School of Art Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur Flatiron Building, NY

61/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245

Jewish Museum, Berlin TWA Terminal Helsinki Railway Station Los Manantiales, Mexico Jay Pritzker Pavilion, USA Taliesin West, Arizona Munich Olympic Stadium Tokyo, Japan Eiffel Tower, Paris Bank of China, Hong Kong Sydney Opera House Chrystal Palace Fuji TV Headquarters Auditorium Building, Chicago Salk Institute, California Unite d‘ Habitacion, France Catedral de Brasilia Seagram Building Portland Building, Oregon Habitat 67, Montreal London City Hall At & T Building, NY Lippo Building , Hong Kong Red House, England Max Reinhardt House, Germany Turin Exhibition Hall Tjibao Cultural Center, New Caledonia Jubilee Church, Rome CCTV China Saginatobel Bridge

62/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1246 1247

El Auditorio de Tenerife Church of the Light, Osaka

1248 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY 1249 UN Building 1250 1251 1252

Allianz Arena Lloyds Building, London Torre Agbar

1253 DULLES AIRPORT VIRGINIA, USA 1254 THE ESPLANADE Singapore 1255 DUBAI BURJ-AL-ARAB 1256 HSBC Hongkong 1257

JIN MAO TOWER Shanghai - Number of floors: 88 Height: 420.60 meters

1258 WORLD TRADE CENTER New York 1259 TAIPEI 101 TAIPEI,TAIWAN 1260 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Bilbao,Spain 1261 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM New York 1262 John Hancock Center Chicago PETRONAS TWIN TOWER KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA - Number of floors: 88 1263 Height: 452 meters 1264 THE LOUVRE 1265 CITIC PLAZA Guangzhou, China 1266 EMPIRE STATE BUILDING New York 1267 CENTRAL PLAZA Hong Kong 1268 SEARS TOWER Chicago 1269 Two International Finance Centre Hong Kong 1270 Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Cleveland, Ohio 1271 SHUN HING SQUARE Shenzhen, China 1272 East Building, National Gallery of Art 1978 Washington, D.C. 1273

EGLIS STE. GENEVIEVE (THE PANTHEON (1755-1792) PARIS FRANCE

1274 ST. PAUL‘S CATHEDRAL, LONDON 1275

ROYAL CRESCENT, BATH ENGLAND

(1675-1710 (1767-1775)

63/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1276 1277

ROYAL CHAPEL, THE PALACE OF VERSAILLES (1707-1710) FRANCE SEARS TOWER, CHICAGO (1947-1976) 110 STOREY Number of floors: 110 Height: 443 meters

1278 1st Suspension Bridge 1279 1st Multi-Structure & Concrete Building 1280 1st Mall in the Country 1281 1st Prefabricate Structure 1282 1st School in the American Period 1283 1st Skyscrapper in the Philippines 1284 1st Skyscrapper in Manila 1285 1st Hotel in Asia w/ an Elevator 1286 1st Registered Architect 1287 1st Filipino Architect of the American Period 1288 1st Building to use an Elevator 1289 Metropolitan Theatre 1290 U.S.T. Main Building 1291 F.E.U. Main Building 1292 Alejandro Legardo 1293 Antonio Toledo 1294 Carlos Barretto 1295 Juan Arellano 1296 Tomas Mapua 1297 Mapua Institute of Technology 1298 University of Santo Tomas 1299 Adamson University 1300 Adrian Wilson 1301 Andres Luna de San Pedro 1302 Andres Luna de San Pedro 1303 Andres Luna de San Pedro 1304 Andres Luna de San Pedro 1305 Antonio Sindiong

64/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1306 Antonio Sindiong 1307 Antonio Toledo 1308 Antonio Toledo 1309 Antonio Toledo 1310 Antonio Toledo 1311 Antonio Toledo 1312 Carlos Arguelles 1313 Carlos Arguelles 1314 Carlos Santos-Viola 1315 Carlos Santos-Viola 1316 Carlos Santos-Viola 1317 Cesar Concio 1318 Cesar Concio 1319 Cesar Concio 1320 Cesar Concio 1321 Cesar Concio 1322 Chika Go, Desu Go 1323 Cresencio C. Castro 1324 Cresencio C. Castro 1325 Felipe Mendoza 1326 Felipe Mendoza 1327 Felipe Mendoza 1328 Felipe Mendoza 1329 Fernando Ocampo 1330 Fernando Ocampo 1331 Fernando Ocampo 1332 Francisco Manosa 1333 Francisco Manosa 1334 Francisco Manosa 1335 Francisco Manosa

65/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1336 Francisco Manosa 1337 Gabino de Leon 1338 Gabriel Formoso 1339 Gabriel Formoso & Partners 1340 Gabriel Formoso & Partners 1341 Gabriel Formoso & Partners 1342 Gabriel Formoso & Partners 1343 Gabriel Formoso & Partners 1344 Gabriel Formoso & Partners 1345 Guillermo Tolentino 1346 Jorge Ramos 1347 Jorge Ramos 1348 Jose Ma. Zaragosa 1349 Jose Ma. Zaragosa 1350 Jose Ma. Zaragosa 1351 Jose Ma. Zaragosa 1352 Jose Ma. Zaragosa 1353 Jose Ma. Zaragosa 1354 Jose Ma. Zaragosa 1355 Jose Ma. Zaragosa 1356 Juan Arellano 1357 Juan Arellano 1358 Juan Arellano 1359 Juan Arellano 1360 Juan Arellano 1361 Juan Arellano 1362 Juan Arellano 1363 Juan Arellano 1364 Juan Arellano 1365 Juan Nakpil

66/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1366 Juan Nakpil 1367 Juan Nakpil 1368 Juan Nakpil 1369 Juan Nakpil 1370 Juan Nakpil 1371 Juan Nakpil 1372 Juan Nakpil 1373 Juan Nakpil 1374 Juan Nakpil 1375 Juan Nakpil 1376 Juan Nakpil 1377 Juan Nakpil 1378 Juan Nakpil 1379 Juan Nakpil 1380 Leandro V. Locsin 1381 Leandro V. Locsin 1382 Leandro V. Locsin 1383 Leandro V. Locsin 1384 Leandro V. Locsin 1385 Leandro V. Locsin 1386 Leandro V. Locsin 1387 Leandro V. Locsin 1388 Leandro V. Locsin 1389 Leandro V. Locsin 1390 Leandro V. Locsin 1391 Leandro V. Locsin 1392 Leandro V. Locsin 1393 Luis Ma. Zaragosa Araneta 1394 Mañosa Brothers 1395 Manuel Go

67/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1396 Otilio Arellano 1397 Otilio Arellano 1398 Otilio Arellano 1399 Pablo Antonio 1400 Pablo Antonio 1401 Pablo Antonio 1402 Pablo Antonio 1403 Pablo Antonio 1404 Pablo Antonio 1405 Pablo Antonio 1406 Pablo Antonio 1407 Palafox & Associates 1408 Palafox & Associates 1409 Palafox & Associates 1410 Palafox & Associates 1411 Palafox & Associates 1412 Richard Kissling 1413 Rogelio Villarosa 1414 Tomas B. Mapua 1415 Tomas B. Mapua 1416 Tomas B. Mapua 1417 Tomas B. Mapua 1418 Walter Gropius 1419 William Coscolluela 1420 William Coscolluela 1421 William Coscolluela 1422 William Coscolluela 1423 William Coscolluela 1424 William Coscolluela 1425 William Coscolluela

68/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1426 William Coscolluela 1427 William Coscolluela 1428 William Coscolluela 1429 William Coscolluela 1430 William Parson 1431 William Parson 1432 William Parson 1433 William Parson 1434 William Parson 1435 William Parson 1436 Leandro Locsin 1437 Recio Casas/ KPF 1438 Gabriel Formoso 1439 Gabriel Formoso 1440 William Coscolluela/ SOM 1441 Antonio Sindiong 1442 Antonio Sindiong 1443 Adrian Wilson 1444 Juan Nakpil 1445 GF and Partners 1446 Franciso Mañosa 1447 William Coscolluela 1448 GF and Partners 1449 Recio Casas 1450 Leandro Locsin 1451 GF and Partners / SOM 1452 William Coscolluela/ SOM 1453 Gabriel Formoso 1454 Anonio Sindiong 1455 Gabriel Formoso

69/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1456 Vicente C. Rodriguez/ Medi A. Nasrabadi 1457 Gabriel Formoso 1458 Engracio Mariano 1459 Gabriel Formoso 1460 Rogelio Villarosa 1461 Rogelio Villarosa 1462 Angel Nakpil 1463 Recio Casas 1464 Otilio Arellano/ Felipe Mendoza 1465 Antonio Sindiong 1466 Gabriel P. Formoso 1467 RMJM 1468 Carlos Arguelles 1469 Antonio Sindiong 1470 Leandro Locsin 1471 Palafox/ SOM 1472 Gabriel Formoso 1473 Jose Ma. Zaragoza 1474 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1475 Mañosa Brothers 1476 William Coscolluela 1477 Leandro Locsin/ Dominic Galicia 1478 GF and Partners 1479 Fernando Ocampo 1480 Leandro V. Locsin 1481 Leandro V. Locsin 1482 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1483 Antonio Toledo 1484 Cresencio De Castro 1485 Gabriel Formoso

70/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1486 Francisco Mañosa 1487 Leandro V. Locsin 1488 Leandro V. Locsin 1489 Froilan Hong 1490 Leandro V. Locsin 1491 Jorge Ramos 1492 Leandro Locsin 1493 Leandro Locsin 1494 Carlos Arguelles/ Gabriel Formoso 1495 Gabriel Formoso (preservation) 1496 Carlos Santos-Viola 1497 Alfredo Luz 1498 Gabriel Formoso 1499 Rogelio Villarosa 1500 Carlos Arguelles 1501 Leandro V. Locsin 1502 William Parsons 1503 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin 1504 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1505 Arcenas, Payumo & Andrews 1506 Cesar Concio 1507 Leandro Locsin 1508 Jose Ma. Zaragoza 1509 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1510 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1511 Angel Nakpil 1512 Juan Nakpil 1513 Juan Nakpil 1514 Carlos Arguelles 1515 Juan Nakpil

71/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1516 Jose Ma. Zaragoza 1517 Galvan 1518 Fernando Ocampo 1519 Fernando Ocampo 1520 Fernando Ocampo 1521 William Parsons 1522 Juan Hervas 1523 Juan Nakpil 1524 Juan Nakpil 1525 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1526 Antonio Toleda 1527 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1528 Federico Ilustre 1529 Andres Luna de San Pedro 1530 Angel Nakpil 1531 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1532 Juan Nakpil 1533 Antonio Sindiong 1534 Gabriel Formoso 1535 Juan Arellano 1536 Otilio Arellano 1537 William Parsons 1538 Antonio Toledo 1539 Jose Ma. Zaragoza 1540 Juan Arellano 1541 Federico Ilustre 1542 Juan Arellano/ Toledo/Duane 1543 Andres Luna de San Pedro 1544 Andres Luna de San Pedro 1545 William Parsons and Antonio Toledo

72/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1546 Tomas B. Mapua 1547 Tomas B. Mapua 1548 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin 1549 Otilio Arellano 1550 Cesar Canchela 1551 Antonio Toledo 1552 Luis Araneta 1553 Carlos Arguelles 1554 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1555 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1556 Felipe Mendoza 1557 Gabriel Formoso 1558 Arcadio Arellano/ Juan Arellano 1559 Alfredo Luz 1560 Fernando Ocampo 1561 Juan Hervas 1562 Otilio Arellano 1563 Angel Nakpil 1564 Luciano Oliver/ Manuel Mañosa (restoration) 1565 Victorio C. Edades 1566 Rogelio Villarosa 1567 Juan Hervas 1568 Antonio Sindiong/ Fernando Ocampo 1569 Dominador Lugtu 1570 Felipe Mendoza 1571 Felipe Mendoza 1572 Cesar Concio 1573 Antonio Toledo 1574 Juan Nakpil 1575 Cesar Concio

73/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1576 Guillermo Tolentino 1577 Gabriel Formoso 1578 Jorge Ramos 1579 Cesar Concio 1580 Carlos Arguelles 1581 Carlos Santos-Viola 1582 William Coscolluela 1583 Juan Nakpil 1584 Federico Ilustre 1585 William Coscolluela/ R. Villarosa 1586 Engracio Mariano / SOM 1587 Philip Recto 1588 Art Alcantara 1589 William Coscolluela 1590 Leandro V. Locsin 1591 Pedro Pimentel/ Medi Nasrabadi 1592 Vicente Rodriguez/ Medi Nasrabadi 1593 Felipe Mendoza 1594 Philip Recto 1595 Mañosa Brothers 1596 RR Payumo 1597 Carlos Santos-Viola 1598 Rogelio Villarosa 1599 Francisco Mañosa 1600 Antonio Sindiong 1601 Rogelio Villarosa 1602 Francisco Mañosa 1603 GF and Partners/ KPF 1604 William Coscolluela 1605 Francisco Mañosa

74/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1606 Jose Ma. Zaragoza 1607 Nick Feliciano 1608 Francisco Mañosa 1609 Felipe Mendoza 1610 Gabriel Formoso/ Nestor Mangio 1611 William V. Coscolluela 1612 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. 1613 Recio Casas 1614 William Coscolluela/ IM Pei 1615 GF and Partners 1616 Gabriel Formoso 1617 William Coscolluela 1618 G and W 1619 Francisco Mañosa 1620 Francisco Mañosa 1621 Felipe Mendoza 1622 Francisco Mañosa 1623 Leandro V. Locsin 1624 Mañosa Brothers 1625 Francisco Mañosa 1626 Juan Arellano 1627 Gabriel Formoso 1628 Temple of Luxor 1629 Abu Simbel 1630 Pyramid of King Zoser 1631 The Great Pyramid 1632 Partheon 1633 Erechtheum 1634 Epidaurus Theater 1635 The Pantheon

75/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1636 Trajan's Forum 1637 Colosseum 1638 White House 1639 Capitol of the United States 1640 National Gallery Of Art 1641 Washington Monument 1642 University of Virginia 1643 Massachusetts State House 1644 Saint Patrick's Cathedral 1645 Connecticut State Capitol 1646 Monticallo 1647 New York City Hall 1648 Fallingwater 1649 Guggenheim Museum 1650 Coonley House 1651 Ennis House 1652 Johnson Wax Building 1653 Larkin Building 1654 Wingspread 1655 Golden Gate Bridge 1656 The Louvre 1657 Tuileries 1658 Palais Royal 1659 Sacre-coeur 1660 Hotel de Ville 1661 Arc de Triomphe 1662 Pompidou Centre 1663 Notre Dame de Paris 1664 ParisOpera House 1665 Elysee Palace

76/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1666 Hotel de Invalides 1667 La Madelaine 1668 Sorbonne 1669 Charles Cathedral 1670 Amien's Cathedral 1671 Rheims Cathedral 1672 Eiffel Tower 1673 Notre Dame du Haut 1674 Villa Savoye 1675 Burgtheater 1676 Berlin Opera House 1677 Wurzburg Residenz 1678 Einstein Tower 1679 British Moseum 1680 Salisbury Cathedral 1681 Queen's House 1682 Somerset House 1683 St. Paul's Cathedral 1684 Chiswick House 1685 Westminster Palace 1686 Glasgow School of Art 1687 Durham cathedral 1688 Buckingham Palace 1689 Temple of Heaven 1690 Hagia Sofia 1691 Cathedral of Siena 1692 Pisa Cathedral 1693 Florence Cathedral 1694 Krak des Chevaliers 1695 Alhambra

77/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1696 Casa Batllo 1697 Casa Mila 1698 Sagrada Familia 1699 Taj Mahal 1700 Paoay Church 1701 Vigan Church 1702 Santa Maria Church 1703 Tumauini Church 1704 Angat Church 1705 Barasoain Church 1706 San Sebastian Church 1707 San Augustine Church 1708 Taal Church 1709 Daraga Church 1710 Miagao Church 1711 Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica 1712 PBCom Tower 1713 Petron Mega Plaza 1714 G.T. International Tower 1715 Robinson's Equitable Tower 1716 ICEC (LKG) Tower 1717 Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2 1718 Roxas Triangle 1 & 2 1719 Petronas Tower 1720 Sears Tower 1721 Jin Mao Building 1722 Plaza Rakyat 1723 Empire State Building 1724 Central Plaza 1725 Bank of China

78/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1726 Emirates Tower I 1727 The Center 1728 T & C Tower 1729 AON Center 1730 John Hancock Center 1731 Shun Hing Square 1732 Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza) 1733 Burj Al-Arab Hotel 1734 Baiyoke Tower 2 1735 Chrysler Building 1736 Bank of American Palza 1737 Library Tower 1738 Malaysia Telecom HQ 1739 AT & T Corporate Center 1740 Chase Tower 1741 Ryugyong Hotel the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for ―… his outstanding talents and services in creating edifices, both private and public, that are conceptually well designed and conscientiously executed ‖ 1. Geronimo Reyes Building 2. Capitol Theatre 3. Rizal theatre 1742 4. Manila Jockey Club 5. Quezon Institue 6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall) 7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall) 8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)

o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings: 1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments 2. Syquia Apartments 3. Sea Tower apartments 1743 4. Far Eastern University Building 5. Ideal Theatre 6. Lyric Theatre 7. May building (brise soleil)

79/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER o Most prolific artist-designer o Buildings: 1. Legislative building, major work 2. Post Office building 1744 3. Metropolitan Theatre 4. Rizal Memorial Stadium 5. Benitez Hall (UP) 6. Malcolm Hall (UP)

1745 o Master of Neoclassicist style o Among the first architect-educators o Assistant to William Parsons o Buildings: 1746 1. Cebu Custom House 2. National Museum Building 3. City Hall of Manila o Buildings: 1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP) 2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building)) 1747 3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building)) 4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil) 5. Children‘s Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz

1748 1749 1750 Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital)

1751

1. Manila Hotel 2. Army & Navy Club 3. Philippine General Hospital 4. Post Office

1752 o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americans o Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans 1753 o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines

80/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the ―El Nido‖ style o Buildings: 1. Legarda Elemntary School 2. Regina Building 1754 3. Crystal Arcade 4. Natividad Building 5. Perez-Samanillo Building 6. Insular Life ???

1755 1976 Most beautiful Hotel in the world 1756 1987 Likha Awardee (UAP Highest) 1757 1990 - 3rd National Artist for Architecture 1758

he produced 71 residences, 81 buildings and sultanate palace

the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public Works his most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest 1760 architectural school in the country 1759

1761 the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines 1762 o Public administrator; advocated ―Building Code of Manila‖ o First Filipino architect with academic degree abroad (Pennsylvania) 1763 o Pioneering Staff of ―Division of Architecture‖ 1764

Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco façade through the high-pitch roof in the central building

1765 Quiapo Church 1766 The Ever Theater – the first to use glass as prominent architectural material 1767 Mabini Shrine Batangas 1768 Rizal Home Restoration 1769 Bonifacio Monument 1770 SSS Bldg 1771 Sn Miguel Church 1772 UP admin Bldg & Conservatory of Music 1773 Phil. National bank 1774 Manila Railroad Company 1775 FEU 1776 Manila City Hall ( w/ Toledo) 1777

Metropolitan Theatre - colorist art deco, considered as the zenith of Art Deco aesthetics in the Philippines, exterior and interior exhibit locally mediated approaches such as

1778 Rizal Memorial 1779 Post Office Building at Liwasang Bonifacio

81/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1780 Agriculture Bldg (w/ Antonio Toledo) 1781 Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle – neoclassicism 1782 Supreme Court 1783 Quezon Memorial Circle 1784 OLD MIA 1785 GSIS 1786 Veterans Memorial Bldg 1787 Asian Institute of Tech. Bangkok 1788 Manila City Hall ( w/ Arellano) 1789 Legislative Bldg ( w/ Arellano) 1790 Agriculture Bldg ( w/ Arellano) 1791 Finance Bldg 1792 Baclaran Church 1793 US Protestant Church 1794 Perpetual Help Church 1795 UP Eng'g & liberal Arts Bldg. 1796 Childrens Hospital 1797 ABS CBN QC 1798 DBP - Makati 1799 Manila Hilton 1800 UPLB Masterplan 1801 UP Social Science & Humanities Center 1802 Malacanang 1803 Manila Hotel 1804 PGH (Tomas Mapua) 1805 Phil. Normal college 1806 Manila Cathedral Rehabilitation 1807 UST Chapel 1808 Antipolo Church 1809

82/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1810 Baguio 1811 Luneta Park 1812 Old Congress Bldg. (Legislative Bldg) 1813

1. Manila Hotel 2. Army & Navy Club

1814 1815 Manila POLO Club 1816 FEU Main Bldg 1817 Lyric Ideal Theather 1818 Jai Alai 1819 Central bank of the Philippines 1820 Asian Inst. Of Managemnt - Makati 1821 San Agustin Church 1822 UST Main Bldg 1823 Araneta Coliseum 1824 Sto. Domingo Church 1825 Quiapo Church (1985 Restoration) 1826 Iglesia ni Kristo 1827 New Era 1828 Rustans QC 1829 Sulo Hotel reconstruction 1830 Vista De Loro 1831 San Beda Chapel 1832 1. Legarda Elementary School – French renaissance 1833

2. Rafael Fernandez House – French renaissance and official residence of Corazon Aquino during her presidency

1834 3. Perez-Samanillo Building – art deco and modern style 4. Crystal Arcade – art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping mall 5. Perkin‘s House – also known as ―El Nido‖ (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manila‘s 1836 1925 House Beautiful Contest 1835

1837 Malacanang residence 1838 UP Catholic Chapel 1839 St. Andres Church - Makati

83/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1840 Mandarin hotel 1841

Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) – the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which reinterprets traditional Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom

1842 National Arts Center 1843 NAIA 1844 Manila Hotel , New 1845 CCP, PICC, FAT, Philcite,etc 1846 Edsa Shrine 1847

Coconut Palace a luxurious guesthouse at the CCP Complex. It showcased a double roof reminiscent of the salakot (a wide brimmed hat) and swing-out (naka-tukod) window

1848 Las Pinas Church Restoration 1849 San Miguel Office bldg. - Ortigas 1850 Antonio Pacific 1851 Pacific Plaza 1852 Ali Mall 1853 SM 1854 China Bank - Paseo de Roxas 1855 Tektite Tower 1856 National Bookstores 1857 Shangrila Edsa Plaza 1858 Shangrila Makati 1859 Kings Court 1 & 2 1860 Silahis Hotel 1861 Stella Maris College 1862 Manila Doctors Hospital 1863 Times Theater 1864 Makati Med. Center 1865 Quezon City Hall 1866 De La salle University 1867 Nurses Home 1868 • UY-CHACO building 1869

84/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1870 1871

o Magsaysay Center o WHO building

1872 Robinson's Galeria 1873 Quiapo Mosque 1874 Phil. Heart center 1875 Meralco Building o Feati University Building o Ambassador Hotel (1st skyscraper 4flrs) • PLDT TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City 1877 • 6790, Ayala avenue, Makati City 1876

1878 • AYALA TOWER 1, Ayala Avenue, Makati City (consultant: S.O.M.) • PACIFIC PLAZA TOWERS, Fort Bonifacio (arquitectonica) • ICEC TOWER, manila (Kohn Petersen Fox Associates) • GT INTERNATIONAL TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City 1880 • OAKWOOD PREMIER RESIDENCE • PETRON, MEGAPLAZA 1881 • JIN MAO TOWER • ROCKWELL (S.O.M.) 1882 • FORBES TOWER, manila (RMJM London unlimited) 1879

1883 • ONE SAN MIGUEL, ortigas 1884 • ESSENSA TOWERS (Pablo Antonio jr) 1885 Clasiao Church, Pangasinan 1886 Laoag Church, Ilocos Norte 1887 Las Pinas Church 1888 Loboc Church Bohol 1889 Manila Cathedral 1890 Miagao Church, iloilo 1891 Morong Church, Rizal 1892 Panay Church, Rizal 1893 Quiapo Church 1894 San Agustin Church 1895 World Trade Center – 1896 Jose Ma. Zaragosa 1897 Carlos Arguelles 1898 Edmundo Lucero 1899 Francisco Fajardo

85/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1900 Gavino de Leon 1901 Cezar de dios 1902 Antonio Turalba - Architecture 1903 Cesar Concio - Environmental Planner 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929

86/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959

87/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971

88/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Rameses I Marble Columnar trabeated Propylaea Parthenon

Arch and vault Composite Domical roof construction

Marble Pantheon Pteroma Gladiatorial Contests Stoa Acropolis

Antefix

Acroterion Anthemion Apotheca Anthemion Refectory Baroque Cortel Tracery Roman 176 a. i, ii, iii

89/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Octagonal 13.. Square Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex Nave Stylobate Stereobate Eustyle Areostyle Systyle 1.5 Diameters 3 Diameters Circus Colosseum Wrestling Stadium Callicrates and Ictinus Lamin Zaguan Bilik Dapogan Cha-sit-su Masjid Stupa Bale

90/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Doric

Tumuli

Apse Dipteral Prytaneion Erich Mendelsohn Walter Gropius Art Noveau Van Alen Embrasures

Amenemhat I

Senusret I Pyramid of Zoser Pyramid of Khufu Canephora Bartizan Masu-gumi Cavetto Carlos Santos Viola Caesar Homer Concio William Cosculluela Imhotep Richard Josef Neutra Jugendstijl Eero Saarinen Kenzo Tange

91/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Khufu Console Chartres Cathedral Octagonal Tokonama Hagia Sophia Baldachino

Tabernacle

Exedra Niche Mudejar Mnesicles Pinacotheca Odeion Epidauros Opus Mixtum Opus Incertum Opus Recticulatum Opus Quadratum

Opus Tesselatum

Louis Sullivan

Buckminster Fuller

Marcel Lajos Breuer Felix Outerino Candela Agrippa Minoru Yamasaki

92/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Bernini Anthemius and Isidorus George Ramos Thothmes I Ptolemy III Iñigo Jones Callimachus Theron Libon Cossutius Mnesicles Phidias Welton Becket Le Corbusier Eliel Saarinen Frank Lloyd Wright Hennevique Jose Herrera Juan Nakpil Felipe Mendoza Juan Nakpil Guillermo Tolentino Shah Jahan Erich Mendelsohn John Ruskin and William Moris Felipe Mendoza Juan Nakpil Juan Nakpil Juan Nakpil

93/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Antonio Sin Diong Gabriel Formoso George Ramos

Morong Church

Panay Cathedral in Capiz

Bema Naos Amphi-Prostyle Cella Greek Cross Latin Cross

Ambo

Bema

Apse Forum East South West Cancelli Little Metropole Cathedral, Athens

Nea Moni

Centralized Liceo de Manila Worms Cathedral Bouleuterion

94/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Prytaneion Circus Maximus Forum Romanum Tepidarium Calidarium Sudatorium Apodyteria Unctuaria

Vespasian / Domitian

Treasury of Atreus Xerxes Domus Thalamus Insulae Villa Atrium House Balneum Menhir

Royal pyramids Megaron Order Crepidoma Naos Thermae Velarium Insula

95/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Baldachino Narthex Gymnaceum Voussoirs Cenotaph West door Rayonnant Plough Camber

Rustication Sir Joseph Paxton Antonio Gaudi James Hoban Carlos Baretto Masjid Muenzzin Islamic Kibla

Shah-Jehan

Cluniac sober & dignified sixtite

pilaster strips

campanile

ambrogio

Altars

96/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Castle

Alexander

Helm Roof

Church bldgs.

Portugal

Alocabaca, Portugal Fortress fortification

machicolations

battlement

merlons

bailey

Steve church

domestic

crocket

buttress

transept

tudor

mouldings tracery

97/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER presbytery West minister abbey pantry cimborio finial retablo kibla Florence Cathedral

crypt

Renaissance

Palladian

antiquarian

mannerists

Rustication

Reliquary Brunelleschi Piano Noble Donato Bramante Mullion transom wreath scroll nymphaneum rocaile cherubin newel

98/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER strapwork

intercolumnation

fretwork

pulpitum

polychromy

expressionism

eyebrow

skylight reja cella Burma viharas shwe dagon pagoda pitakat-taik pailou

Alexandre Gustav Eiffel

Louis Henry Sullivan Yamasaki and Roth Charles Mackintosh Tomas Mapua

Frank Gehry

Erich Mendelsohn

Kahn, Louis

99/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Antonio Gaudi

Buckminster Fuller

Francisco Manosa

Gustave Eiffel

Francisco Manosa

Lucio Costa Buckminster Fuller Robert Adam Peter Behrens Francisco Manosa 984 ft. Buckminster Fuller Le Corbusier Mies van de Rohe Richard Meier Oscar Niemeyer Nervi, Pier Luigi Lucio Costa Kenzo Tange

hierogyphics

Parthenon

100/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Epidaurus Theater

Colosseum

Trajans forum

Agrippa

Robert Mills

Reims Cathedral

Elysee Palace

Torogan House

Ivatan’s Rakuh

101/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Manila Metropolitan Theatre

G.F.& Partners

Lao Tze

Plinth

Caryatid

Finial

le Corbusier Telamon

Crepidoma

Federico Ilustre

Archivolt

Eisodos

Obelisk Aokum

102/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Gargoyle Monument Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Andrea Palladio

Ten books of Architecture by Marcus Vitruvius

Tomb of Agamemnon Trajan’s Column

Queen Anne style

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

Prytaneion

Kankanay

Decorated style

Cromlech

Mannerism

Bouleuterion

103/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Firewall; Fireblock

Andrea Palladio 10 books of architecture by Vitruvius

Engr's & Archt. Law Act 2986

Tomb of Agamemnon Trajans Column Medieval Organic City

Queen anne Style

Unite d Habitation

Sir Christopher Wren Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

prytaneion

Kankanay

Cavaea Decorated Style

Chromlech

104/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Palladianism

Egyptian Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture Rayonant Flamboyant Renaissance Architecture

Palladianism

Mannerism

Baroque

Antiquarian

Rococco

Plateresque Architecture

Elizabethan Architecture

Jacobean Architecture

Gregorian Architecture

105/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Picturesque Architecture

Sphinx

Mastaba

Obelisk

Pyramid Batter

Stonehenge

Ziggurat

Hieroglyphics

Dolmen

Voussoirs

Exedra

Cella

Stupa

Eclectic

Soffit

106/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Fortress

Pendentive

Mayan Temple Pyramid

Picturesqueness

Fresco

Stoa

Atlantes

Abacus

Entasis

Flutes Caryatids Daado

Arris

Fillets

Pediment

Plinth

107/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Agora

Triumphal Arch

Thermae

Colosseum

Aquaducts

Forum

Pinaccle

Sarcophagus

Mausolleum

Groins

Coffers

Butress

Vault

Narthex baptisteries Font

108/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Dome Bema Arcade Ambo Mosaic Baldachino Aisle

Nave

Apse Kiosk

Mosque

Corbel

Minaret

Chamfer Atrium

Squinch

Harem Cenotaph Ogee Keystone

Iconostasis

109/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Verandah

Piazza

Arabesque

Spandrel

Turret

Mullions

Chateau

Fleche

Niche Boss

Pilaster Strip Chatris Tracery

Podium

Transept

Rib & Panel

Cimborio Larder Spire

110/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Steeple Wardrobe Camber

Coisters

Pantry Stellar Vault Monastery Oriel Window Refectory Scroll Palazzo

Baluster

Rococo

baroque

Belfry

Entablature

Doge's Hall

Pavillion Chancel

111/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Quoins

Console

Crypt

Newel

Doge's Palace

Cupola

Vestibule

Lantern

Wreath

Salon

Mansard

Nymphaeum

Finial

Pedestal

Dormer

112/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Hermes

Mullions

Patio

Modilions

Transom Tabernacle Ambulatory

Finial

Dais

Bay Window

Helm Roof

Gallery

Strapwork

Intercolumnation

Cherubs

Terracotta

Heraldic

113/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Plateresque Architecture

Pulpit

Belvedere

Churrigueresque

Candelabra

Fretwork

Wata Dage

Tudor Revival

Torus

Pagoda

Bungallow

Faience

Stambas / Laths

Great Wall

Art Noveau

bauhaus

114/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Fenestration Architectonic Rarhs

Space Frame

Baloon Framing

Pai Lou Bonsai

Antillan House

Belvedere Tea House

Ken

Ifugao/ Bontoc House

Nipa House

maranao House

Ivatan House

Loggia

Irrimoya Gable

115/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Torii

Trompel o Eil

Country House

Art Deco

Gazebo Stoa

Pinacle

Boss/ Groin Quoins / Squinch Serdab Glypthoteca Pinacotheca Themenos Lacunaria Peroma Dromos Thalamus The Great Temple of Arnak God Horus

116/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Egyptian Architects

Propylaea

Partenon

Theatre of Dionysus

Forum Romanum Circus Maximus Forum of Trajan

Prehistoric Period

Egyptian Architecture

Mesopotamian Architecture

117/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Pre columbian Architecure

Greek Architecture

Roman Architecture

Early christian Architecture

Byzantine Architecture

Islamic Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

118/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Gothic Architecture

Renaissance Architecture

Britain Architecture

Continental Europe

American Architecture

Modern International

119/622

Modern International

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

India / pakistan

Sri Lanka

Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet

Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia

120/622

Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

China

Japan

Philippines

Pre Historic Period - Structures

121/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Egyptian Buildings

Ancient near East (mesopotamia) Buildings

Pre Columbian Bldgs (Maya, Aztec, Peru, Mexico)

Greek Buildings

122/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Greek Buildings

Roman Buildings

123/622

Roman Buildings

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Early Christian Structures

Byzantine Structures

Islamic Buildings

Romanesque Buildings

Gothic Buildings

124/622

Gothic Buildings

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Rennaissance Buildings

Britain Buildings

Continental Europe Buildings

125/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

American Structures

126/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

French Architecture

127/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

128/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

English architecture

129/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

English architecture

130/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Modern International

131/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Asian & Spain Architecture

132/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Real Fuerza de Santiago (Fort Santiago) Intramuros Late Spanish Period American Period

133/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Post War Architecture Futurism Functionalism Utilitarianism Constructivism Neo-expressionism The Great Mosque of Djenné in Mali, Elisha Graves Otis Ecclectism The Arts & Crafts Movement

Pyramid Cheops Rameses 1 Marble Columnar trabeated Propylaea Parthenon Arch and vault Composite Domical roof construction St. Sophia, Constantinople Sober and dignified Marble Pantheon Pteroma Gladiatorial Contests Stoa Acropolis Antefix (Antefixae) Acroterion / Acroterium

134/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Anthemion Apotheca Anthemion Marble Pisa Refectory Baroque Cortel Tracery Cha-sit-su Masjid Stupa Bale Ziggurat Doric Pyramid Tumuli Apse Dipteral Prytaneion Erich Mendelsohn Walter Gropius Art Noveau Cambodian Van Alen Embrasures Agra Amenemhat I Senusret I Heb-sed

135/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Pyramid of Zoser Pyramid of Khufu Groin Vault Visayan Greek Canephora Bartizan Basilica Greek Helm Roof Masu-gumi Cavetto Carlos Santos Viola Caesar Homer Concio Pinnacle William Cosculluela Baroque for of Ornamentation Richard Josef Neutra Sarcophagus Imhotep Bouleuterion U.S. / English Renaissance Tussel House Astylar Jugendstijl Ludwig Mies Van Der Rohe Liceo de Manila Crenel Balance Eclecticism

136/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Eero Saarinen Kaufman House Juan Nakpil Kenzo Tange Felipe Mendoza Palace of Persepolis Saracenic Architecture Echinus S-tiles Agora Entasis Baroque Pagoda Roman Crepidoma Amphi-Prostyle Cenotaphs Cheops / Chefren/ Mykerinos Aljibe Impluvium Naos Crypt Bema Console Villa Atrium House Romanesque Romanesque Alvar Aalto Tomas Mapua

137/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Forum Welton Becket Chartres Cathedral 176 Greek Ziggurat Acanthus Arch Triforium Clerestory Module Tympanum Arcade Architrave Entablature Cornice, Frieze, Architrave Octagonal 13 Tokonama Square Hagia Sophia Pediment Pendentive Narthex Nave Ambulatory Cantharus Exedra Baldachino Tabernacle

138/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Niche Minaret Lacunaria Bayon

Mudejar

Crocket Abacus Capital Plinth Chancel Frigidarium Barasoain Church Seraglio Ziggurat Mnesicles Harem Great Temple, Abu Simbel Great Temple, Abu Simbel Palm, Lotus, and Papyrus Mortuary and Cult Temples Mortuary Temple Ziggurat Pyramid Cult Temple Persian Atlantes Exedra Peripteral Stylobate

139/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Stereobate Gymnasium Pronaos, Naos, and Epinaos Pinacotheca Prostyle Intercolumniation Eustyle Areostyle Systyle 1.5 Diameters 3 Diameters Odeion Circus Colosseum Wrestling stadium In Antis Amphi-Antis Gymnasium Doric Epidauros Tuscan and Composite Use of Concrete Pantheon Forum Romanum Xerxes Artaxerxes Callicrates and Ictinus Phidias Lacus

140/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Salientes Circus Maximus Vespasian / Domitian Mnesicles Clepsydra Treasury of Atreus Theron Libon Cossutius 18 4-horse Chariot Cyma Reversa Key Pattern Sculptured Reliefs House #33 Bird's Beak Peribolus Domus Podium Bepidales Opus Mixtum Opus Incertum Opus Recticulatum Opus Quadratum Basilica

Choragic Monument

Fret Termini Opus Tesselatum

141/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Callimachus Thalamus Timber-enframed Portal Etruscans Insula Nymphaeum Renaissance Louis Sullivan Iñigo Jones Hypostyle Hall Thothmes I Ptolemy III Buckminster Fuller Rock-Hewn Tombs George Ramos Tepidarium Calidarium Frigidarium Sudatorium Apodyteria Unctuaria Forum East South West Cancelli Ambo Bema Apse Statues

142/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Centralized Anthemius and Isidorus St. Sophia, Constantinople Little Metropole Cath., Athens

Nea Moni

Lantern

Cloisters

Ornamental Arcades Worms Cathedral Cathedral Greek Cross Latin Cross Bernini Dispensa Falig Minoru Yamasaki Greek Balteus Roman Agrippa Prytaneion Marcel Lajos Breuer Felix Outerino Candela Hypotrachelion Doric Ionic Temple of Nike Apteros, Athens Tower of the Winds, Athens

143/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Acanthus and Dolphin Greek Papyrus Cult Temple Balneum Cella Triglyph Le Corbusier Eliel Saarinen Frank Lloyd Wright Hennevique Jose Herrera Juan Nakpil Guillermo Tolentino Shah Jahan Telamones or Atlantes Herms Terms Madrassah Moscow Erich Mendelsohn John Ruskin and William Moris Eclecticism Neo-Classism Parti Felipe Mendoza George Ramos Juan Nakpil Juan Nakpil Morong Church

144/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Panay Capiz Antonio Sin Diong Gabriel Formoso George Ramos Lamin Zaguan Bilik Azotea Dapogan Louis Sullivan Antonio Gaudi Walter Gropius Louis Khan Le corbusier Robert Mailart Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe Adolf Loos Frank Loyd Wright EERo Saarinen Kenzo tange Marcus Vitruvius Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe Robert Venturi Lao Tse SOM Willian Van Allen Buckminster Fuller Jorn Utzon Frank Loyd Wright Lucio Costa & Oscar Niemeyer

145/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Walter Gropius Erich Mendelson Le corbusuier Leandro Locsin Francisco Bobby Manosa CC. de cstro Manuel manosa IM pei Eero Saarinen Philip Jhonson Antonio Gaudi Joseph Paxton Philip Jhonson Maurice de Sully Antonio Gaudi Bruce Graham & SOM Cass Gilbert Frank Loyd Wright Barma & Posnik Le corbusuier Marcel Brever

Mies van de Rohe

146/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Philip Jhonson

Le corbusuier

Louis Khan

147/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Perret Auguste

Frank Loyd Wright

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

148/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Pier Luigi Nervi

Robert Charles Venturi

Kenzo Tange

Adolf Loos Alvar Aalto Auguste Perret Antonio Gaudi Benjamin Latrobe Charles Rennie Macintiosh Cesar Pelli Daniel Burnham

149/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Daniel Libeskind Eero Saarinen Eliel Saarinen Felix Candela Frank Gehry Frank Loyd Wright Frei Otto Fumihiko Maki Gustave Eiffel Ieoh Ming Pei Jorn Utzon Joseph Paxton Kenzo tange Louis Sullivan Louis Khan Le corbusuier Oscar Niemeyer Mies van de Rohe Michael graves Moshe Safdie Norman Foster Philip Jhonson Paul Rudolph Philip Webb Peter Eissenman Pier Luigi Nervi Renzo Piano Richard Meier Reem Koolhaas Robert Mailaart

150/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Santiago Calatrava Tadao Ando Willian Van Allen Wallace Harrison Jacques Herzog and Pierre de Meuron Richard Rogers Jean Nouvel Eero Saarinen DP Archts & Micheal Wilford W.S. Atkins & partners Lord Norman Robert Foster SOM Minoru Yamasaki C.Y. lee & partners Frank Gehry Frank Loyd Wright SOM Cesar Pelli

IM pei Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man SHREVE, HARMON & LAMB Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man Bruce Graham CESAR ANTONIO PELLI IM pei Shreve , Lamb & Harmon IM pei Jacques Germain Souflot Sir Christopher Wren John Wood

151/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Robert de Cotte Bruce Graham / SOM Puente Colgante Masonic Temple, Escolta Crystal Arcade, Escolta San Sebastian Church Philippine Normal School Ambassador Hotel (4-Storey) PSB Building (Picache Building) Manila Hotel Tomas Mapua Carlos Barretto Burke Building, Escolta (1910's) Juan Arelleno Roque Ruano Pablo Antonio Daniel Doane Daniel Burnham S. Rowland Harold Keys William Birt 1925 1930 1941 Rufino Tower Chaco Building (Philtrust) Crystal Arcade (demolish) Department of Health Evangelista House SM Megamall

152/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER VIP Building Department of Finance Department of Tourism Leyte Capitol Lyric Theatre (demolish) Manila City Hall Manila Hilton Trader's Hotel (Holiday Inn) Iglesia ni Cristo Nuestra Señora de Guia Our Lady of Lourdes Church Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help) Insular Life Building Union Church UP Melchor Hall UP Palama Hall World Trade Exchange Department of Foreign Affairs (ADB) SM Makati Ateneo de Manila University Ateneo de Manila University FEU Hospital Mormon Temple Ambassador Hotel Manila Cathedral Philippine Women's University Coconut Palace (Tahanang Pilipino) Corregidor Island Landscaping EDSA Shrine Metrorail Stations (LRT)

153/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Moonwalk Church UE Chapel (Recto) Metropolitan Museum Glorietta Greenbelt-3 Heritage Hotel Manila Peninsula Oakwood Towers Prudential Bank Building Bonifacio Monument Manila Golden Mosque Philippine Heart Center Batasan Pambansa Don Bosco Chapel Meralco Building Philippine Airlines Building Sta. Catalina College Sto. Domingo Church Union Church (demolish) Virra Mall Court of Appeals Metropolitan Theatre National Museum / Legilative Building Post Office Building Sariaya Municipal Hall SMS Building Supreme Court Tayabas Capitol UP Villamor Hall Capitan Pepe Building

154/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Elena Apartments Ever Theatre Manila Jockey Club Philippine Trust Building Quezon City Hall Quezon Institute Quiapo Church Rizal Theatre (demolish) Rufino Building San Carlos Seminary San Lazaro ….. State Theatre UP Administration Bldg UP Library Ayala Triangle Tower-1 CCP Theatre Citibank Building Cultural Center of the Philippines Folk Art's Theatre Hyatt Regency Hotel Makati Stock Exhchange Malacañang Palace Mandarin Oriental Manila Manila International Airport Philippine Stock Exchange UP Chapel Valle Verde Country Club Makati Medical Center San Miguel Corporation Center La Fayette 1 & 2

155/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Mehan Garden National Bureau of Investigation San Juan Municipal Hall Bel-Air Apartment Conception Theatre (demolish) FEU Main Building Forum Theatre Galaxy Theatre Ideal Theatre (demolish) Manila Bulletin Building Manila Polo Club Forbes Tower Rockwell Center SM Centerpoint SM Fairview SM Southmall Rizal Monument College of St. Benilde CEU Main Building De La Salle University Mapua Residence PGH Nurse's Home U.S.T. Engineering Building (Sun Breaker) JAKA Tower Robinson Tower /Building Robinson's Galleria Robinson's PCI Tower Robinson's Place SM Cebu SM City EDSA

156/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Tutuban Mall Twin Towers The World Center World Trade Center Army Navy Club Manila Hotel Normal School PGH (Philippine General Hospital) UP Manila YMCA Arroceros (PLDT) Ramon Cojuangco Building LKG Tower Manila Peninsula Prudential Bank Ayala RCBC Plaza (Yuchengco) Ritz Towers Pacific Plaza Rufino Tower Rufino Building Shangrila Hotel Ayala Ateneo Professional Schools Building Atrium Greenbelt Greenbelt 2 Greenbelt Chapel Oakwood Hotel (now Ascott) Philamlife Tower BA Lepanto China Bank Building Asian Institute of Management

157/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Citibank Tower Doña Narcisa De Leon Building New World Hotel (Renaissance) Hotel Nikko Manila Garden (Dusit Hotel) King's Court II Makati Sports Club PLDT Dela Rosa Shangrila Grand Tower RCBC Buendia Metrobank Buendia Pacific Star The Columns Buendia Development Bank of the Philippines Le Metropole St. Andrews Church Amorsolo Square (Amorsolo East West) Coco Bank Makati Don Bosco Chapel Manila Polo Club Colegio de San Agustin Galleria De Magallanes Magallanes Church 1322 Roxas Admiral Apartments Cultural Center of the Philippines CCP Theater Boulevard-Alhambra Building now BelAir Apartments Department of Finance Department of Foreign Affairs ADB Metropolitan Museum

158/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Coconut Palace PICC Philippine Plaza (Sofitel) Manila Film Center/ Film Center of the Philippines Folk Arts Theater / Tanghalang Francisco Balagtas GSIS Building CCP National Arts Center PHILCITE Manila Hilton Fort San Antonio De Abad Nuestra Señora de Guia Magsaysay Center Central Bank of the Philippines Grand Boulevard Hotel (Silahis Int'l) Holiday Inn (Trader's Hotel) Hyatt Regency Hotel Museo Pambata (Elks Club Building) Manila Hotel Monterey Apartment Manila Midtown Hotel Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help Church) Manila International Airport (NAIA 1) Philippine Airlines Bldg Galaxy Theater Ideal Theater Picache Building Philippine Trust Building (Plaza Goiti) Quiapo Church PNB Escolta Avenue Theater

159/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Casino Español Instituto Cervantes Ambassador Hotel Arguelles Building Paterno Building Sta. Cruz Army Navy Club Assumption Convent Capitol Theater Ever Theater Galaxy Theater Lyric Theater Ideal Theater GSIS Building Perez- Samanillo Building Petrona Apartments Captain Luis Gonzaga Building Captain Pepe Building Cebe Plaza Building Metropolitan Museum Metropolitan Theater Mehan Garden Museo ng Maynila Manila City Hall National Library Post Office Building Planetarium National Museum (Old Legislative Building) Crystal Arcade Regina Building Philippine Normal School/ Philippine Normal University

160/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER De La Salle University Nurses Home (PGH) PGH National Burieau of Investigation Manila Astral Tower Department of Tourism (agriculture and commerce) Manila Doctors Hospital Philam Life UN Ave. Ramon Roces Publications Building FEU Building FEU Hospital PLDT España Gota De Leche Far East Bank Intramuros Manila Cathedral Manila Highschool Palacio del Gobernador National Press Club San Agustin Church Phoenix Building Philippine Columbian Clubhouse Manila Railroad Station Tutuban Ali Mall Araneta Coliseum Ateneo De Manila University Batasan Pambansa Melchor Hall (College of Engineering and Architecture) Benitez Hall ( College of Education) Quezon Hall (UP Admin) Palma Hall (UP Arts and Science)

161/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Bonifacio Monument Central Bank of the Philippines Philippine Heart Center Children's Memorial Hospital / Lungsod ng Kabataan Hospital Philam Homes QC Iglesia ni Kristo Commonwealth Quezon City Sports Club Quezon Institute Quezon Memorial Alexandra Condominium Asian Development Bank One Corporate Center Tiendesita's Robinson's Galleria Benguet Center Renaissance 1000 Renaissance 2000 Development Academy of the Philippnes One San Miguel San Miguel Building Discovery Suites Our Lady of Lourdes Church Tektite Towers JMT Tower SM Megamall EDSA Plaza Hotel EDSA Shrine GT Tower Wack-Wack Twin Towers Medical City Hospital

162/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Meralco Building Loyola Memorial Chapel Metro Rail Transit Stations (MRT) Mormon Temple Club Filipino One Beverly Place White Cross Orphanage also White Cross Preventarium Bellagio 1 and 2 Essensa Tower Serendra Alabang Golf and Country Club Alabang 400 Insular Life Alabang Las Piñas Church Restoration Mary Immculate Parish Church Assumption College Antipolo Corregidor Island Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) Maya-Maya Resort Pearl Farm Negros Occidental Provincial Capitol Valley Golf Club

Imhotep

Itchinus, Callicarates , with Phidias Mnesicles Polykleitos Acrippa

163/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Apollodorus of Damascus Vespacian and Domitian James Hoban Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch John Russel Pope Robert Mills Thomas Jefferson Charles Bulfinch James Renwick Richard Upjohn Thomas Jefferson Pierre L'enfant Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Joseph Strauss Peirre Lescot

Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne Domencio de Cortona

Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano Maurice de Sully Charles Garnier Claude Mollet

164/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Napoleon I

Gustave Eiffel Le Corbusier Le Corbusier Gottfried Semper with Karl Von Hasenaver Georg Wenzeslaus Von Knobelsdorf Balthazar Neumann Erich Mendelsohn Sir Robert Smirke

Inigo Jones William Chambers Sir Christopher Wren Lord Burlington Sir Charles Barry Charles Rennie Mackintosh

Sir George Goring

Isidoros and Anthemios

Arnolfo di Cambio

165/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Antonio Gaudi Antonio Gaudi Antonio Gaudi Emperor Shah Jahan Antonio Estavillo

Benigno Fernandez

Genaro Palacios Juan Macias Fray Marcos Anton

Fray Juan de Albarran Skidmore, Owings, Merill Skidmore, Owings, Merill Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas HOK Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas Arquitectonica Skidmore, Owings, Merill Cesar Pelli & Associates Skidmore, Owings and Merill Skidmore, Owings and Merill Skidmore, Owings and Merill Shreve Lamb & Harmon Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man and Associates I.M. Pei & Partners

166/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER NORR Group Consultants

Hellmuth, Obata & Kassabuam/Cy Lee Edward D. Stone & Skidmore, Owings and Merill K.Y. Cheung Design Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man Tom Wright of WS Atkins Plan Architect Co. William Van Allen Johnson/Burgee Architects Pei Cobb Freed and Partners Hijjas Kasturi Associates Peter Ellis, SOM Pei Cobb Freed and Partners Baikdoosan Architects &Engineers

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

167/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles William Parson Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

168/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Tomas Mapua

Tomas Arguelles Carlos Baretto

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

169/622

EWER

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

170/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Daniel Burnham

William Parson Arcadio Arellano

Pablo Antonio

Gabriel Formoso (GF)

Antonio Herrera Fr. Roque Roano Rufino Antonio

Jose Ma. Zaragosa

Carlos Santos Viola

Renato Punzalan ( 1995 UAP design Awardee for Architecture)

Andres Luna de san Pedro

171/622 Leandro Locsin

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Leandro Locsin

Francisco Manosa

Antonio Sidiong

Rogelio Villarosa

Luis Araneta

Ruperto Gaite

Tomas Mapua

Tomas Arguelles

172/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER Carlos Baretto Alfredo Luz William Coscolluela

Jorge Ramos

Jose Zaragosa Fernando Ocampo (PRS) PIMENTEL, RODRIGUEZ, SIMBULAN & PATNERS LOCSIN & PARTNERS RECIO + CASAS GABRIEL FORMOSO & PARTNERS SOM Palafox Recto PEI COBB FREED & PARTNERS ROMAN Dalinao Joseph Ruiz Fr. Diego cera

Salazar Comporedando & Gonzales dela Madre

restored by Nakpil & zaragosa Macias Minoro Yamasaki

Hezagon Architects

173/622

Hezagon Architects

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

PRC Awardee 1996

174/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

175/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

176/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 1 2 3 4

5

6 7 8 9

It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP 208.20) Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20) Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20) Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3) A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection during the progress of work and _______ years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20) The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer must be db but not less than? (NSCP 407.7.3) In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)

10

In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

11

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3) Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4) Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1) The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1) In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1) In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3) The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2) The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2) The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2) The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10) Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2) Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1) Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP 412.3.1)

177/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Bearing wall system Rigid component Flexible component 200 mm

2 years

6 db 8 db 25mm 1.50 db

450 mm

4 36 mm 40 db 75 mm 20 mm 0.90' 0.85' L / 20 L / 24 L / 28 L / 10 0.40' 0.75' d/2 300 mm

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 26 27 28 29 30

31

32 33 34

35

Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1) Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements: Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure: In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2) Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4) Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1) The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3) The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3) In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth? (NSCP 305.7.3)

Braced Frame Diaphragm Moment resisting frame 25% 50%

10 days

50% 0.60m 6.00 m

200 mm

36

In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

15 mpa

37

When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

150 mm

38

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

50 kpa

39

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

12 mm

40

41

42 43 44 45 46 47

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60) Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP 306.20) Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20) Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20) The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1) Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1) Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1) The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)

178/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

16 mm

10%

1.50m 3,0 m 30 times 17.50 mpa 20 mpa 75 mm

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57

Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa. The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3) Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy? Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of occupancy? Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category? The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2) The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load only. Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6) Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)

35 mpa 250 mm Essential facilities Miscellaneous occupancy Special occupancy Hazardous facility L / 360 L / 240 2 times 1. 5 times

58

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)

25%

59

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)

20%

60

61 62 63

64 65

66

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5) This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members induced by vertical loads acting on laterally displaced building frame. A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is considered as __________. Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations, are classified as ___________. A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting system including the horizontal bracing system. This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building. Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What type of admixture in concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very little vibration

10%

P-delta effect Weak Storey Essential Facilities

Diaphragm Braced Frame

Plasticizer

67

The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of the project for at least _________.

2 years

68

What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel?

7850 Kg

69 70

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air pressure of lining tunnels. If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its __________.

179/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Shotcrete Limit state

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 71 72 73 74 75 76

77

78

79 80 81 82

83

84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93

A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times. The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected position. It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment in the member at that point. It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting beyond a fixed support. 15. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to change shall be designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road slab caused by the presence of water. The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body, with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in the head and the body. A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the eroding effects of the flowing water. A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses are small compared to their other dimensions. It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building. It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building. This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right angles. Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewer pipe. It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam. An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake. The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake particularly when water table saturates this layer. It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall over opening. For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that will not slide. An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207) Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20) The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50) The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to?

180/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Metal Fatigue Buckling load Hinge Semi-continuous beam 1000 pa Uplift pressure

Eyebar

Riprap

Thin shell Overturning moment Sway brace Grillage foundation

Soil Stabilization

Sump pit Gerber beam Seismometer Liquefaction Lintel beam Angle of repose 80% 18 m 1.15 1,15

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 94 95 96 97 98

99

The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to? The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to? Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3) Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading? Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for wind loading? Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

1 0.87 Exposure A Exposure C Exposure D

Exposure B

100 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

250

101 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

200

102 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

125

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual 103 strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc‘ by more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3) Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed 104 _______times the least width b of compression flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10) For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to 105 _______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20) For members whose design is based on compressive force, the 106 slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________? (NSCP 502.8.1) For members whose design is based on tensile force, the 107 slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________. For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area 108 of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________. Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress 109 shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1) For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the 110 pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1) For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative movement between connected parts while under 111 full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than ______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3) The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent 112 welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4) The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80) The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not 114 exceed ________. For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members 115 with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1) 113

181/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

3.50 mpa

50 times

0.30

200 300 0.45 fy 0.60 fy 2/3.

0.80mm

600 mm. 140 mm 200 mm .66 fy

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non 116 compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1) Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be 117 spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)

.60 fy 300 mm

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the 118 concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength.

75%

119

Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)

25 mm

120

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.

6 d of connector

121

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.

8 d of connector

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag 122 bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61) The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a 123 smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers other factors including handling, shipping and erection. (NSCP 510.2.5.1) When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the 124 spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2) The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2) The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is 126 ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2) The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 127 12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2) A property of a material that enables it to undergo plastic deformation after being stressed beyond the elastic limit and before rupturing._____________is a 128 desirable property of structural material since plastic material since plastic behavior is an indicator of reserve strength and can serve as a visual warning of impending failure. 125

26.70 kn

50%

900 mm

8mm 3mm 6mm

ductility

In structural design ________________is considered as wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcing 129 steel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. The flexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends in one direction only.

one way slab

It is an external shear force at a cross section of a beam or other member subject to bending. Equal to 130 the algebraic sum of transverse forces on one side of the section.

transverse shear

The structural term which critical point at which a column carrying its critical buckling load, may either 131 buckle or remain undeflected. The column is therefore in the state of neutral equilibrium.

182/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

bifurcation

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER In concrete protection for reinforcement ___________mm is the standard minimum thickness 132 for concrete covering not exposed to weather or in contact with ground, such as slabs walls and joists. An instrument for measuring minute deformation in 133 a test specimen caused by tension, compression, bending or twisting. It is also called EXTENSOMETER. For structural properties of A36 steel the maximum 134 allowable stress (Fb) for bending is. It is a part of a beam that is thickened or deepened to develop greater moment resistance. 135 The efficiency of a beam can be increased by shaping its length in response to the moment and shear values which typically vary along its longitudinal axis.

stain gauge 24 ksi

haunch

Program Evaluation Review TechniqueCritical Path Method

136 What is the meaning of PERT-CPM?

They maybe categorized as building or non building. 137 It is an assembleage designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces. It is a vertical pipe, often sheet metal, used to 138 conduct water from a roof drain or gutter to the ground. It is another term for down spout,

structure

rainwater leader

The area where water is pumped from within to permit free access to the area. A temporary watertight enclosure around an area of water or 139 water bearing soil, in which construction is to take place, bearing on a stable statum at or above the foundation level of new construction. 140

20mm

A membrane structure that is placed in tension and stabilized by the pressure of compresses air.

A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of a wide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzag 141 cut, then welding both halves together at the peaks, thus increasing its depth without increasing its weight. A structure of cables suspended and pre-stressed 142 between compression members to directly support applied loads. One pair of vertical angles fastened to each side of 143 web plate to solidify it against buckling. Integral part of a beam that forms a flat, rigid 144 connection between two broader, parallel parts, as the flanges of the structural shape. A high tension bolt having splined and twists off 145 when required torque has been reached. The oscillating, reciprocating or other periodic 146 motion of an elastic body or medium when forced from a position or state of equilibrium. Is a horizontal structural member in a timber-framed wall. resist lateral loads from wind 147 and support wall cladding 148 A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length.

183/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

coffer dam

net structure

castellated beam

suspension structure stiffener web tension control bolt Vibration Girt Struts

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide double doors, acts as a structural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and the 149 wind load acting on the window unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very large and deep structural members in many curtain wall systems.

Mullion

Is a quantity expressing the two-dimensional size of a defined part of a surface, typically 150 a region bounded by a closed curve.

Area

The stress at which material strain changes from elastic deformation to plastic 151 deformation, causing it to deform permanently. In engineering mechanics, (also known as flexure) characterizes the behavior of a 152 structural element subjected to an external load applied perpendicular to the axis of the element.

Yield strength

Bending

Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important 153 event. They are frequently used to improve the appearance of a city or location.

Monument

A loads are weights of material, equipment or components that are relatively constant 154 throughout the structure's life.

Dead Load

Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform structural 155 design by determining the value of shear force and bending moment at a given point of an element. Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 156 407.8.1) Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided 157 to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1) 158 A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured 159 footings, the concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3) 160 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is ( In engineering, buckling -is a failure mode characterized by a sudden failure of a structural member subjected to high compressive stresses, where the actual compressive stress at the point of failure is less 161 than the ultimate compressive stresses that the material is capable of withstanding. This mode of failure is also described as failure due to elastic instability. What is known as the deformation in which parallel planes slide relative to each other so 162 as to remain parallel?

Shear and bending moment diagram 75mm Braced frame Shear 15 mpa Class "A"

Buckling

Shear

163 periodic reversal of stresses

fatigue

164 elongation of material subject to axial force

strain

165 deformation that accompanies bending of a beam 166 A column that is subjected to both direct axial stress and bending stress is known as? concrete column whose load capacity must be reduced, according to code requirements, because of its slenderness 168 projected beyond it supports 167

184/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

deflection eccentrically loaded long column cantilevered

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 169 state of a body in which the forces acting on it are equally balanced 170

What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is no tension nor compression and where no deformation takes place?

171 Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called? 172 bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero 173 the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body – unit stress at which deformation increases without any increase in the load tendency of one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to 175 an adjacent part in the design of structures, the maximum unit stress permitted 176 under working loads by codes and specifications 174

equillibrium neutral axis ultimate strength maximum moment Torque yield point vertical shear working stress

177 It is the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a given point or axis.

moment

178 state of rest or motion

inertia –

179

ratio of the force applied to a structure to the corresponding displacement

180

It is a method of concrete building construction in which floor (and roof) slabs are cast usually at ground level and then raised into position by jacking.

181 – concrete floor system which has no beam

stiffness lift slab flatslab

1

It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP 208.20)

2

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)

Rigid component

3

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)

Flexible Component

4

Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)

200 mm

5

A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection during the progress of work and _______ years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)

2 years

6

The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30)

6 db

7

The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30)

8 db

8

In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)

1.50 db

9

In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

450 mm

185/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Bearing wall system

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 10

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)

4 pcs

11

Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3)

36mm

12

Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)

40 db

13

Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)

75 mm

14

The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1)

20 mm

15

In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)

16 17

In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3) The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

0.9 0.85 L / 20

18

The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

L / 24

19

The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

L / 28

20

The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2)

L / 10

21

Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)

0.4

22

Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)

0.75

23

Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)

d/2

24

Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP 412.3.1)

300 mm

25

Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)

Braced Frame

26

Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:

Diaphragm

27

Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure:

28

In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)

25%

29

The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)

50%

30

Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)

31 32 33

Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1) The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3) The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)

186/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Moment Resisting Frame

10 days

50% .60 m 6 m.

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 34 35

In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

200 mm 15 mpa

36

When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

150 mm

37

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

50 kpa

38

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

12 mm

39

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

16 mm

40

Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP 306.20)

10%

41

Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)

1.50 m.

42

Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)

3.0 m

43

The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1

30 times

44

Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)

17.50 mpa

45

Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)

46 47

The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1) Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)

20 mpa 75 mm 35 mpa

48

The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3)

49

Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy?

Essential facilities

50

Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy?

Misc. Occupancy

51 52 53 54 55 56

Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of occupancy? Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category? The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2) The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load only. (NSCP 104.2.2) Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6) Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)

187/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

250 mm

Special Occupancy Hazardous Facility L / 360 L / 240 2 times 1.5 times

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

57

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)

25%

58

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)

20%

59

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5

10%

60

An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207)

80%

61

Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)

18 m

62

The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50)

1.15

63

The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to?

1.15

64

The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to?

65

The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to?

66

Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)

Exposure A

67

Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

Exposure C

68

Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

Exposure D

69

Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

Exposure B

70

Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

250 kph

71

Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

200 kph

72

Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

125 kph

73

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc‘ by more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)

3.50 mpa

74

Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width b of compression flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)

50 times

75

For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to _______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20

0.3

76

For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________?

200

77

For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.

300

188/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

1 0.87

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 78

For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)

.45 fy

79

Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)

0.60 fy

80

For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)

81

For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative movement between connected parts while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than ______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)

82 83

The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4) The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)

2/3

0.80mm

600 mm 140 mm

84

The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________.

85

For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

.66 fy

86

For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

.60 fy

87

Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)

88

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength

75%

89

Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)

25 mm

90

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.

6 dia. Of connector

91

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)

8 dia. Of connector

92

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)

26.7

93

The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers other factors including handling, shipping and erection. (NSCP 510.2.5.1)

50

189/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

200 mm

300 mm

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

94

When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)

95

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

8 mm

96

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

3 mm

97

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

6 mm

98

ž his is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members induced T by vertical loads acting on laterally displaced building frame.

99

A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is considered as __________.

100

ž ospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency H post-earthquake operations, are classified as ___________.

Essential facilities

101

ž horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical A resisting system including the horizontal bracing system.

Diaphragm

900

P- Delta Effect

Weak Storey

102 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building.

Braced Frame

ž onstructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What C type of admixture in concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the 103 requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very little vibration

Plasticizer

104

The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of the project for at least

105 ž W hat is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel?

106

2 years 7850 kg.

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air pressure of lining tunnels

If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended 107 function or to unsafe, it has reached its __________. A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great 108 number of times. ??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance ―d‖ apart), of the same 109 magnitude but ??? The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected 110 position. It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment in the member at that point. 111

190/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Shotcrete

Limit State

Metal Fatigue

Couple Buckling Load Hinge

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting 112 beyond a fixed support. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to 113 change shall be designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road 114 slab caused by the presence of water. The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body, with is proportioned to provide 115 approximately equal strength both in the head and the body. A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect the 116 banks or bed of a river from the eroding effects of the flowing water. A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded 117 plateshose thicknesses are small compared to their other dimensions. It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on 118 a building. 119

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building

This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform consisting 120 usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right angles. Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or 121 compaction A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a 122 pump is placed the liquid to the sewer pipe. An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake particularly when water table saturates this 124 layer. It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall 125 over opening. 123

For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that will not slide It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans, 127 functions essentially as a cantilever beam. 126

128

1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis, having a unitary character and exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.

A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the principal vertical supports of a structure. Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism 130 that acts in one direction only. Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural 131 assembly, element, or joint incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which it was designed. 129

132

A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a bearing member, as a beam or truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.

191/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Semi-Continous Beam

1000 pa

Uplift Pressure

Eyebar

Riparap

Thin Shell Overturning Moment Sway Brace Grillage Foundation

Soil Stabilization

Sump Pit Seismometer

Liquefaction Lintel Beam Angle of Repose Gerber Beam Structural member Bay One way Structural failure

Bearing

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 133 A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole.

134 The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area. A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist uplifting and horizontal forces. A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to 136 permit them to move in one plane relative to each other. A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction perpendicular 137 into or away from its face. 135

138 A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth. 139 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight. 140

A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed water.

141 A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building. 142 Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall. 143 A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening.

144

A retaining wall of reinforce concrete or reinforce concrete masonry, cantilevered from and securely tied to a spread footing that is shaped to resist overturning and sliding.

145

A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or retaining structure.

146 Yard lumber 5‖ or more in the least dimension. 147

Primary Member Tributary Load Anchorage Pin Roller Support Retaining Wall Non bearing Wall Coping Basement Wall Interior Wall Lintel

Cantilever wall

Gabion Timbers

Softwood lumber intended for general building purpose, including boards, dimension lumber, and timber.

Yard Lumber

148 A check that extends completely through a board or wood veneer.

Split

149 The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece.

Wane

A vertical laminated wood beam made by fastening together 2 or more smaller members 150 with bolts, lag screws, or spikes, equal in strength to the sum of the strengths of the individual pieces if none of the laminations are spliced.

Built up Beam

151

A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into rigid sheets.

Fiber board

152

A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to an intermediate point of the opposite top chord.

Scissors Truss

153 Yard lumber less than 2‖ thick and 2‖ or more wide.

Boards

154 A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane.

Gusset

155

A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of linear members subject only to axial tension or compression.

156

A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory movement in each can occur independently of the other.

192/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Truss

Seismic Joint

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 157

The ability of a structure, when disturbed from a condition of equilibrium by an applied load, to developed internal forces or moments that restore the original condition.

Stability

158

A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the cable.

Cable Support

159 Yard lumber from 2‖ – 4‖ thick and 2‖ or more wide. 160

The potential high-shearing stress developed by the reactive force of a column on a reinforce slab.

161 A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars. 162

Any of the U-shaped or closed-loop bars placed perpendicular to the longitudinal reinforcement of a concrete beam to resist the vertical component of diagonal tension.

163 The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss.

164

An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other member subject to bending, along which no bending stress occur.

The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under 165 transverse loading, increasing with load and span, and decreasing with an increasing in the moment of inertia of the section or the modulus of elasticity of the material. 166 The extent of space between two supports of a structure. 167 A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end.

Dimension Lumber Punching Shear Welded Splice Stirrup

Web

Neutral axis

Deflection

Span Cantilever Beam

168

The buckling of a structural member induced by compressive stresses acting on a slender portion insufficiently rigid in the lateral direction.

Lateral Buckling

169

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the bending moments present in a structure for given set of transverse loads and support conditions.

Moment Diagram

170

A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have no moment resistance.

A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa as 171 it deflects under a transverse load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a point of zero moment. A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate 172 for an anticipated deflection. 173 The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span. A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across space supporting elements. An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a 175 building support or standing alone as a monument. The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the surface 176 of the ground, designed to support and anchor the superstructure and transmit its load directly to the earth. 174

177

A long slender column of wood, steel, or reinforced concrete, driven or hammered vertically into the earth to form part of a foundation system.

193/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Simple Beam

Inflection Point Camber Effective Span Beam Pillar Foundation

Pile

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 178

The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline and enlarged to distribute its load over a greater area.

Footing

179

A continuous or strip footing that changes levels in stages to accommodate a sloping site or bearing stratum.

Stepped Footing

180

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the external shears present in a structure for a given set of transverse load and support conditions

181

A thick, slablike footing or reinforced concrete supporting a number of columns or an entire building.

182

The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal to the quotient of the magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.

Soil Pressure

183

The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a sustained load and an increase in compressive stress.

Consolidation

184

A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load pile cap or spread footing to other pile caps or footings.

Tie Beam

185

A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building loads to a more appropriate bearing stratum well below the superstructure.

Deep Foundation

186

One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and water.

Shear Diagram Mat

Stilt

187 A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element.

Distributed Load

188 The forces exerted on a structure by an earthquake.

Earthquake Load

189 A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural element. 190

A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the load from a column or grade beam equally among piles.

191 The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation.

Concentrated Load Pile Cap Torque

192

A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating rapidly in magnitude or position.

Static Load

193

A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the superstructure.

Foundation Wall

194 An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body. 195

The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and opposite torques, producing shearing stresses in the body.

196

The maximum tensile, compressive, or shearing stress a material can be expected to bear without rupturing or fracturing.

197 Length required for 180 deg Hook.

Shear Force Torsion

Ultimate Strength 4d

198 Curing temperature for concrete.

22.8 deg. C

199 Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building?

Soil Mechanics

200 Minimum effective depth of pile cap?

300 mm

201 Minimum controudment of pile on pile cap?

100 mm

194/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

202 The following are how to determine the spacing of a tie bar of a column?

16d (rebar) , 48d (tiebar), least dim. Of a column

203 Minimum concrete cover of a column exposed in air / atmosphere.

40 mm

204 Minimum concrete cover of column pedestal exposed in underground soil.

70 mm

205 Length required for 90 deg hook.

12 d

206 ACI code: Minimum column dimension.

200 mm

207 Induce cracking at preselected location.

Control Joints

The stress beyond which a marked increase in strain occurs in a material without a concurrent increase in stress. A joint between 2 parts of a building or structure permitting thermal or moisture 209 expansion to occur without damage to either part. The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when 210 stressed beyond its ultimate strength. The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size 211 or volume of an elastic body. 208

212 Length required for 135 deg hook

Yield Point Expansion Joint Fracture Compression 6d

213 The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force.

Strain

214

Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls, and machinery bases.

Isolation Joints

215

The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of longitudinal stress required to rupture the material.

Tensile Strength

216

The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the collinear compressive forces tending to shorten it.

217

The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when exposed to the effects of sun, wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.

218

A joint between two successive placement of concrete, often keyed or doweled to provide lateral stability across the joint.

219 The elongation of a unit length of material produced by a tensile stress. 220

An internal force tangential to the surface on which it acts, developed by a body in response to a shear force.

221 A high-strength steel strand or bar for prestressing concrete.

Compressive Stress Weatherability Construction Joint Tensile Strain Shearing Force Tendons

222

A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical and spiral reinforcement.

223

Any of the longitudinal bars serving as tension reinforcement in the section of a concrete beam or slab subjected to a negative movement.

Top Bar

224

The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid of the tension reinforcement.

Effective Depth

225

A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield strength before the concrete in compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain.

Under reinforced Section

226

Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs

14

227 Maintenance and service of accelorographs shall be provided by the

195/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Composite Column

Owner

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Occupant of the Building

228

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading

229

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of the same load

230

Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced

231

Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected

1.50m

232

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied. Perpendicular to said wall

1/240 wall span

233

Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall

1/120 wall span

234 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit

14 sq.m.

60 m2

235

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure of the level at which the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported

236

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system

237

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements it includes horizontal bracing system

238 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure 239 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm 240

Load Duration

An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces

241 A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads

Base

Collector

Diaphragm Base Shear Boundary Element Brace Frame Building Frame System

242

A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced Frame

Dual System

243

The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the column girder joint

Eccentric Brace Frame

244 The entire assemblage at the Intersection of the members

Joints

The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam 245 -the major horizontal supporting member of the floor system

Girder

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers 246 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements of distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression

247

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam

248 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations 249 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces 250

Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile behavior

251 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below

196/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Diaphragm Strut

Diaphragm Chord Essential facilities Lateral Force Resisting system Ord. Moment Resisting Space Frame Story Drift

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in this document

Strength

253 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system

Platform

252

254 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm 255

An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system 256 provides support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames 257

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for 258 gravity loads. Moments resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members. 259 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structures time dependant dynamic 260 response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of motions.

261

The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration

262

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame

263

Material other than water aggregate or hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties

264 Concrete that doesn‘t not conform to definition of reinforced concrete 265

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less than three (3 m)

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of material 266 -in the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for ___

267

In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons

268 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section

269

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and superimposed loads

270

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical section

197/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Horizontal Bracing System Structure

Bearing wall system

Building Frame System

Moment resisting Frame system Weak Storey

Time History analysis

Orthogonal Effect

p-Delta effect

Admixture

plain concrete Pedestal

Modulus of Elasticity

Jacking Force

Embedment Length

Effective Prestress

Development Length

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

271 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile

Curvature Friction Structural Lightweight concrete

272 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate 273 Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting

Bonded Tendon

274 ASTM A36

Structural Steel

275 True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams 276

Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcement

277

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain

278 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration

TRUE 40 mm Poisson Ratio Slenderness Ratio

279 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line

Torsion

280 A type of concrete floor which has no beam

Flat Slab

281 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part 282 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failure It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress 284 -Intensity of force per unit area 283

285

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress

286 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement

Shear Deformation Yielding Stress Stress

Allowable Stress Stirrup / Tie

287 The measure of stiffness of a material

Stiffness Ratio

288 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it

Punching Shear

289 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it 290 Nominal thickness of a timber 291

6 inches

The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be 292 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the project for a period of not less than ___ 293 Wood board should have a thickness specification 294 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight 295

Deflection

A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood

296 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___

198/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Equillibrium

2 years

not less than 1"x4" Run Portable Hand Router Knots

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Smooth & Planed Lumber

297 Dressed lumber is referred to ___ 298

It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all

299 The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw 300 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks 301

An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them

302 The total of all tread widths in a stair

Cross cut Saw Effective Length Contraction Joint Total Run

303 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces 304 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter 305

Live Load

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear between elements

306 The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear 307 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain

Bond Stress Purlin Shear Connector Shear Stress Hooks Law

308

Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___

4 x dia. Of bolt

309

According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least

4 x dia. Of bolt

310

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2

2.5 times

311

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP specifications

312 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___ 313

Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than __

314

Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed

315 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the 316 Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed 317 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area 318 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area 319 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area

12 mm 50 11 dia.

1/6 depth of member middle third span 1/4 depth .60 of specified yield strength .50 of specified min. tensile strength 0.45 fy

320

Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shear

0.40 fy

321

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be

100%

322 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___

200

323 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___

240

199/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or weather Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete 325 not exposed to earth or weather Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and 326 in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ 327 days before test and shall be tested dry. 324

40 mm 20 mm 7 days 7 dyas

328

Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for at least the ___days after placement

3 days

329

The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___

25mm

330 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean 331 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller 332 Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar

180 deg. Bend +4db extension but not less than 65 mm at the end of bar 90 deg. Bend + 6db extension at free end 90 deg. Bend + 12db extension at free end

333 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm

.-12mm

334 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement

.+/- 50mm

335

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with a stagger of at least

40db

336

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands

3db

337

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less than ___ for wire

4db

338

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed earth or weather using bars larger than 36 mm

339 340 341 342 343

Commonly designed as a beam which bears directly on the column footing a surface discontinuity caused by roughening or scratching a narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane bulges in plaster finish coat resulting from applying finish coat over to damp a base coat concrete structures under construction, a space where concrete is not to be placed.

an iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength 344 but low tensile strength. in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to 345 receive splines or supporting members of the ceiling suspension system 346 347

a roofing tile which is the shape of an s when laid on its side a metaphoric rock made up of mostly calcite or dolomite

the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot 348 metal through an orifice in a die by means of a pressure ram

200/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

75 mm Grade Beam Abrasion Batten Blistering Block out Cast iron Kerf Pantile Marble Extrusion

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 349 350

a body acted upon by a balanced force system is in equilibrium is the action of one body upon another

Force

is a single force, a couple, or a force and a couple which acting alone produces the 351 same effect as the force system states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the 352 point of application of the force but the same for all points along its line of action is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of related 353 bodies a sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being 354 considered 355 356 357 358

Static Equilibrium

is acting parallel to member axis

Resultant Priniples of Transmissibility Force System Free body diagram Load

in uniform for homogenous sections

Stress

tends to elongate the body

Stress due to tension

tends to shorten the body

is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by frictionless pin at the joints and arranged so that an area enclosed within the boundaries 359 of the structure is subdivided by the bars into geometric figures which are usually triangles.

Stress due to compression Truss

are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to 360 shear and flexure, they usually carry load directly from the floor.

Beam & Girders

is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved 361 completely using the equation of static equilibrium

Detrminate structure

a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates 362 of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each step a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the 363 presence of water in the soil. 364

a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting

Western Framing

Hydrostatic Pressure Anchor Bolt

a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which 365 carries joist flush with the upper edge of the beam

Ledger Strip

a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in 366 frame construction

Batt insulation

a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting 367 the second floor joists 368 369

the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam allowable sag (NSCP)

372

Beam Blocking 100 mm

that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the 370 structure below grade 371

Balloon Framing

joints employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls a process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimension

201/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Foundation Wall Control Joints Forging

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and 373 ductility 374 375 376 377

carries the roof load between trusses or rafters

Purlin

usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building

378 similar to a joist, it carries the flooring of a bridge 379 380

large sized beams usually carrying the floor beams spans between columns and supports the floor and curtain walls

circular beam that transmits power to the machinery 381 it also carries torsion in addition to shear and flexure 382

large roughly molded sun-dried bricks of varying sizes

is a mixture of sand and gravel held together in a rock-like mass with a paste of cement 383 and water. is a combination of concrete and steel wherein the steel reinforcement provides the 384 tensile strength lacking in concrete 385 386 387 388

height is less than three times the least dimension strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness failure is initiated by material failure a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame

the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists

a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or 391 concrete 392 393 394

the stressing of un-bonded tendons after the concrete has cured a ready means of determining the consistency of freshly mixed concrete the permanent reformation of a material under a sustained load

a principal member of a truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist 395 bending 396

a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property

the horizontal distance from the face of a lock latch to the center of the knob or lock 397 cylinder a joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by 398 riveting, soldering and brizing. 399 400

Rafter Lintel Joist Stringer Girder Spandrel Shaft Adobe Concrete Reinforced Concrete Pedestal or short compression blocks long or slender column Short column

a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for 389 gravity loads 390

Wrought Iron

the tendency for one part of the beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force

the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material 401 can sustain without failure

202/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Bearing wall system Building Frame System Bridging Checking Post tensioning Slump Test Creep Chord alloy Backset Lap seam Shear Deformation Working Stress

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER a permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting 402 over public property 403 404 405 406

is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structure is a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses produced in the elements by the allowable stress load combinations do not exceed specified is any change, addition to or modification in construction or occupancy is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy

Marquee Addition Allowable Stress Design Alteration Building

a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building permit 407 has been issued

Existing Building

is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors such that no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to all appropriate 408 load combinations the term used in the design of steel and wood structures

LFRD (Load & Resistance Factor Design)

is a method of proportioning structural elements such that the computed forces produced in the elements by the factored load combinations do not exceed the factored 409 element strength the term is used in the design of concrete and masonry structures is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of 410 work, artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner is a resigned civil engineer with a special qualification in the practice of structural engineering as recognized by the board of civil engineering of the professional 411 regulation commission is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to 412 incorporating in the building 413 414 415 416 417

in-place solid rock

420

is a relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed is earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on-site is the densification of fill by mechanical means

Structural Engineer

Prefab / precast assembly

Bench Borrow Compaction

is any rock, natural soil or fill or any combination thereof

is the mechanical removal of earth material

Earth Material Erosion Excavation

is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial means

421 is the vertical location of the ground surface

Fill Grade

is the grade prior to grading the elevation of the original ground surface before excavation or grading begins 422 also called natural grade final grade of the site that conforms to the approved plan the elevation of drives, walks, lawns, or other improved surfaces after completion of 423 construction or grading operations 424

Structure

Bedrock

is the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water or 418 ice 419

Ultimate Strength Design

the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan

203/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Existing grade

Finish Grade

Rough Grade

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 425

is any excavating or filling or combination thereof

Grading

is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of vertical 426 distance to horizontal distance

Slope

is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the 427 toes of a proposed fill slope

Key

428

is naturally occurring deposits overlying bedrock

is a relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and 429 maintenance purposes is an assembly consisting of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor space for the installation of mechanical, electrical, communications or similar systems or 430 to serve as an air supply or return air plenum is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment, 431 amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation 432

is a shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of the building

is an exterior floor system projecting from a structure and supported by that structure 433 with no additional independent supports consist of the weight of all materials and fixed equipment incorporated into the building 434 or other structure is an exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining 435 structure and/or posts, piers, or other independent supports are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event of 436 extreme environmental loading from wind or earthquakes is a building or portion thereof in which motor vehicle containing flammable or 437 combustible liquids or gas in its tank is stored, repaired or kept is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor vehicles used by the tenants of the building or building on the premises are kept and 438 stored is a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful 439 for its intended function or to be unsafe a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its 440 intended function 441

is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe

loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not include dead load, construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow 442 load, rain load, earthquake load or flood load forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants and their possessions, environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained 443 dimensional changes is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated. It 444 may be of stone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.

204/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Soil Terrace

Access floor system

Assembly Building

Awning Exterior Balcony Dead Loads Deck

Essential facilities

Garage

Private Garage Limit state Serviceaility Limit State Strength Limit State

Live Load

Loads

Bridge Cap

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 445

a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden joist.

load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load 446 excluding wind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads. a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light 447 alloys have occasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.

Joist

Liveloads

Girder

total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal to thealgebraic sum of all the moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the 448 section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is called M for short. Every bending moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units are poundinches, ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.

Bending moment

gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of concretes,asphalts or roads including macadam.

Aggregates

in concrete or mortar, a substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in small quantity,normally less than 5% of the weight of the cement, to alter the properties of the mix or the hardenedsolid. Some 80% of the concrete made in North America, Australia, Japan and most of Europecontains an admixture, and more than half contains air-entraining agent. Other admixtures are 450 accelerators, bonding admixtures, super plasticizers, water reducers, retarders, antifreeze,corrosion inhibitors, pore fillers and thickening agents. Shrinkage preventers, coloring (pigments),damp-proofing, expanding, fungicidal, gas-forming, grouting and flocculating agents also exist. Forconcretes with high cement needed to such an extent that the admixture pays for itself without harmto the physical properties. But this saving probably never occurs with very lean concretes.

Admixture

an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete. Calciumchloride (CaCI2) was widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel it is now banned inthe UK except in unreinforced concrete. Chloride-free accelerators that 451 are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals including formats, nitrates and thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash set for quick repairs but It weakens the concrete.

Accelerator

449

an admixture which slows up the setting rate of concrete, sometimes applied to 452 formwork so thatwhen it is stripped the cement paste which has been in contact with it can be removed by light brushing. 453 making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill. 454

piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the members of a truss.

When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail by punching shear. Punching shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging the 455 foot of the column so that the shear stress (assumed uniform) round the perimeter of the column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress in concrete.

205/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Retarder

Boring Gusset Plate

Punching Shear

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 456

for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation per unit length).

457

the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly increasing load

the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the 458 elastic limit is also the limit of proportionality. 459

the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water content at which a soil can be rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.

Modulus of Elasticity Yield Point

Elastic Limit

Plastic Limit

the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the sinking 460 of the midspan of a beam which in British housing generally is not allowed to exceed 1/325 of the span.

Deflection

the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for any 461 other symmetrical load, the maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a simply supported beam, or to the total load on a cantilever beam.

Shear

462

the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed in psi, now in N/mm2, MPa, etc.

Stress

463

a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being expressed as a ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the original length.

Strain

464 a core wall.

Shear Wall

test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well rammed, and then carefully inverted and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by which the concrete cone drops below the top of the mold is measured and is called the slump. 465 This test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time and in the same proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This otherwise most useful test cannot be applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than about 20 mm.

Slump Test

a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any 466 point in a beam is found by calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of wood, steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed concrete. 467 a post carrying compressive force.

Beam

Column

the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it cannot rotate, so that it has a fixed end.

Fixed End Moment

in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature shrinkages (of concrete or masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable 469 places. Since all materials containing cement' shrink appreciably on drying, contraction joints are needed in every long structure.

Contraction Joint

468

470 a pre-stressing bar, cable, rope, strand or wire.

Tendon

471 the US term for ground beam

Grade Beam

206/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in them. The wires are anchored either against the molds or against permanent abutments in the ground. After hardening, the concrete is released from the mold and the wires are cut at the anchorage. This method may give a larger loss of pre-stress than with posttensioning but is usually economical for small members and may produce better 472 concrete since it is always factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing, used for the precasting of pre-tensioned floor slabs or beams, the casting bed may be as much as 180 m long; enabling units may be 1.2 m, and their thickness 15, 20 or 25 em. They usually have tubular voids running down the length and occupying about 30% of the crosssection.

Pre-tensioning

concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast and partlymatured on the site or in a factory before being lifted into their position in a 473 structure. Where many of the same unit are required, pre-casting may be more economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce shrinkage of the concrete on the site, and make stronger concrete.

Pre cast Concrete

either a geophone, used in seismic prospecting, or a device for detecting earthquake 474 shocks. An early seismometer made in Japan about AD 136 consisted of balls dropping from a dragon's mouth into a frog's to show the direction of the shock.

Seismometer

the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the metal.

Slag

475

476 ACI term for grip length.

Embedment Length

477 the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it. 478

gradually increasing permanent deformation of a material under stress, well known in metals as hightemperature creep.

479 the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration, 480

the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027 kg-m/cm3, rubber about 0.54 kg-m/cm3.

481

the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly by pulling in cold drawing.

Dead Loads Creep Slenderness Ratio Resillience Ductility

482 the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material.

Modulus of Rigidity

the breaking stress of a cast-iron, wooden or mass concrete rectangular beam, 483 calculated onthe assumptions that the tensile strains in the beam are equal distances from the neutral axis.

Modulus of rupture

484 A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile. 485 a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical. a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or 486 other dams, or simple walls.

Tie Batter Pile Footing

487 the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material.

Web

488 a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles.

Fillet Weld

207/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

489 a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling.

Bench Mark

490 a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over.

Deck

491 a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical. for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding 492 strain in all directions perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force. The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the 493 following factors.

Strut

494

Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs.

495 Maintenance and service of accelerographs shall be provided by the___.

Poisson Ratio Zoning, site characteristics Occupancy, configuringstructural system, and height

14

Owner Occupant of the building

496

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading.

497

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of the same load.

498

Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced.

14 sqm.

499

Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected.

1.50 mts.

500

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall.

1/240 of wall span

501

Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall.

1/120 of wall span

502 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit.

503

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure or the level at which the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.

504

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system.

505

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements, it includes horizontal bracing system.

506 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure.

507 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm.

508

An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces.

208/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Load duration

60 sqm.

Base

Collector

Diaphragm

Base Shear, V

Boundary Element

Braced Frame

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

509 An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads.

Building Frame System

510

A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced Frames.

Dual System

511

That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the column girder joint.

Eccentric Braced Frame (EBF )

512 The entire assemblage at the intersection of the members.

513 The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam. An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers 514 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements or distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression. 515

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam

516 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations.

517 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces.

518 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile

519 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below.

Joint

Girder

Diaphragm Strut

Diaphragm Chord

Essential facilities Lateral Force Resisting System Ordinary Moment Resisting Story Drift

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in this document.

Strength

521 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system.

Platform

520

522 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm.

523

An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces.

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system 524 provide support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames. 525

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for 526 gravity loads. Moment resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members. 527 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above.

209/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Horizontal Bracing System Structure

Bearing Wall System

Building Frame System Moment Resisting Frame System Weak Story

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structure's time-dependant dynamic 528 response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of motions. The effects on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than 529 parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration. 530

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame.

531

Material other than water, aggregate, or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties.

532 Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete.

Time History Analysis

Orthogonal Effect

P-delta Effect

Admixture

Plain Concrete

533

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less than three.

Pedestal

534

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of material.

Modulus of Elasticity

535

In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons.

Jacking Force

536 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section.

Embedment Length

537

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and superimposed loads.

538

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical section.

Development Length

539 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile.

Curvature Friction

Effective Prestress

Structural Lightweight Concrete

540 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate.

541 prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting.

Bonded Tendon

542 ASTM A36

Structural Steel

543 High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding.

544 True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams.

ASTM A514

TRUE

545

Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcements.

40 mm

546

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio of transverse strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain.

Poisson's Ratio

210/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

547 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration.

Slenderness Ratio

548 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line.

Torsion

549 A type of concrete floor which has no beam.

Flat Slab

550 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part.

551 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force.

552

The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failure.

553 It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'.

554

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress.

555 Intensity of force per unit area.

Shear

Deformation

Yielding Stress

Stress

Allowable Stress

Stress

556 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement.

Tie / Stirrup

557 The measure of stiffness of a material.

Stiffness Ratio

558 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it.

Punching Shear

559 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it.

560 Nominal thickness of of a timber.

561

6 inches

The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero.

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be 562 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of completion of the project for a period of not less than. construction and after 563 Wood board should have a thickness specification of.

564 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight.

565

Deflection

A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood.

211/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Equilibrium

2 years

not less than 1"X4"

Run

Portable Hand router

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 566 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system.

Girder

567 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___.

Knots Smoothed or planed lumber

568 Dressed lumber is referred to ___.

569 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw.

570

It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all.

571 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks.

572 The amount of space measured in cubic units.

Effective length

Modulus of Elasticity

An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them.

575 the total of all tread widths in a stair.

Contraction joint

Total run

576 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces.

577 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter.

Bond Stress

Purlin Size of Dead Load Defelection

578 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.

579

Live load

Volume

573 In the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for___.

574

Cross-cut saw

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear between elements.

580 The force per unit area of cross section which tends to produce shear.

Shear Connector Shear Stress / Shearing Stress Size of Dead Load Defelection

581 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.

582 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains

Hook's Law

583

Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___.

4 X diameter of bolt

584

According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the lodaed edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.

4 X diameter of bolt

212/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 585

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2.

586

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP specifications.

587 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___.

588

Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than ___.

589

Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed.

590 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___.

591 Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___.

592 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area.

593 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area.

594 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area.

2.5

12 mm

50

11 diameters

1/6 depth of member

Middle Third Span

1/4 the depth 0.60 of specified min. yield stress 0.50 of specified minimum tensile strength 0.45 Fy

Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shear.

0.40 Fy

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be 596 increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be.

100%

595

597 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___.

200

598 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___.

240

599

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or weather.

40 mm

600

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or weather.

20 mm

601

Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10°C and in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement.

7

602

If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and shall be tested dry.

7

603

Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10°C and in moist condition for at least the ___ days after palcement.

3

213/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 604

The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___.

605 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean.

606 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller.

607 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.

25 mm 180° bend + 4db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar 90° bend + 6db extension at free end 90° bend + 12db extension at free end

608 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm

–12 mm

609 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement.

± 50 mm

610

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall teminate at different points with a stagger of at least ___.

40db

611

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands.

3db

612

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for wire.

4db

613

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed to earth or weather using bars larger than 36mm.

614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627

214/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

75 mm

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657

215/622 STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9

Short metal "T" beam used in suspended ceiling systems to bridge the spaces between the main beams Roofing tile which has the shape of an ―S‖ laid on its side Clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately up and down Groove cut into a board or panel intended to receive the edge of a connecting board Part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade Part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing Black, tar like waterproofing material applied to the exterior of a foundation wall System of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

Cross Tee Pantile Mission Tile Dado Foundation Wall Grade Beam Dampproofing Balloon Framing Balloon Framing Western Framing

13

An exterior security lock installed on exterior entry doors that can be activated only with a key or thumb-turn Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property

14

Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder

Backset

15

Baluster

28 29

Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength Ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between The wall of Intramuros Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web Beam that projects beyond one or both its support Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices Horizontal exterior roof overhang Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns

30

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls are minimized by providing:

10 11 12

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

31 32 33 34 35 36

Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back the earth Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50 Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane

Dead Bolt Tryolean Finish Chord Alloy

Cast Iron Nickel Steel Wrought Iron Double Glass Fortification 15mm Hybrid Girder Cantilever Beam Shear Wall Gluing/ Pasting 0.90 m 24" x 48" x 1/2" Eaves Post-tensioning Building paper sheathing and space filled Area Wells One-Way Slab Felt Purlins Inflection Point Batten

37

A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a

38 39

butt joint with nails or bolts The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured

Post-tensioning

40

The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam

Beam Blocking

41

Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil

216/622

Fish Plate or Gusset Plate

Atmospheric Pressure

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Window which projects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls Joint used for adjoining existing building to new building Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it Joint used when vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was stopped and continued later Joint that is a straight groove which is used on concrete floors to "control" where the concrete should crack Joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing

Bay Window Control Joints Expansion Joint Cold Joint Construction Joint Control Joint Lap Seam

49

Interior paint that contains a high proportion of pigment and dries to a flat/ lusterless finish

50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65

Filipino term for horizontal stud Filipino term for floor joist Filipino term for rabbet Filipino term for plastered course Filipino term for bottom chord Filipino term for purlin Filipino term for eave Filipino term for top chord Filipino term for temper (metal work) Filipino term for plumb line Filipino term for projection Filipino term for rafter Filipino term for baseboard Filipino term for alignment Filipino term for bath tub Filipino term for brace

66

Filipino term for cast iron

67 68 69 70 71

Filipino term for contractor Filipino term for downspout Filipino term for pattern Filipino term for mortar A steel plate attached to both sides at each joint of a truss

72

Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings

73

Dry walls are customarily finished

74

One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of

75

Manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout

76 77

The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses

Grain G.I. Sheets

78

Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building

Corkboard

79 80 81 82 83

1 1/2 corr Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing Chase A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc. Serpentine Building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica English Bond Form of brick bond which is composed of alternating courses of headers and stretchers Running Bond Form of brick bond which is composed entirely of stretchers Form of brick bond which is a variation of a running bond with a full course of headers at Common Bond / American Bond regular intervals Form of brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of Flemish Bond stretchers A notch cut in the end of a rafter to permit it to fit flat on a wall and on the top, doubled, exterior Heel Cut wall plate A geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of Soil Bearing Pressure the building

84 85 87 88

Flat Paint Trabe-Anzo Soleras Vaciada Kusturada Tirante Reostra Alero Tahilan Poleva Hulog Bolada Kilo Rodapis Asintada Baniera Pie De Gallo Pundido (parang manny)

217/622

Kontratista (yeah!) Tubo de Banada Plantilya Paupo Gang Nail Plate Lightning Lath and Plaster 1/4 Ø plastic hose filled w/ water 3-4-5 multiples with the use of steel tape measure

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 89

Materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings

90

The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings

Aluminum Foil Sheets Reinforced Concrete and High Grade Steel Asbestos-Cement Shingles Door Jamb

108 109

Material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of dwelling units The finished frame surrounding a door A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key Door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate independently or together A twisting force The appearance concrete makes when rocks in the concrete are visible and where there are void areas in the foundation wall, especially around concrete foundation windows A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation Refers to the term stone-cut Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns Chord splice connectors for trusses A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to support a part of load Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system The metal latch plate in a door frame into which a doorknob plunger latches The appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces

110

Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation

Aluminum Coating

111

Wood flooring finishing material

7 & 6 Wood Planks

112

A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs

113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 121

Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing Wall partition wooden framing The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks A type of concrete floor which has no beam Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position Tool for testing and for framing work Vertical surface on face of a stair step The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the projects for a period of not less than Nominal 1" - 2" thk members connecting opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure Thickness of a wood plank Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system A wall supporting no load other than its own weight A wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight A wall that holds back on earth embankment A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame A non-bearing wall built on a concrete floor

91 92 93 94 95 95 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107

123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134

218/622

Knob Bolt Dutch Door Torsion Honey Combs Sheet Piling Wood Siding AA Split-Ring Clamp Nail Weathered Hip Rafter Batter Boards Composite Column Spirit Level Space Frame Keeper Zinc Chromate

Chalking 24 hours Studs Acrylic Latex Paint Acrylic Paint L Hook Bolt Staple Wire Flat Slab Level Tool Steel Square Riser 2 years Collar Beam 2" to 5" Run Portable Hand Router Aggregate Girder Nonbearing Wall Load Bearing Wall Retaining Wall Bearing Wall Floating Wall

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184

It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall The occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all Distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix The total of all the tread widths in a stair A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe The pre-construction of components as a part of a whole An opening in the roof for admitting light Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves A kind of brick used for high temperature A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings and near the base of the wall Distance between two structural supports Scientific name for wood A small member which divides the glass or openings of sash or doors Roof that has four sloping sides Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion A tough used for carrying off water The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening The placing of glass in windows or doors Another word for handmill on a stair construction A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials The most common type of hinge where one leaf attaches to the door's edge, the other to its jamb Lumber that still contains moisture or sap The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters A large heavy nail Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done Lumber specification S4S The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2‖ laid over a concrete slab floor Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set A beveled metal tongue operated by a spring-loaded knob or lever A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a building A short wood bracket or cantilever that supports an overhang portion of a roof The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building Wedge-shaped stone of an arch Fireproof door with metal covering The triangular, decorative and supporting member that holds a mantel or horizontal shelf Lumber that is not squared or finished A round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes, beams plates and engine heads Simplest type of fiber carpet weaving where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable ―wires‖ inserted consecutively across the loom A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to the surface to give a ―tooth‖ for excellent plaster adhesion A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to finish and topcoat wood flooring A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally

219/622

Shear Wall Live Load Effective Length Cement Total Run Sump Pit Prefabrication Skylight Softwood Firebrick Plaster Ground Span Xylem Muntin Hip Roof Rip-rap Moat Stripping Purlin Anchor Bolt Lintel Glazing Banister Lap Joint Butt Hinge Green Lumber Valley Facia Spike Caisson Smooth on four sides Chord Wood Saddle 45 Latch Common Wall Escutcheon Flashing Lookout Formworks Keystone Kalomein Door Corbel Milled Lumber Foundation Bolt Velvet

Scratch Coat Polyurethane Floor Coating Scarf

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

188 189 190 191

A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed An extension of a rafter beyond the wall line A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb Used to fill a joint with mastic or asphalt plastic cement to prevent leaks Type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window Water-mixed productwith a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface A crosswise groove at the end of a board

Caulking Rabbet Masonry Neutralizer Notch

192

Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only

Figured Wired Glass

185 186 187

193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212

The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing surface such as paving Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in turn by larger beams, girders or bearing walls A floor finish commercially size 1‖ x 12‖ x 12‖ utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns Steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl space foundationwall Frame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an interior trim related item, such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building Bonding together two or more layers of materials Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation, sometimes called sill plate Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door opening or below a window sill Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross

214 215 216

A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and projecting beyond the face of the stair string/s A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension

217

One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail

218 219 220 221 222

224 225 226 227 228

The arrangement and design of window in a building What concrete block that is used in making a corner of an anchor wall Lateral ties used for 36mm main bars for column is Portion of a beam where bending moment changes from positive to negative A brick laid on its edge so that its end is visible A short flat piece of lumber which is bolted, nailed or screwed to butting pieces in order splice them together Diagonal bracing in pairs between adjacent floor joist to prevent the joist fro twisting A bar used to hold the reinforcement on a beam A small finishing nail is called A roof wherein the four sides are sloping towards the center terminating at a point A metal sheet used to connect girder and floor joist at the same level

229

A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata

213

223

220/622

Standard Terazzo Outrigger Pivoted Window

Grading Monopost Ceiling Joist or Roof Joist Vigan Tiles Tendon Cap Apron Boardfoot Casement Backfill Backing Casement Window Barge Bay Window Laminating Mudsill Pilot Hole Rim Joist Cripple stud Cogged joint Bull-nosed step Gravity wall Quoin Scarf joint Baluster Fenestration Fig. A-1 12mm Inflection point Rowlock Scab Cross bridging Web Brad Pyramid roof Stirrup Pile

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 230 231

Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint

232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252

254 255 256 257 258 259

End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups Which among the concrete block is the header block A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12' Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond Xyladecor is a product of Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks The amount of space measured in cubic units. A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete The most important component to determine the strength of concrete Another term for plaster board The face or front of a building An opening in the roof for admitting light Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves A kind of brick used for high temperature A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around opening and near the base of the wall The distance between two structural supports Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Hammer is a Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters

260

Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const

253

261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 270 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287

A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening The placing of glass in windows and doors A rejected building material because of its below standard grade A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials Lumber that still contains moisture or sap The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice A large heavy nail is referred to as What is the scientific name of wood A wall that holds back on earth embankment The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period A floor tile composed principally of polyvinyl chloride The permanent deformation of a materials under a sustained load The vertical face of a stair Groove extended along the edge or face of the wood member being cut parallel to grain The stressing of unbonded tendons after concrete has cured A brick whose face has been hacked to resemble roughly hacked stone A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board Employed to reduce restraint by accomodating movement of masonry walls A window sash which opens inward and is hinged at the bottom Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric pattern Anchor bolts and strap are molded out of Common hardware fastener for truss braces

221/622

Soldier Pigment 30cm Carriage Channel 6cm Fig B-2 Miter box Plastic hose w/ water 100mm 40 bd.ft. Fig. C-3 Boysen Load bearing wall Effective length Volume Stirrups Cement Gypsum board Façade Skylight Soft wood Fire brick Plaster ground Span Rip-rap Striking tool Fig. D-2 Stripping Purlins Anchor bolts Lintel Glazing Cull Lap joint Green lumber Valley Fascia Spike Xylem Retaining wall Chord Sleeper Stud Tyrolean finish Adiabatic curing Vinyl tile Creep Riser Plough Post-tensioning Ashlar brick Perforated tape Control joint Hopper Parquet Wrought iron Lag screw

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311

Sealer type of washer for G.I. roofing sheets Trade name for anti-termite surface application on wood Retarders or accelerators concrete setting Coated with zinc Technical term for earthquake Vertical frame of paneled door Fascia between floor and wall Cement, sand, and water Filipino term for framework Filipino term for bottom chord Filipino term for collar Filipino term for plastered course Filipino term for purlins Filipino term for wainscoating tiles Filipino term for wrought iron strap Filipino term for ceiling joist Filipino term for door fillet Filipino term for girder Filipino term for masonry fill Filipino term for downspout Filipino term for cabinet hinge Filipino term for brace Filipino term for bathtub Filipino term for temper (metal work)

312

Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder

313

A principal member of a truss

314

Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine

315 316 317 318 319

A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

320 321 322

Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height

324 325 326 327

Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this

328

Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material

329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336

A brand name of asbestos roofing Anchor bolts and column straps are made of this Tradename for plastic materials First group of wood used as shoring Minimum thickness of footing according to NBC A passageway of a chimney A defects in softwood consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resin Lumber defects caused by broken twigs They are used for unpainted surfaces or those to be repainted after most of the original paint has been removed Concrete mixed ideal for road pavement and waterproof structure Lumber defects due to the effects of fungi To coat steel or iron by immersing in a bath of zinc A boring bit having a conical shaped cutter to accommodate the head of the screw

338 339 340 341

BACKSET CHORD

323

337

Lead Solignum Admixture Galvanized Seismic Stile Baseboard Mortar Balangkas Barakilan Sinturon Kusturada Reostra Asolehos Platsuela Kostilyahe Batidora Guililan Lastilyas Tubo de banada Espolon Pie de gallo Baniera SUBAN

222/622

TYROLEAN FINISH PANTILE WROUGHT IRON COLD JOINT CAST IRON BED FOUNDATION WALL BEAM BLOCKING WESTERN FRAMING HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE ACI INSULATION JACINTO COLOR STEEL THERMAL INSULATION ELECTROLYTIC ACTION HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH PLACA ROMANA STEEL FORMICA TANGUILE 250mm FLUE PITCH POCKET KNOTS PRIMER SEALER AA MOLDS AND STAINS GALVANIZING COUNTERSINK

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 342 343 344

353 354 355

A metal plate attached to the face of a door, around the shaft for the door knob The process of marking wood, metal bricks using pointed material A brand of liquid solution of pigment in suitable vehicle of oil, organic solvent or water A building material made of fused silica with alkaline bases, drawn up with a metal bar from a tank A low wall around a chalet type house Common hardware fastener for truss braces A material which provides a seal as a result of pressure between he faces of a joint The cross bar of a panic exit device; serves as a push bar to actuate the panic hardware Rock volume to collect water in retaining wall A horizontal timber which serves as a base for the stud in a stud partition One of the outer structural member of a frame; as at the outer edge of a door or a window sash A tradename for for anti-termite surface application on wood A roofing material having a galvanized steel as base with acrylic overglazedd Concrete with low cement content

356

Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints

345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352

357 358 359

A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the foundations A fireproof door with metal covering Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling, furniture and interior form

ROSE SCRIBE DAVIES GLASS ZOCALO LAG SCREW COMPRESSION SEAL CRASH BAR BLEEDER MASS SOLEPLATE STILE SOLIGNUM COLOROOF LEAN FLOOR PANEL SHEET PILE KALAMEIN HARDWOOD

360

The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and work

SOFTWOOD

361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370

Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks Finest wood for furniture Used for paneling and plywood veneer Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame Used for framing joist, truss Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs Used for paneling The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart shakes, star shakes and wind shakes A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by shinkage during drying Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by sawing too near the surface of the lag The decay of seasoned wood caused by fungi of a type capable of carrying water into the wood they infest 1 inch x 12 inches x 1 foot of length Thickness x Width x Length / 12 1" TO 1 1/2" thk and wider 2" to 4" thk 5" x 5" and larger A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finishes on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued together with industrial glues Hip roof support Another term for plaster board A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as a guide and support for finish trims around openings and near the base of the wall Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Strips or hardwods usually 2" x 2" laid over a concrete slab floor Steel window section for muntins

YACAL TINDALO DAO KAMAGONG WHITE LAUAN APITONG NARRA TANGUILE ALMACIGA KNOTS

371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389

223/622

SHAKES PITCHPOCKETS SPLIT CHECK WARP WANE DRY ROT 1 BOARD FOOT BOARD FOOT FORMULA BOARDS DIMENSION LUMBER TIMBERS PLYBOARD JACK RAFTER GYPSUM BOARD TRIMMING GUARD RIPRAP SLEEPERS Z BAR

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

391 392

A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill-up the gap of marble slabs during installatiuon of floor or wall finishes A type of handless lockset key operatd to give double security Admixture that impart color on concrete

393

Tension is placed on the reinforcing prior to the placing of the concrete

394

Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring

395 396 397 398 398 399 400 401

The soil or rock directly beneath the footing Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat A type of concrete floor which has no beam A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk

402

A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived from coal of petroleum and before installation dissolved in solvent, emulsified, heated to liquid

390

403 403 405 406 408 409 410 411 412 413 414

The tradename for flouroplastic which is transparent to opaque in character and is used primarily for electrical fixture and pipe sealing The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its become self supporting An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the elements so that the painting is not required for protection A pattern bond with alternate strechers and headers in each with headers centered over stretchers in the course below Such as barite, magnitite and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation shielding A type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck, while the inside edge is supported from the wall being built A portland cement specification A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various embossed pattrens for industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets

415

A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs

416

Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to finish topcoat and wood flooring A type of plastic rigid to flexible, translucent to opaque and is used in insulation, siding, wood imitation, flooring and piping

417 418

POLYMER DEAD BOLT LOCK TRUSCON PRE-TENSIONED CONCRETE PRE STRESSING FOUNDATION BED 3 DAYS SAHARA BLISTERING FLAT SLAB WOOD PLANK FLOAT GLASS CASEIN ASPHALTIC

TEFLON HYDRATION SCREEDING FALSEWORK TRENCH WEATHERING STEEL FLEMISH BOND HEAVYWEIGHT PUTLOG SCAFFOLD ASTM C 150 ALCLAD CHALKING PARQUET POLYURETHANE FLOOR COATING PVC

419

The paint materials used for sealing, filling, correcting surface defects on wood surfaces

420

A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also produces about 150% of the heat of hydration of normal cement during first seven days

TYPE III HIGH EARLY STRENGTH

421

The process of proportioning cement, water, aggregates and additives prior to concrete mixing

BATCHING

422 423

Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars

424

A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface

425 426 427 428

A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the concrete has been placed and screen An electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through which a direct current is passed between the aluminum and the solution The substance in the paint which gives continuity and provides adhesion to the surface or subtrite A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up

224/622

GLAZING PUTTY

2 to 5 INCHES SHOTCRETE SOLDIERS VACUUM DEWATERING ANODIZING VEHICLES STAGING

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 429 430 431

No. 5 designation of a bar A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or structures below water level A wood defect that is a small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by shrinkage during drying

432

Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque

433

A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles closer together, thereby expelling the air from the void spaces A special form of cast in place concrete pile in which an enlarged based is formed during driving A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then chilling it rapidly which is 3 to 5 times stronger than ordinary glass A type of paint that produces a very smooth and glossy surface and sometimes referred to as pigmented lacquer A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width and tied together by metal ties A type of soft formwork with no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses frames along its span and shoring on both ends Class AA concrete mixture ratio A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber, usually caused by sawing too near the surface A liquid component of a paint to increase its fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying and not became part of the film A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of moisture or containing salts

434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450

The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale

451

A vertical joints between brick wythes

452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464

16mm CAISSON CHECKS TENSION SET BOLTS BANK COMPACTION BULB PILE TIE BEAM TEMPERED GLASS DUCO BED JOINT CAVITY WALL FLYING FORM 1: 1 1/2 : 3 PIER WANE SOLVENTS KICKER PLATE EXPANSIVE SOIL HEAVING ENAMEL EFFLORESCENCE KILN BURNED BRICKS COLLAR JOINT

A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular interval It is not a vehicle of paint A double unit glass A pattern consisting of stretcher or running bond six or seven courses with a course of headers laid perpendicular to the stretcher course Additive used to ensure that all particles of cement and water are mixed thoroughly in a concrete setting Flouropolymers, powder coatings, siliconized acrylics and polyesters are these types of coatings for aluminium A process of coating steel products by immersing them in a bath of motten zinc after cleaning them Another term used for ASTM A572 high strength low alloy. It is a structural steel which uses a natural form of oxidation for protective coating A rigid frame which is done by welding together its two spanning members, both are connected homogenously to the vertical column members fastened conventionally to the concrete pedestal Steel plate under the end of a beam used to distribute the end reaction where the beam rests on a masonry or concrete support Used as a dry sheet to protect wood sheating from dripping asphalt, usually composed of combination of felted papers, shredded wood fibers and asphalt saturated A type of surfacing in built-up roof where a flood coat of bitumens is applied over the top ply and a layer of aggregate is applied while the flood coat is hot Unitary roofing materials which are similar to shingles except that they are split out

225/622

CHECKING EMULSIFIERS INSULATING GLASS COMMON BOND DISPERSAL AGENT LAMINATED COATING ANODIZING WEATHERING STEEL

TWO HINGED FRAME

BEARING PLATE TARRED FELTS GRAVEL SURFACING SHAKES

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

468 469 470 471

PAINT DEFECTS An incomplete form of peeling where the paint cracks into the large segments, the edges of which breakaway from the surface while the center remains attached.Usually due to repeated application of new coats over old coats Discoloration of coating caused by solube color in the underlying surface,may be prevented by applying an impermeable undercoating Formation of blisters or pustules in coating, may be due to underlying spots of grease,the sun during the process of drying Progressive powdering from the surface inward Loss of luster, due to insufficient or defective undercoat, improper filling of wood Clouding of the laquer film through precipitation of moisture in the film Constant temperature and constant low humidity in the finishing will help

472

Rough appearance resembles very closely the peel of the orange, improper surface cleaning

ORANGE PEEL

473

Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture

PEELING

474

As it called, changes in atmospheric conditions during application over sweating or incompletely dried undercoats, spots of grease or soap

475

Irregularities of surface due to uneven flow of varnish or paint, too much varnish, inc brushing

465 466 467

476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493

494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504

Adhesive property of incompletely dried coating, it is caused especially in the refinishing of old work, over unclean or greasy surface Due to applications of few heavy coats for more thin ones, due to cold weather The loss of color of a paint film through exposure to sunlight and weather STANDARD WEIGHT OF PLAIN OR DEFORMED ROUND STEEL BARS What is the standard weight of 8mm hot weld deformed bar What is the standard weight of 10mm hot weld deformed bar What is the standard weight of 12mm hot weld deformed bar What is the standard weight of 16mm hot weld deformed bar What is the standard weight of 20mm hot weld deformed bar What is the standard weight of 25mm hot weld deformed bar What is the standard weight of 28mm hot weld deformed bar What is the standard weight of 32mm hot weld deformed bar What is the standard weight of 36mm hot weld deformed bar What is the standard weight of 40mm hot weld deformed bar 5 TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT Is used for general concrete construction where the special properties are specified Is for use in general concrete construction exposed to moderate surlfate action or where moderate heat of hydration is required is used where high early strength is required is used where low heat of hydration is required is for use when high sulfate resistance is required TYPES OF DOORS This is workhose of metal windows available in many combination of fixed and operating sash. Usually, the lowest light will project in and the upper ends projects out for maximum comfort Another version of the projected sash, this window provides an integral grill permitting ventilations but restricting the size of an object that can pass through the window Operating sash for ease of operation It provide flush interior and exterior wall surfaces without the need for counter- balancing hardware intrinsic in the double hung window A larger amount of light than ventilation is desired Vertically proportioned sash that swing outward, somewhat like a door It offers 100% ventilation combined with a degree of rain protection not attainable with casement sash An awning window which is reduced in to an operating louver, with a profound effect on appearance and ability to provide weatherstripping Popular in multi-storey, AC commercial building. They usually rotate90deg up to 180deg TYPES OF HINGES A movable joint used to attached, support and turn a door about a pivot Two rectangular metal plate which are joined with a pin

226/622

ALLIGATORING

BLEEDING BLISTERING CHALKING DEADENING MOISTURE BLUSH

PINHOLING RUNS AND SAGS TACKINESS WRINKLING FADING 0.396 KILO 0.616 KILO 0.888 KILO 1.580 KILOS 2.466 KILOS 3.854 KILOS 4.834 KILOS 6.314 KILOS 7.992 KIOS 9.866 KILOS TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V

PROJECTED

SECURITY DOUBLE HUNG SLIDING COMBINATION CASEMENT AWNING JALOUSIE PIVOTED HINGE BUTT HINGE

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

528 529

A hinge containing one or more spring, when the door is open the hinge returns it to the open position automatically The axle or pin about which a window or door rotates TYPES OF HINGES ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising Having one leaf mortised into the dge of the door and the other surface mounted on the door frame A hinge, one plate of which is mortised in the door leaf, the other being surface mounted on the jamb leaf A hinge which is applied to the surface of a door leaf and to a mortise jamb leaf TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS Structural elements that carry or support the superstructure of the building Foundaion w/c transfers load to the earth at the base of column or wall of substructure Transfer the load at a point far below the substructure TYPES OF COLUMN FOOTING A combined footing of prismatic shape, which supports two or more columns in a row Large footing extending a wide area Intended to transmit structural loads through the upper zone of poor soil to a depth where the earth is capable of providing the desired support Uses wide flange or I beam; A series of steel beams, bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute a concentrated column over the top of footing A footing which supports more than one column load TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS A footing which is especially wide, usually of reinforced concrete A foundation cut in series of steps in a sloping bearing stratum to prevent sliding when subject to the bearing load An arch in which intrados below the springing line use to distribute concentrated loads in foundations A watertight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundations or structures below water level A continuous foundation under a full extent of the structure A footing having a tie beam to another footing to balance a structural load not symmetrically located with respect to the footing A series of steel beam bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute A system of piles, pile caps and straps that transfers the structural load to the bearing stratum into which the piles are driven MIXING OF CONCRETE About 10% of the mixing water is placed in the drum before drying materials are added READY MIXED CONCRETE Concrete is mixed completely in the truck mixer 1 1/2-3 minutes mixing Concrete is mixed in a stationary mixer and delivered in the truck agitator

530

Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer

505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527

531 532

533 534 535 536 537 538 539

PLACING OF CONCRETE Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding water, then cement setting will start MIXING OF CONCRETE It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum CURING OF CONCRETE Concrete (other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at least the WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at least the WHAT days HANDLING OF CONCRETE General purpose concrete Load bearing 4" CHB Non load bearing 4" CHB Cement mortar Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I. Roofing and cement bag stack REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS

227/622

SPRING HINGE PIVOT HINGE FULL SURFACE FULL MORTISE HALF MORTISE HALF SURFACE FOUNDATIONS SHALLOW FOUNDATION DEEP FOUNDATIONS CONTINUOUS MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION PILE FOUNDATION GRILLAGE FOOTING COMBINED FOOTING SPREAD FOOTING BENCH FOUNDATION INVERTED ARCH CAISSON'S FOUNDATION MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION CANTILIVER FOOTING GRILLAGE FOOTING PILE FOUNDATION

DRUM MIXING TRANSIT MIXED CENTRAL MIXED SHRINK MIXED

30 to 60 MINUTES

1 1/2 MINUTES

FIRST 7 FIRST 3 16 to 20 L of water 28 to 32 L of water 36 to 40 L of water 16 to 20L of water 4 FEET

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 540

Minimum bar size of footing

541

Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm

545 546 547

REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS Minimum size of column rebar Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns Sizes of column ties BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal

548

Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is

549

Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line

550

If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of cut

542 543 544

NO. 5 or 16mm 1 1/3 times the size of aggreagates or 25mm NO. 5 or 16mm 4 PIECES NO. 2 or NO. 4 L/7 L/5 45degrees 12TIMES BAR DIAMETER or 305mm L/4 102mm,152mm,254mm

560

SPLICING OF REBARS Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED lapped or welded SIZES OF LAP SPLICES 276MPa 24 times bar diameter 345MPa 30 times bar diameter 414MPa 36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm 15 degrees Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE ELECTROLYTIC Aluminum-Concrete reactions REACTION THEY SHALL NOT BE LARGER in outside diameter than 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF SLAB, WALL OR BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING CONCRETE STRAIGHT EDGE Or "STRIKE OFF" It is the first finishing tool after the concrete is placed and is used to strike off the concrete surface to proper grade JITTER BUG after the concrete has been struck off, it can be used to compact concrete in HAND TAMPER flatwork construction A long flat rectangular piece of wood or aluminum from 3" to 4" wide with handle on top, used DARBY to float the surface of concrete slab immediately BULL FLOAT A tool or machine used to smooth uniformed surfaces of freshly placed concrete

561

A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner

562

A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete THREE COAT PLASTER First coat Second coat Third coat A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in plastic state with water hardens into a stone-like mass Refers to a piece of timber of either cylindrical or either geometrical cross section vertically placed to support a building A vertical structure used to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination of the above materials COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT

551 552 553 554 555 556 557

558 559

563 564 565 566 567 568

569

Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar

570

Spiral column combined with WF steel column

571

A steel column used as a support for girders and beams TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

572

Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact

573 574 575

A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of cracking A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of another

EDGER JOINTER OR GROOVER SCRATCH COAT BROWN COAT FINISH COAT MORTAR POST COLUMN SQUARED TIED SPIRAL COLUMN COMPOSITE COLUMN COMBINED COLUMN LALLY COLUMN ISOLATION JOINT CONTROL JOINT W/ DOWEL T&G CONTROL JOINT BUTT-TYPE CONSTRUCTION

Used for floor of 5" thick and greater

228/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 576

Used of heat to prevent contractions PRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE

577

Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments

578

Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam

579 580

Strands are stretch between massive elements Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling

581

Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands

THERMAL EXPANSION PRE-COMPRESSING METHOD SELF CONTAINED METHOD BOND FRICTION THERMAL PRESSING VOLUMETRIC EXPANSION

587

SITE CASTS Is used chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the LIFT SLAB slabs of the building in a stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up the CONSTRUCTION columns to their finl position Is fabricated in large sections supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from FLYING FORMWORK one floor to the next by crane, eliminating much of the labor Useful for tall wall structures such as elevator shafts; stairwells and storage soils. A ring of SLIP FORMING formwork is oulled steadly upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while workers add concrete and reinforcing in a continuous process Is a floor slab cast on the ground and reinforced concrete wall panels are poured over it in a TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION horizontal position, then tilted into positions and grouted together (Pneumatically placed concrete) is sprayed into placed from a hose by a stream of SHOTCRETE compressed air and can be deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces THIN SHELLS The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell

588

Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on surface

582 583 584 585 586

596 597 598

A construction method relying primarily on the used of standardized manufactured components A method of concrete building construction in which floor and roof slabs are cast at ground level and then raised into sa position by jacking CLASIFICATION OF PILES A pile which carries a vertical load A pile that transfer its loads to the soil through friction with the earth surrounding it A pile driven at an inclination to the vertical to provide resistance to horizontal forces One of a number of piles, interlocked with similar units, to form a barrier to retain soil or to keep water out of foundation A heavy square timber which is driven vertically downward to guide steel sheet piling; used for the construction of coffer dams, caissons FLOOR SYSTEMS A horizontal beam supporting a floor joist A wood member placed on top of the foundation wall in wood frame construction Any joist which carries a floor

599

A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other

600

A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to prevent or retard the spread of fire A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor or roof frame STANDARD HOOKS 180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar 90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS 16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and smaller For bar larger than 16mm are the following: 10mm to 25mm

589 590 591 592 593 594 595

601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610

229/622

SHOTCRETE PRE-FABRICATED LIFT SLAB

BEARING PILE FRICTION PILE BATTER PILE SHEET PILE GUIDE PILE

GIRDER SILL FLOOR JOIST TAILPIECE LEDGER STRIP DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP HEDGER TRIMMER

4db 12db 6db 12db 6db 4db

6db

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631

28mm to 32mm 36mm SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not less than WHAT db nor WHAT SIZE In walls and slabs other than joist, primary flexural reinforcement shall space not more than WHAT TIMES the wall or slab thickness OF WHAT distance MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS To 6 inclusive Over 6 to 12 Over 12 to 20 Over 20 Over 40 to 60 Over 60 to 150 Over 150 Along edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm thick or more; not greater than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF FILLET WELDS Minimum effective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size, or not exceed WHAT of its effective length The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed WHAT The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner part, but not less than WHAT The effective length shall not be less than WHAT the weld size, with minimum of WHAT Size of fillet welds terminating at ends or sides; be returned continuously around the corners for a distance of not less than WHAT times the nominal size of the weld

632

Roof insulation under purlins

633

Roof insulation over purlins

634

Damp Proofing / Moisture Barrier

635

Acoustical Installation

640 641 642 643

Glass block reinforcement in a spaced of 7/16" gap to accept it and the binder

644

System of measurement when utilising modular systems of construction and technology

645

A wood ceiling joist substitute for drop ceiling usually made of aluminium or pre-

646

painted GI used to hang lightweight boards such as fiber glass boards

647

Used to install brick plaqueta on to a scratch coat of a masonry wall in an evenly distributed manner

637 638 639

db; 25mm 25mm 1.5db nor 40mm 3x or 450mm

3 4.5 6 7.5 9 12 16 MINUS 1.5mm 4x ONE FOURTH or 1/4 200mm 5x;25mm 25mm 4x;40mm 2x ALUMINIZED BACKING & TAPE G.I. STRAP LINER G.I. TIE WAR ALUMINIZED BACKINGRUBBER CEMENT (RUGBY) ASPHALT NON FLAMMABLE ALUMINUM

1999 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION An alternative fastening material that can be used for metal on ceiling joist other than metal screws A masonry finish using pure cement mixed wit flexible synthetic latex based additive like Plexibond to a tacky consistency then applied by an applicator roller to give a remarkable finish A paint defect that occurs on inferior brands where the paints contains soluble pigments thus softens and dissolves by water or by chemical after sufficient drying What is the standard weight of a 25mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length A recommended method of joint by steel deck manufacturers It does not comprise in the tie rod system of a steel deck scaffold A paint defect by discoloration of coat caused by soluble color in the underlying surface

636

8db 10db

230/622

3/16' x 1/2" ALUMINUM BLIND RIVETS CEMENT TEXTURED FINISH WRINKLING 3.853 KILOS SEAM LOCK SWIVEL PIPE CLAMP BLEEDING #16 EXPANDED METAL LATH MODULAR COORDINATION MAIN/CROSS TEE AND WALL ANGLE SUSPENSION SYSTEM 3/4" THK CEMENT GROUT

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

649

What is the standard weight of a 16mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length What is not a brand of ceramic tiles

650

A ceramic tile is installed into a masonry wall over rough plaster by a uniform

651

Floor system by Jackbuilt

652 653 654

In lockset, this is the safest door lock recommended for main entry doors Wood end joint requiring tensile strength Natural coating which brings the natural beauty of wood

655

Coarse aggregates standard sizes

648

657

Mortise and tenon wood construction joint where tounge and grooves meet halfway making the connection clean of joint traces An accessory of tie rod scaffold system

658

Installation of Piedra tiles over mortar bed

659

A door type used between a dining and kitchen to allow a server to see through Vertical location of a ground surface often used as a reference point with respect to the vertical height

656

660 661

Method of fastening jamb to concrete or masonry

662

Not a wood parquet geometric design A highly trained labor used to prepare rough to finish plastering, lay concrete hollow blocks, install tiles and pebble washout

663

1.578 KILOS PIEDRA TILES 3/4" LAYER OF CEMENT MORTAR PRESTRESS CONCRETE T-BEAM FLOOR SYSTEM MORTISE LOCKSET SCARF OIL WOOD STAIN 1/5 SIDE FORMS, 1/3 DEPTH SLABS, 3/4 CLEAR SPACING BLIND AND STUB FORM CLAMP UNIFORM 10mm THKCEMENT PLASTER VISION DOOR BENCHMARK SCREW WITH EXPANSION PLUG HEPTAGON FINISHING MASON

664

A kind of masonry finish which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2" o.c. which serves a s form when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel

CURDOROY or TOOL FINISH

665

A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets

MODULAR SYSTEM

666

A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident free

668 669

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principleSECONDARY COLOR LIKE ORANGE TURN TO BE YELLOW A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally Steel window section for muntins

670

Basic parts of stressing anchor

667

671 672

A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill up the gap of marble slabs during installation of floor or wall finishes A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finish on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued together

673

What is wrong with the installation of steel scaffold

674

In air condittioning duct, what type of strap is used to insure that there is no air gap is left

675

Woodwork equipment to form the different wood mouldings for balusters and newel posts

676

Method recommended by manufacturers to join the steel deck and the rebars Steel deck that can be used for two slab

677

It precludes good construction practice for pipes and conduits embedded in concrete

678

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-HAS A DEGREE OF ITS COLORFULNESS or INTENSITY

231/622

LAMINATED HUE SCALE PLAIN MITER Z-BAR SHIMS, BEARING PLATE, STRESSING WASHER, BOTTOM PLATE POLYMER PLYBOARD CROSS BRACE MUST BE INSTALL IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION 75mm WIDE PRESSURE SENSITIVE ALUMINIZED DUCT TAPE STRAP AT 600mm O.C. WOOD LATHE MACHINE or TORNO CONDECK ALUMINUM PIPES & CONDUITS AT R.C. SHALL BE SECURED NOT BY TIE WIRES BUT MUST BE EFFECTIVELLY COVERED CHROMA SCALE

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 679

A type of handless lockset key operated to give double security

DEAD BOLT LOCK

680

A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp

INSTALL POLYETHELYNE FOAM W/ ALUM. FOIL BARRIER. ADHERE BY INDUSTRIAL ADHESIVE TO GALVANIZED AIR DUCT

681

To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear stresses present at the joint

REVERSE THE LOCATION OF THE "Z" PURLINS

682

Minimum concrete cover for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in place

683

The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door

684

Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof 1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant decorative surface Concrete hollow block laying CARPETS Is made of inserting face yarns or tufts through premanufactured backing by used of needles Simplest type of all carpet weaves. Pile is form as loom loops over wires inserted across loom. Pile height is determined by height of wire inserted The loom is highly specialized and nearly as versatile as hand weaving. Color combinations and designs are limited only by the number of tufts in the carpet The loom operates like a velvet loom, except that it has a Jacquard mechanism with up to six color frames This process produces complete carpet by imbedding pile yarns and adhering backing to a viscous vinyl face that hardens after the curing

685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692

693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707

The process resembles weaving in that the face and back are made simultaneously. Backing and pile yarns are looped togeher with a stitching yarns with three sets of needles

20 mm SPACE TO INSTALL CONCEAL DOOR CLOSER PURLIN SAG RODS STUCCO FLOORING FINISH ASINTADA TUFTED VELVET AXMINSTER WILTON FUSHION

KNITTED

A pretreatment of poured concrete such as wall, beams and column where a thin layer of SCRATCH COAT cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon on to the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion TANGUILE Local species of wood used for studding, cabinet and flush door framing A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, POLYURETHANE FLOOR COATING maintenance free to finish and topcoat wood flooring A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by SANDBLASTING mechanical or pneumatic means. It is left to dry to give rustic finish Terrazo floor described by its physical appearance, the stone or pebble is intentionally RUSTIC TERRAZO exposed while the cement matrix is depressed A type of window where the sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the PIVOTED sill or sides of the jamb LEFT HAND A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry MASONRY NEUTRALIZER surface. Without this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective Indicates imperfect adhesion of the film to the surface, with the film getting strip off in relatively PEELING large pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads directly into the garage A series of arches supported by a row of columns A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved opening A recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a basement window or doorway A facing of squared stones

232/622

ANCHOR BOLT APRON ARCADE ARCH AREAWAY ASHLAR

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

708

709 710 711 712 713 714 715

A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and decorative trextured surface. This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a IMPRESSO CRETE fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate or brick An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet INSET or INTERIOR sidings SCARF A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is RUSTIC TERRAZO intenionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed STANDARD TERRAZO The most common type; relatively small chip sizes VENETIAN TERRAZO Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk with PALLADIANA TERRAZO smaller chips filling the space A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and sill PIVOTED or about the side jambs

716

To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end

717 718 719

and the cement plaster should be.. It is not a brand of house paint Type of joint used to install in the glass of a French window An equipment uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of the ceramic tile during installation A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow the natural light only is the act of excavating or filling an earth or any sound material or combination thereof in preparation for a finishing surface such as pavings A floor finish commercially size 1"x1"x12" utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns

720 721 722 723

KEEP THE CEMENT PLASTER AS THIN AS POSSIBLE ICI DULUX RABBET EDGE STRIP TROWEL SMOKED GLASS GRADING VIGAN TILES

724

Standard distance measure from the center of the drain hole of a water closet to a finish wall

305 mm

725

A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening Pre-construction of components as part of the whole Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes Lumber that is not squared or finished hinges on left; open inward hinges on right; open inward hinges on left; open outward hinges on right; open outward A wall jointly used by two parties under easement agreement Type hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened, the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act in one direction only, or in both directions. A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used to provide a protective surface coating at the same time they allow the original surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to it A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as a retarder in Portland cement. Basic ingredient in clay A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff, light brown and red A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up waste from drainage pipe A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and vent system where the drainage system might otherwise be air bound. Written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and mode of construction. Additional information contract documents

GIRDER BEAM

726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735

736

737 738 739 740 741 742 743

233/622

LINTEL BEAM PRE FABRICATION KNOTS UNDRESSED LUMBER LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND REVERSE RIGHT HAND REVERSE Party Wall Spring hinge

Varnishes

Gypsum Brick Sandstone Dry Vent

Relief Vent

Specification Bid Bulletin

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752

753

754

755 756 757 758 759 760 761

762

763 764 765 766 767 768 769

Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of the girder shall be __________. Given the depth of the girder mentioned above, what shall be the size of its breadth? Space in a building without a basement, an unfinished accessible space below the first floor which is usually less than a full story height. The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely different material. The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to one another. Which of the following is not a nonferrous metal? A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent or translucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux and stabilizer. Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture through the concrete. Reduces permeability. An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete. Such a material maybe added to the mix to increase the rate of early-strength development for several reasons A traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durability and beauty. It has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. In addition, has freedom from rust and corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is adaptable to countless variety of purpose. A mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or without coloring pigments, adjusted and diluted with correct amounts and types of additives and thinners, which when applied on a surface, forms as adherent continuous film which provides protection, decoration, sanitation, identification and other functional properties. Is a cellular framework of squared steel, concrete, or timber members, assembled in layers at right angles, and filled with earth or stones. Bigger than ceiling joist usually placed every 1.20m o.c. Used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usually restricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are made in 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness. What should be the maximum spacing of stirrups applied if the depth of the girder is 0.40 m? A wall which separates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire. Measures the density of granular soils and the consistency of some clay. Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surface of freshly placed concrete to produce some special result Which of the following is not a Sheet Glass? a. Picture Glass b. Window Glass c. Heavy Sheet Glass d. Insulating Glass A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats which are guided in a track; the configuration coils about an overhead drum which is housed at the head of the opening, either manual or motordriven. The minimum length of splice needed for column. Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator Which are timber, steel, or pre-cast planks driven side by side to retain earth and prevent water from seeping into the exaction? The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected. Are wooden sticks used as posts sharpened at once end driven into the ground to serve as boundaries? Identify the miter joint

234/622

16 inches or .46 m 9 inches o .23 m

Crawl Space

Adhesiveness Cohesiveness Steel Glass

Damproofers

Accelerators

Wood

Paint

Cribbling Ceiling rafters Load bearing wall tile

8 inches Fire Block SPT – Standard Penetration Test Concrete Additives

Insulating Glass

Roll-up door 60 cm 35 degree Sheet piles Distribution Line Brace or the Diagonal

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795

796

797

798

Identify which figure is a dado wood joint Identify which figure is flemish (double stretcher) brickwork Identify which figure is a dado wood joint Identify which figure is a blind and sub-mortise and tenon joint Identify which letter in the target is a valley jack rafter? A roofing tile which has the shape of an ―S‖ laid on its side is a That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade is a Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known as A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine is A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is The Filipino term for horizontal stud is The Filipino term for riser The Filipino term for collar plate is The Filipino term for temper (metal work) The Filipino term for plumb line is A beam that projects beyond one or both its support A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral parallel to the wallforces Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 ¼ ― how many risers will there be between two floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet? A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum Trunners used for dropped-ceiling in offices is The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1‖) x 4‖(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that the available T & G is 1‖ x 4‖ x 16‖ and the effective width is 3.5‖ , the total board feet needed is In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a structural method of construction called In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a structural method of construction called

799

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls can be minimized by

800

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can be minimized by the use of

801

A material used to remedy vapor flow

802

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished with

pantile foundation wall control joints balloon framing tryolean finish chord Casein alloy Backset wrought iron Pabalagbag takip silipan sinturon poleva hulog cantiliver shear wall 15..

gluing/pasting 0.90 meters 24” x 48” x ½”

1,098 bf

post-tensioning

post-tensioning providing building paper sheathing and space filled wood glossy surfaced asphalt saturated paper, 50 lbs or more

235/622

lath and plaster

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820

821

822

823

824 825 826 827 828

829

830

Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB masonry wall by using To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is necessary to provide The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing is A narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane is a The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured is The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam is known as A system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey is known as Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil is known as A window which projects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor is known as A form of brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers is known as A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it is An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength is The Filipino term for plastered course is The Filipino term for bottom chord is The Filipino term for purlin is M The Filipino term for top chord is The capacity of a wall to hold moisture is important in the design of dwelling units. Select the best material which will reduce moisture in a wall when used Plaster or plywood ceiling on nailers or joists below a ventilated roof space may show ―pattern staining‖ on the ceiling. This can be prevented by Heat gain through the walls in buildings exposed to afternoon sun intensifies discomfort of inhabitants because of conductivity. However, this can be minimized by the use of Sound or noise between bedrooms may be reduced by using less expensive materials with the application of construction techniques The staircase of a house has a total run of 3 meters and a total rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riser is 7 7/8‖, therefore, the stringer length is Dry walls are customarily finished with The riser of a stair is 6 ½ inches. What is the run using formula R/T = tan (R-3) x 8 degrees One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of

furring flashing material grade beam batten post-tensioning beam blocking

western framing

atmospheric pressure

bay window

flemish bond cold joint cast iron kusturada estunyo reostra sopo tahilan 1” thick V-cut wood boards

adequate insulation combination of wood boards and plywood with cavity between double wall plywood on horizontal and vertical studs with absorbents 3.69 meters lath and plaster 12.2247 inches ¼ Ø plastic hose filled with water

A manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout, is the use of

3-4-5 multiples with the use of steel tape measure

When dry conditions are demanded of asphalt tile floor finishes on concrete over earth, apply the waterproofing (WP) steps Due to temperature effects in materials, concrete walls, slabs of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existing buildings should be provided with

felt paper below sub-slab then WP on top of the subslab

236/622

expansion joints

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 831

832

833 834 835

836 837 838

839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847

848

849

850 851 852 853

A typical block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building What is the height of the RC curtain wall surrounding a water tank located at the penthouse whose capacity is 5000 U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) and freeboard of 0.30 meters. The wall shall be as high as the water tank. Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is small compared to wall area, will normally require acoustical treatment of the A ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools is a A building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica is a A form of brick bond in which the course consists of alternate stretchers and headers in known as A system of framing a building on which floor joist of each storey rests on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey is known as The Filipino term for rabbet The Filipino term for projection is Given a riser equals six inches and using the stair treadriser proportion formula 2R + T = 25, how many risers will there be between two levels having a vertical distance of 9‘-0‖ A geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of the building These are materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings are These are classified as good and less expensive insulating materials used in buildings This is a material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of dwelling units The toilet bathroom floor finish is designed to be at least one inch below the bedroom floor finish. What should be the vertical distance between the bedroom floor finish and the top line of the 2‖ x 6‖ yacal floor joists which carry the toilet bath floor system assuming that ¼‖ thick mosaic vitrified tiles will be used in the toilet bathroom on 4‖ RC slab with membrane waterproofing, using standard acceptable measurement of materials for residential houses A Howe Truss is being considered to support the roofing system of a residential building. The pitch of the truss is 1 vertical 3 horizontal. What is the total length of the top chord, if the span of truss is 12 meters and the eave is 1.5 meters horizontally? The finished frame surrounding a door is a A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key is a A door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate independently or together is a A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a

237/622

corkboard

4.16 meters

columns, splices, materials, lot columns, splices, materials, lot ceiling only

nickel steel

serpentine flemish bond

western framing

vaciada bolada 18 risers

soil bearing pressure aluminum foil sheets reinforced concrete and high grade steel porous concrete, glass fibers, guilt materials asbestos-cement shingles

6 ¼ inches

7.906 meters

door jamb knob bolt dutch door lap seam

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861

862

A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a A clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately up and down is a The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior wall of the super structure and bears directly on the column footing is a The wall of Intramuros is The Filipino term for rafter is The Filipino term for baseboard is A climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings This is a ground condition that determines the size, type and shape of the building footing/foundation What is the height of a curtain wall for a downfeed water tank at the deck roof with 60,000 gallons capacity and diameter of 3 meters, freeboard of 0.30 meters, shall be as high as the water tank

863

Select the grouping one subject of which is a general criterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings

864

The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses

865

For very large roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings, exhibition halls) of over 150 ft these structures are suggested economical solutions

866

867

868

869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884

Rise is the vertical distance between the upper surface of two consecutive steps. The horizontal distance between the nosing of two consecutive steps is the Noise inside the building is o two kinds, namely, airborne noise and impact noise . Insulation must be provided against both of these by internal walls and floors. Examples of better sound insulation are When the soil beneath the building is not exceptionally well drained and it is necessary to exclude dampness, the best material to be used which is installed beneath the concrete slab is This material holds less moisture, is very light with less absorptive capacity and is very good in exterior sidings of residential houses in tropical regions Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing is A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc. is called A twisting force is A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation, etc. is The term stone-cut refers to a Wood with metal cladding is called The Filipino term for floor joist is The Filipino term for bottom chord is Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is Chord splice connectors for trusses is A vertical line check uses a A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together is Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall is Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines are called

238/622

lap seam

mission tile

grade beam fortification kilo rodapis lightning soil bearing pressure

3.513 meters

concrete, steel and wood, type of floor finish G.I. sheets space frames, light steel skeleton structures going

¼” double wall on 2” x 4” studs

pitch or bituminous felt

asbestos cement shingles 2 ½ corr. chase torsion sheet piling wood siding kalamein soleras tirante “AA” split-ring plumb bob clamp nail weathered hip rafter batter boards

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

913

Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to support a part of load is The Filipino term for ceiling joist is The Filipino term for concrete beam is Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check is called The vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was stopped and continued later is called A twisting force is A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc. is called It is a special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web When the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50, slab is a Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative is called What is the appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces? Commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, of gauge 26, having standard corrugation are coated both sides with Wood flooring finishing material What hardware/material is needed to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks? The time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing Wall partition wooden framing is called How many corrugation is required as the minimum side lap of an ordinary standard G.I. sheet roofing? What is the appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing? The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet is What hardware/material is needed to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs. It is called A joint where two successive placement of concrete meet is called A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame is called A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called

914

A one-way concrete slab are used when

915

Level tool is a

885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894

895

896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912

239/622

composite kostilyahe biga spirit level construction joint torsion chase hybrid girder one-way slab purlins

space frame

space frame

15 mm shear wall inflection point zinc chromate aluminum coating 7 & 6 wood planks staple wire 24 hours studs 1½ acrylic latex type acrylic paint L hook bolt chalking construction joint

bearing wall flat slab the slab is being supported by two parallel beams tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 916

Steel square is a

917 918 919

The vertical surface on face of a stair step is called Tin shear is a Auger bit is part of The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the projects for a period of not less than

920

921

Wood board should have a thickness specification of

922

926

Wood plank is a piece of lumber that is The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight is called A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood is called The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system is called Wood defects are heart shake, cup shake, star shake and

927

Dressed lumber is referred to

928

The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw is Walls that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight It refers to the occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all is called The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks is called The amount of space measured in cubic units An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them is called To find the volume of water in a cylindrical tank, multiply the area of its base by its The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix is A beam that projects beyond one or both its support is called Jack rafter is used for The total of all the tread widths in a stair is called The face or front elevation of a building A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe pre-construction of components as a part of a whole refers to An opening in the roof for admitting light is called Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves are called

923 924 925

929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953

tool for testing and for framing work riser masonry tool bearing tool

2 years not less than 1” thick x 4” and up wide 2” to 5” thick run portable hand router girder knots smoothed or planed lumber cross-cut load bearing walls live load effective length volume contraction joint height cement cantilever beam hip roof support total run façade sump Pre fabrication skylight softwood firebrick

The building frame construction system that uses one piece structural stud from the foundation to the roof A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings and near the base of the wall The distance between two structural supports The scientific name for wood is In designing a stair, to find the height of the riser, divide the height of the stair by the number of A kind of roof that has four sloping sides Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion A tough used for carrying off water The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete

240/622

balloon framing

plaster ground span XYLEM risers hip roof rip-rap moat stripping

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

959 960

A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening The placing of glass in windows or doors A rejected building material because of its below standard grade is called Another word for handmill on a stair construction A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials

961

Green lumber is

954 955 956 957 958

962 963 964 965 966

967

968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980

purlin anchor bolt

lintel glazing cult banister lap joint lumber that still contains moisture or sap

The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof is called A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is a part of the cornice A large heavy nail is referred to as In designing a stair, to find the number of riser divide the height of the stair by the height of each Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done

Stakes and batter board in a construction layouting procedure refers to

Lumber specification S4S means The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2‖ laid over a concrete slab floor Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set at A wall that holds back on earth embankment In structural steel section joints, it is recommended NOT to use A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall Pertaining to a material description that resembles glass To allow concrete to dry by keeping it moist to attain maximum strength The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a building vertical space in a building intended for ducts, pipes, wire and cables The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building

981

The zig-zag rule is a

982

Keystone is

983

Kalomein door is

984

Lumber that is not squared or finished

985

How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concrete reinforcement constructed

valley facia spike risers caisson vertical and horizontal wood sticks and lumber used to determine the elevation and ditances of the reference points of the proposed building smooth on four sides chord wood saddle 45 retaining wall oxy/acetyline welding common wall alabaster stabilize escutcheon flashing chase formworks carpenter measuring tool

241/622

wedge-shaped stone of an arch a fireproof door with metal covering milled lumber 90 degree bend plus 12 db extension, at free end of bar

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

986

Good high-strength-bolted connection for steel should have the following physical characteristic for good workmanship. Which of the following listed is NOT ideal?

987

What are piles at an inclination to resist forces that are not critical?

988

989 990

991

992 993

994

995

996

997

998

999

Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply?

What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground to provide foundation for the superstructure? What is a round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes, beams plates and engine heads? A concrete flooring and finish which transforms ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and decorative textured surface. This is done by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate or brick Vernacular term for Concrete Hollow Block (CHB) laying An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet sidings Type of carpet weave important for an architect/designer to know to guide him as to what type of construction and specification should he recommend. What simplest type of fiber carpet weaving where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable ―wires‖ inserted consecutively across the loom? A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to the surface to give a ―tooth‖ for excellent plaster adhesion Local species of wood commonly used for wall studding, cabinet framing, and flush door framing, though scarcely available in the market now due to forestry ban. This type of species is due to cheaper cost than the other listed below A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to finish and topcoat wood flooring A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency mortar mix is sprayed by mechanical or pneumatic means. The sprayed cement is left to dry and give a rustic finish. Optional paint coat maybe required What criterion conforms to good construction practice for the earliest time to remove scaffolding for concrete flooring other than early-strength concrete if no anticipated load is expected over poured floor?

A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally When utilizing ―knock-down‖ modular system of cabinets and 1001 furniture, an end user is constrain of using: A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance 1002 whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed 1000

242/622

Surface in contact with the bolt head and nut shall have a slope of not more than 1:10 with respect to a plane normal to the bolt axis batter piles group of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as a unit shall be limited to three in any one bundle grade beam

foundation bolts

stucco floor finish

asintada inset or interior

velvet

scratch coat

mahogany

polyurethane floor coating

sandblast 25% of scaffoldings can be removed at slab area after 14 days and 100% of scaffolds after 21 days after pouring scarf standard sizes, shapes and forms standard terazzo

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1003

Which of the following concrete handling criterion impairs the quality of concrete?

1004

A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb

1005

To prevent cement plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be roughened while observing the following:

1006 1007 1008 1009

1010 1011 1012

A type of ―hands of door‖ where the hinge is at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left What type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window? An equipment to uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of a ________ tile during installation A water-mixed product mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface. Without preparing the surface with this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective A paint defect which indicates imperfect adhesion of paint to the surface, with the film getting stripped off in a relatively large pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only Vernacular term for rough plastering

Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM standards and must be well graded, easy workability and method of consolidated are 1013 such that the concrete can be poured without honeycomb or voids. What is the nominal maximum size of a course aggregate when working spaces between reinforcements for proper bonding> What is the minimum concrete cover for primary reinforcement 1014 of beams and columns not exposed to earth or weather for precast manufactured under plant control conditions? What is the act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound 1015 material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing surface such as paving? A floor finish commercially size 1‖ x 12‖ x 12‖ utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic 1016 clay shade patterns. Because of the rustic effect the floor is finished rough and simply adhere by cement with some irregularities What is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, 1017 or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete? 1018 An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete Class of rock changed from their original structure by the action of extreme pressure,heat, or 1019 combination of these forces. A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made; colorless when pure used as a retarder in Portland cement Is a traditional building material, easily worked, has durability and beauty has great ability to 1021 absorb shocks from sudden load. It is rust and corrosion proof. 1020

A method of drying lumber where it is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows 1022 air to circulate around every place while the sloping allows water to run off quickly.

243/622

concrete shall be carried on at such a rate that concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily into space between reinforcement pivoted keep the cement plaster as thin as possible left hand rabbet notch trowel

masonry neutralizer

peeling

figured wired glass rebokada Course aggregates shall be no larger than ¾ the minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of bars, or prestressing tendons or ducts db but not less than 30 mm

grading

vigan tiles

tendon Accelerators Igneous

Gypsum

Wood

Air Drying

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER Term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain 1023 directions are all substantially parallel It is made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at 1024 right angles to the grain of each adjacent layer. 1025 In masonry, a joint or interstice between stones, to be filled with mortar or cement A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed 1026 against it. 1027 A three-pieced rigid structural frame in the shape of the upright capital letter `A‘ To provide a hard, non-corrosive, electrolytic, oxide film on the surface of a metal, particularly 1028 aluminum, by electrolytic action. 1029 Squared building stone 1030 Usually the lowest storey of a building, either partly or entirely below grade. A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated 1031 deflection so that it will have no sag when under load A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement 1032 and water 1033 A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length 1034 A process for preserving wood by impregnating the cell with creosote under pressure That part of the building, the ceiling of which is entirely below or less than 4 ½ feet above 1035 grade 1036 1037 1038

1039 1040 1041 1042

1043

1044

1045 1046 1047

1048

What is the protective plate surrounding the keyhole of a door A type of bolt used to fasten upper and lower door A type of catches for closing of cabinet doors in place. A fastener which holds a door in place by means of a projecting spring actuated steel hall which is depressed when the door is closed For finishing accessories, what is the term for a hand grip installed in a shower, which may be used in steadying or support one‘s self. For finishing accessories, a device attached above screen door as automatic door closer. A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board. A threaded bolt having a straight shank and a conventional head such as square, hexagonal, button or countersank. It is a type of thermal insulation and it is made from fibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber, cotton fiber, or animal hair. For the soil method of testing, it is a boring with standard penetration tests can give indication of the bearing capacity of the soil by the number of blows of a standard driving hammer required to advance a sampling tube into the soil by a fixed amount. For the soil type classification, if the particle of soil takes the whole hand to lift it is called. For Construction tagalong term for Fascia board is For brick work construction.what brick work with alternate courses of headers and stretchers. For control of concrete mix. It is prepared when freshly mixed concrete and filled in the cone with three equal layers. Being tamped and rodded 25 times with a standard 5/8‖ bullet nosed rod.

244/622

Glue Laminated Timber

Plywood Joint Filler Cold joint A-Frame Galvanize Ashlar Cellar Camber

Cement Paste Brace, Diagonal Boliden salt process Cellar

escutcheon cremone bolt

bullet catch

grab bar

spring door closer perforated tape

machine bolt

blanket insulation

test boring

Cobble senepa English Bond

Slump test

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER A type of wall in construction that laterally braced 1049 that bears against an earth or other fill surface and resists lateral and other forces. It has been proven in construction that _____________has durability and beauty. It has a 1050 great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load and light in weight which adaptable in a countless variety of purposes. In construction, it is a mixture of cement, sand and 1051 water, used for laying brick or masonry. It is too weak to be used by itself as a material for building. In history of masonry,____________were apparently first used around 3500 B.C. by the people who lived 1052 in the flat, low laying plain between Tigris and Eupharates rivers in what called now Iraq. A valve controlling the flow of water or gas from 1053 main to a service pipe. Also called corporation cock. A shieve like device for mixing air with the water 1054 flowing from the end of the spigot. Any of a class of thermoplastics characterized by extreme toughness, strength and elasticity and 1055 capable of being extruded into filaments, fibers, and sheets. 1056 These lower the freezing point of paint to avoid the posibility of the paint freezing in storage. These are chemicals which cause the latex particles in water-thinned paints to pack together 1057 to form a uniform film during the time that the water is evaporating away from the surface. These are silicon oils or fatty acid esters which help to keep the white hiding pigments and 1058 color particles from separating from each others. 1059 Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet" 1060 English term for " Sinturon" 1061 A roofing tile which has the shape of an ―S‖ laid on its side is a A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist 1062 bending is a 1063 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is It is a timber that most widely used for wharf and bridge construction, ships, posts, foundation 1064 sills, railroad tiles and other construction where strength and durability is required. A Portland cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the process 1065 of deposition, resulting in lightweight pre-cast or shop-made unit in both hallow and solid forms. It is consist of a topping with a mixture of 1 part cement, 1 part sand and 1 part finely crushed 1066 stone. ( Equipment for Measure and Control Instrument for measuring the thickness of paint films and 1067 that is calibrated with a nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to be measured. A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light 1068 only 1069 Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter.

retaining wall

Wood

mortar

bricks

Corporation stop Aerator

nylon

Stabilizers

Coalesting agents

Anti-flooding Agents Liso galvanisado Kanallado Collar plate French Tile Chord Wrough Iron

Bansalagin

Aerocrete

Granolithic finish

Magnetic Gauge

Figured wired glass Fascia board

An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be able to reach at some parts of this work. This opening is generally closed by an inspection cover.

Manhole

A construction carried out by juxtaposition of elementary solid materials such as bricks, quarry stones, ashlars, concrete blocks, etc., constituting a set of given shapes and sizes and mostly 1071 bonded between them by a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of not reinforced concrete.

Masonry

1070

245/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER These are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same 1072 Materials as brick, but all are formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process. A hard Board made from relatively small materials. The materials are graduated from coarse at the center of the 1073 board to fine at the surface to help produce a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces are sanded. Uses are floor underlay and selvings common as a base for wood veneers, plastic laminates. 1074 Filipino Term for "Ridge Roll" is that part of woodworking that involves joining together pieces of wood, to create furniture, structures, toys, and 1075 other items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use only wood elements. 1076 Filipino Term for "Terrace" Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is used1077 one is a kraft paper. The other, a mixture of ground wood pulps. Treated by the sulfate and the kraft methods. 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100

In general finishes, what do you call the finishing process applied to fabrics for the purpose of removing fuzz of protruding fibers? is the process of closing the weave and creating a heavy and compact appearance is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or fabric with low thread count? is a mechanical finish of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushing process to raise the fiber ends is a chemical treatment designed to make a fabric bacteria resistant also known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a little or no ironing after washing In fabric design, it is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by hand on the fabric until the color and design are transferred. is method of fabric painting in which the design is cut on a cardboard wood or metal then color is applied, penetrating only the cut portions is a machine counterpart of block printing, designs are engraved on rollers is another method of fabric design wherein the color is removed from the fabric using chemicals, thus, creating design It is a kind of shade that consist of two rows of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep scallops. – have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavy polyester fabric are factory manufactured and can be insulated, also called accordion shades – have a flat surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cord and the surface overlaps in horizontal folds What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane? is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing are the vertical bars separating the glass pane Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the outside. A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure. The following are examples of pre-fabricated acoustical units except ______. Which material would effectively reduce reflected noise and reverberation time to produce safe and enjoyable surrounding?

246/622

Structural tile

Particle board

Palupo

Joinery

Asotea

Vapor barrier

gassing beetling fulling slip-resistant finish napping – antiseptic finish drip-dry finish block printing stencil painting roller printing discharge printing Austrian shades honeycombed shades pleated fabric shades roman shades mullions frame muntins Rigid Board Insulation

Outside Door Latch

Panic Bar Hardwood panel Melamine foam linear wedges

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER This acoustical material is manufactured from rock wool, glass 1101 fibers, wood fibers, hair felt, etc. generally installed on wood or metal framing system. Acoustical cotton fiber composite board is manufactured using 1102 BAP. What does BAP stand for? A type of gypsum board available in 1 1/2 inches or 5/8 inch 1103 thickness and has improved fire resistance through the use of fibers mixed with gypsum core. Any of a variety of soft floor finishes made of synthetic materials such as nylon or natural material such as wool. It is either glued 1104 directly to the floor or installed over an underlayment of hair felt or foam rubber. What is it? Which of the following is a violation of all the provisionsWhich of the following is a violation of all the provisions in the mechanical code on elevator design and installation? a. 30mm is the diameter of hoisting and counterweight cables 1105 b. 600mm is the depth of elevator pit measured from the bottom of pit to the underside of the car platform c. 3 ropes are required for traction type elevator d. 4 ropes are required for drum type elevator Pyramid is a type of commercially produced acoustical tile. Which of the following is not a characteristic of this material? a. Made of open celled polyurethane acoustical foam 1106 b. Available in 2,3, & 4inch thickness c. Tetrahedral in shape d. Ideal for audio room application Which material would exhibit the highest sound absorption 1107 coefficient (SAC) value? These consist of loose fibers or granules and is made from cellulose, fiberglass, rock wool, cotton or other materials. These 1108 materials come in bags and are usually blown into cavities using special equipment. What are these? Copper as a conductor has the property/properties of being ____. 1109 a. Ductile b. Malleable What are the property(ies) of concrete as an acoustical material are/is important? a. Aerated concrete is fairly absorptive 1110 b. Concrete provides virtually no absorption c. Concrete accepts and transmits impact sound d. All of the above A roofing tile which has the shape of an ―S‖ laid on its side is a 1111

Acoustical tile

Bonded acoustical panel

Type x

Carpet

3 ropes are required for traction type elevator

Tetrahedral in shape

carpet

Loose fill insulations

A and b

All of the above

Pantile

That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure 1112 below grade is a

Foundation Wall

Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known 1113 as

Control Joints

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second 1114 floor joints is known as

Baloon Framing

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second 1115 floor joints is known as

Tyrolean Finish

A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist 1116 bending is a

Chord

1117

A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is

247/622

Casein

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 1118

a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property

The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock 1119 cylinder

1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127

A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is The Filipino term for horizontal stud is

1130

The Filipino term for riser

Wrought Iron

Takip silipan

The Filipino term for collar plate is

Sinturon

The Filipino term for temper (metal work)

Poleva

The Filipino term for plumb line is

Hulog

A beam that projects beyond one or both its support A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall

A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is

The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped1131 ceiling in offices is The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1‖) x 4‖(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that the available T & G is 1‖ x 4‖ x 16‖ and the effective width is 3.5‖ , 1132 the total board feet needed is In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can be 1133 wider than the ordinary by adopting a structural method of construction called Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs 1134 by conduction. This can be minimized by the use of

1135

Backset

Pabalagbag

Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 ¼ ― how many risers 1128 will there be between two floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?

1129

Alloy

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished with

Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB 1136 masonry wall by using

Cantilever Shear

15

gluing/ pasting

0.90 m.

24"x48"x1/2"

1098 bf

Post tensioning

Wood

lath & plaster

furrings

To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is 1137 necessary to provide

Flashing material

The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and 1138 bears directly on the column footing is a

Grade Beam

** 6‖ to 8‖ - distances of nails 1139 ** Every 4‖ - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing 1140

248/622

notes

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171

249/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202

250/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233

251/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264

252/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295

253/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326

254/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES OCT. 2010 BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349

255/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER 1

These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization (mountains; deserts; seas…)

2

Visible architecture is composed of:

3

A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three dimensions: length, width and depth.

4

Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are distinct, regular and easily recognizable One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two

5

forms be relatively close to each other or share a common visual trait.

7

Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the greater as the greater is to be the whole. One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the view of another

8

Is the primary identifying characteristic of a volume. It is determined by the shapes and interrelationships of the planes that describe the boundaries of volume

9

Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment.

10

It is a comparison showing differences, the opposite of similarity.

11

The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose of the building or reason of erection.

12

Most elementary means of organizing forms and spaces in architecture.

13

Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes in a wheel.

14

It means equality

15

It gives a feeling of grandeur, dignity and monumentality.

16

When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence.

17

A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or growing out of past experience.

18

It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of a various object or part of a competition.

6

19

Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.

20

It bears a certain relation to the same attribute to the life of an individual.

21

These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body.

22

The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of known or assumed size.

23

Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then regular repetition is presented.

24

The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of human body.

256/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER 25

The art and science of building design and construction.

26

Who said that ―The magnificent display of volume put together in the light‖

27

That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets.

28

With respect to an observer.

29

A series of form arranged in sequence in a row.

30

A set of modular forms related and regulated by 3D grid.

31

Subtracting a portion of a forms volume to create another.

32

This refer to the manner in which the surface of a form come together to define its shape and volume.

33

Who said ―The will of the epoch translated into space‘

34

A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner.

35

Architecture is generally conceived, designed and realized.

36

A number of secondary forms clustered about a dominant, centra-perceive form.

37

One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity.

38

A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common visual trait.

39

Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies.

40

is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other physical features at one level of a structure.

41

Describes the relationships between elements of a design.

42

Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their commodities in a limited space or modules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both to retail and wholesale.

43

What do you call the study that deals with human measurements?

44

deals with space planning in relationship with man‘s activities

45

human factor engineering

46

Early type of settlement in America taken after the ―baug‖ (military town) and ―fauborg‖ (citizen‘s town) of the medieval ages.

47

Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a ―super building‖ that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?

48

It is the first Development Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on town center.

49

A British pioneered in regional Planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of open space as structuring element.

257/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

50

He is remembered for his ―Ideal Cities‖ – star shaped plans with street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church, palace or castle

51

Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established lines of transportation.

52

53

Published the book called ―Fields, Factories and Workshops; or Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work‖. Often enclosed and secluded the street, whose high density and variety of planning conveys a garden image. It sometimes includes flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of seating possibilities.

54

A wide area of parks of undeveloped land surrounding a community.

55

The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more parcels.

56

Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic Survey uses south.

57

Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit.

58

A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats up the remaining adjacent rural open spaces.

59

A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general public interest but rather to serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented groups in society.

60

In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land resources to ensure that the present generation can benefit from its continued use without compromising future generations.

61

This code mandates that all Local Government Units shall prepare their comprehensive

62

land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances.

63

Reason for planning.

64

Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the needs of the future generations.

65

First Planner and developed the Gridiron.

66

A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being.

67

The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement and later to the birth of cities.

68

The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted from the population growth of the city and the congestion that existed in streets.

69

In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits of the city and the congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.

258/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER 70

A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision.

71

The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces.

72

He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'.

73

A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for residential development.

74

A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale organization and design of the city, with the massing and organization and the space between them, but not with the design of the individual buildings.

75

The science of human settlement.

76

By definition, settlement inhabited by man.

77

Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste disposal facilities.

78

The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element.

79

A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by Ernest W. Burgess. The city is conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the central business district and fanning out from which are the residential and commuter zones.

80

The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces.

81

A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating.

82

This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc coated wire hexagonal mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.

83

A very steep slope of rock or clay.

84

A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low grassy land near a river or stream.

85

A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains.

86

A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water.

87

On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection.

88

Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single ownership, and which is legally recorded as a single piece.

89

A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall.

259/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER 90

Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___.

91

In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a given amount of space.

92

The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in the Philippines.

93

Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and characterized by substantial subsidies and direct assistance.

94

A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can investigate the property and make a decision.

95

Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the potential buyer has serious intentions.

96

A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges against the capital account.

97

Written document to transfer the property to one person to another.

98

They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses.

99

Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the industry.

100 Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply. 101

Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at the site.

102 Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings. 103

Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to separate different types of living units.

104 Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site. 105 System building is the complete integration of all ___. 106 The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city. 107

An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and services.

108 Two major hindrances to the prefabrication industry. 109 Three general types of structures. 110 A piece of land with an economic use for farming. 111 Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature.

260/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER 112 Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect. 113 Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow. 114 Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun. 115 Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___. 116 A lattice structure that serves as a summer house. 117 In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___. 118 The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape. 119 The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat. 120 Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___. 121

Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied in the ___.

122 Also called the blood-stream of a city. 123 A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community. 124 The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___. 125 An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas. 126 A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the ground. 127 A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier 128 The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals. 129 The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water. 130 A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land. 131 A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line.

132

The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of deficiencies which might exist and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development goals.

133 A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area.

261/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER 134 In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course. 135 An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown. 136

A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.

137 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. 138

Early type of settlement in America taken after the ―baug‖ (military town) and ―fauborg‖ (citizen‘s town) of the medieval ages. (CDEP IX-15)

139

Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental planning? (CDEP IX-45) Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a ―super building‖ that contained 337 dwellings

140 in only ten acres of land. What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? (CDEP IX18)

141 Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area?

142

It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one item at a time, beginning with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)

143

It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also measured in cm or inches per hour). (CDEP IX-2)

144

It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and have moderately difficult terrain. (CDEP IX-3)

145 What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4) The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of nuclei in the patterning of urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two 146 theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, which among the zones is the medium class residential? (PTIT 132)

147

It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external. They are usually a rather simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT 133)

148

In the book called ―The Neighborhood Unit‖ he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive neighborhoods which was applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)

149

A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109)

150

t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on town center. (CDEP IX-16)

151

first conceptualized the ―Garden Cities‖; and author of ―Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social Reform‖. (CDEP IX-16)

152 Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 7. (PTIT 132) 153 Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132)

262/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER 154

These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the intensive foci to and from which he is traveling. (PTIT 133) Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a

155 garden image. It sometimes included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)

156

When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP IX31)

157

He is remembered for his ―Ideal Cities‖ – star shaped plans with street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)

158

An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peter‘s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of avenues connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)

159

The author of ―The Death and Life of Great American Cities‖ – one of the most influential book in the history of planning. (PTIT 116)

160

Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the cities and municipalities of Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)

161

Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)

162

Published the book called ―Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work. (PTIT 128)

163

Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of other disciplines, all of those are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)

129 95 61 27 -7 -41 -75 -109 -143 -177

263/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER -211 -245 -279 -313 -347 -381 -415 -449 -483 -517 -551 -585 -619 -653 -687 -721 -755 -789 -823 -857 -891 -925

264/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Geography Volume & Depth Volume

Platonic Solids

Face to face contact

Golden section Juxtaposition Form Color Contrast personal character Balance Centralized Balance Scale Rhythm Assoc. Character

proportion balance personal char. anthropomorphic proportion visual scale unaccented rhythm human scale

265/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES architecture Le Corbusier form visual inertia linear form grid form subtracting transformation articulation of form Adolf Hitler Radial Form design process . clustered dimensional trans. grid form color Floor Plan Balance

Tiangge

anthropometrics ergonometrics ergonomics Medieval Organic City

Unite d’ Habitation

Letchworth

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

266/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Leon Battista Alberti

Homer Hoyt

Peter Kropotkin

Garden Oasis

Greenbelt

Platting

Azimuths

Final Plat

Urban Sprawl

Advocacy Planning

Sustainable Land Use Planning Local Government Code, 1991 R.A. 7160

Promote Human Growth

Sustainable Development

Hippodamus of miletus

City

Agricultural Surplus

Insula

Truebounded City

267/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Traffic.

City Planning

Daniel Burnham

Subdivision Regulations

Urban Design

Ekistics

Human Settlement

Capital Facilities Planning

Physical Settlement

Concentric Zone Concept

Buildable Area

Dwelling Unit

Gabion Wall

Cliff

Meadow

Ridge

Ravine

Restriction

Parcel

Common Wall

268/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Brasilia

Density

National Shelter Program

Social Housing

"Option to Buy"

Earnest Money

Amortization

Deed

Developers

Appraiser

Real Estate Broker

Total System

Housing Codes

Zoning Prefabrication Manufacturer Subsystems

Urban Renewal

Urban Area Code of Multiplicities and Tradition Primitive / Vernacular / Grand Productive Use

Health and General Use

269/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Social Implications

6.00 mts.

Bedrooms

Growth and Change

Gazebo

Grass and Plants

Site Planning

Ecology

Accurate Aerial Mosaic

Comprehensive Plan

Transportation System

Urban Blight

Star

Freeways

Landmark

Lane

Land-use Plan

Land

Land Boundary

Land Survey

Land-use Analysis

Land-use Survey

270/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Latitude

Lawn

Lease

Leasehold

Medieval Organic City d. National Development Planning Unite d’ Habitation

Pateros

Specialists

Permeability

10-15 %

2%

4

Landmarks

Clarence Perry

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

Letchworth

Ebenezer Howard Outlying Business Districts Heavy Manufacturing

271/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Nodes

Garden Oasis

1916

Leon Battista Alberti

Sir Christopher Wren

b. Jane Jacobs

ZIP

Homer Hoyt

Peter Kropotkin

c. ekistics

272/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

273/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 1

Minimum exit door width.

2

Minimum floor to ceiling height.

3

Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair.

4

Maximum height between landings for class A stair.

5

Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs.

6

Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms.

7

Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants

8

Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system.

9

Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system.

10

Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building.

11

Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles.

12

Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side.

13

Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly.

14

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60.

15

Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling.

16

Minimum clear width of turnstiles.

17

Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs.

18

Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs.

19

Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread.

20

Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall.

21

Minimum height of a guard rail.

22

Maximum height of a guard rail.

23

Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair.

24

Minimum width of any balcony or bridge.

25

Minimum width of a class A ramp.

26

Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads.

27

Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator.

28

Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

29

Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

30

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

31

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building.

274/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 32

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs.

33

Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

34

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

35

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

36

Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants.

37

Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly.

38

Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure.

39

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for institutional use.

40

Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler.

41

Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.

42

Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter.

43 44 45

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building. Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building. Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.

46

Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building.

47

Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes.

48

Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions.

49

Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure.

50

Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building.

51

Occupant load per person for laboratories.

52

Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy.

53 54

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy. Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy

55

Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy.

56

Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

57

Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height.

58

Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc.

59

An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air distribution system.

60

A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

61

Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

62

A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

275/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 63 64 65

A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance. A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.

66

Temperature rating at flash point.

67

A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses.

68

The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor.

69

Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall.

70

A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

71 72

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air. A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.

73

Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles.

74

Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers.

75

Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products.

76

For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence.

77

Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.

78

Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit.

79

Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.

80

Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail.

81

Minimum door width of a single door in a door way.

82

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

83

Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware.

84

Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation.

85

Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation.

86

Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition.

87

Minimum width of a door for family day care homes.

88

Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50.

89

Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in dimension.

90

Maximum height of a handrail.

91

A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above.

92

The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.

276/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 93

Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.

94

Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be.

95

Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall.

96

Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall.

97

Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall.

98

Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall.

99

Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall.

100

Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies.

101

Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores.

102

Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store.

103

Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall.

104

Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection.

105

Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies.

106

Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs.

107

Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs.

108

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons.

109

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below.

110

Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair.

111

Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs.

112

Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs.

113

Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs.

114

Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp.

115

Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp.

116

Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage.

117

Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp.

118

Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp.

119

Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height.

120

Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs.

121

Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.

122

Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings.

123

Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs.

277/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 124

Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities.

125

Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar materials.

126

Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.

127

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

128

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

129

A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way.

130

Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires.

131

Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall?

132

Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall?

133

Maximum width of a single door in a doorway.

134

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

135

Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

136

Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

137

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?

138

In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back.

139

Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind.

140

Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures.

141

Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building.

142

Occupant load per person for classrooms.

143

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the

144

outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)

145

Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies.

146

Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies.

147

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes.

148

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care.

149 150

Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many square meters? Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.

278/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

151

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment, or by any other name.

152

Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system.

153

Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system.

154

Fuel + Oxidizer used to set off explosives

155

Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose)

156

Any plastic substance with cellulose nitate

157

Materials easily set on fire

158

Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.)

159

Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F)

160

Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals

161

Vertical panel of non-combustible/fire-resistive materials attached and extending below the bottom chord of roof trusses; divide the underside of the roof to several compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.

162

Any material w/c produces rapid drop of temperature to its immediate surroundings.

163

Device installed inside an airduct w/c automatically closes to restrict smoke or fire.

164

Raising temperature, cooling & condensing to produce a nearly purified substance

165

Continuous passageway for transmission of air

166

Finely powdered substance when mixed w/ air and ignited will cause explosion.

167

Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a space between 2 conductors due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor

168

Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames

169

Active principle of burning

170

Building unsafe in case of fire

171

Visual/audible signal, device or system; warn the occupants or fire fighting elements of presence/danger of fire

172

Fire resistive door

173

condition/act which increase probability of fire; delay/hinder/interfere fire fighting, safeguarding of life & property.

174

Portion of road/publicway kept opened/unobstructed for fire fighting units.

175

Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke detectors, warning system) - Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves)

279/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 176

Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of building components with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and safe evacuation of people.

177

Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition

178

Metal is heated prior to changing shape/dimension

179

Stable explosive compund; explodes by percussion

180

manufacturing, fabrication, conversion w/c uses/produces materials that cause fires or explosions.

181

Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in approximately same floor level.

182

Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored.

183

Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected

184

Rocket or liquid propellant

185

Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain salts to form uniform glazing on the surface of treated materials

186 187

Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system Intended use/purpose of a building

188

Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease contract/permission with the owner/administrator

189

Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible material under condition of high temperature.

190 191 192

Use of electrical appliances/devices beyond the designed capacity of existing electrical system. Person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building/property Yields oxygen; stimulates/supports combustion

193

Type of burner where pressurized fuel is discharged to combustion chamber which includes fans for introduction of air.

194

building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble

195

street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use

196

Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

197

partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture

198 199

Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire. Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals. Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically discharges water when activated by heat.

200 201

Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where water is made available to outlets as needed.

202

Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building

203

Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building

204

Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent actuated by automatic detecting device to suppress fire.

205 206 207

Temperature at which liquid is transformed to vapor Combustible materials (wood, cloth, paper, rubber & plastics) Flammable liquids and gases

280/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 208 209 210

Electrical Combustible metals (magnesium, sodium, potassium, etc.) Pipeline system filled with water and connected to a constant water supply for the use of Fire Service and occupants of the building solely for suppression purposes.

211

Isolated structure where loose fibers are stored.

212

Tank, vat, container of flammable/combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating, or similr processes.

213

pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections

214

Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and ammunition

215

Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general alarm to prevent panic

216

An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire (dampers, curtain board, fire stoppers)

217

Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test

218

A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4 hours and structurally stable.

219

Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material.

220

Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials

221

Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth that fires are likely to occur and hard to suppress.

222

Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.

223

Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to a public way.

224 225 226 227

Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or portions thereof. Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic…) w/c when spread on surface becomes protective and decorative finish. Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which when pushed from the inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a building, structure or facility. Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or groups.

228

Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air distribution system.

229

density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time.

230

PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS

231

PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more

232

TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants) – MAX. ______ from any point of the room to

exit door.

281/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

233

234

235

236

237

238 239 240

241

242

243

244

Lot Occupancy Corner Lot – 90% Inside Lot – 80% *at least 2m from property line Sanitation At least one (1) sanitary toilet & adequate washing & drainage Foundation Footings – 250mm thick & 600mm below ground Floor Live Load 1st Floor – 200 kilograms per sq.m 2nd Floor – 150 kilograms per sq.m *minimum Roof Wind Load – 120 min. kilograms per sq.m for vertical projections Stairs Clear width – 750mm Rise – 200mm Run – 200mm Entrance & Exit At least 1 entrance & 1 exit min. horizontal dimension – not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard, or by a passageway – 1.20m min. a. Natural Ventilation – min of 2.70m Artificial Ventilation (min.) 1st storey 2.70m 2nd storey 2.40m 3rd storey 2.10m b. Mezzanine – min. of 1.80m 1. Rooms for Human Habitations – 6 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 2m (2x3m) 2. Kitchens – 3 sq.m w/ a least dimension of 1.5 (1.5x2m) 3. Bath & Toilet – 1.20 sq.m w/ at least of 0.90m (0.90x1.3m) 1. School Rooms – 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person 2. Workshops, Factories, Offices – 12.00 cu.m of air space per person; 3. Habitable rooms – 14.00 cu.m of air space per person. – eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side & rear property lines / – sum of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas of walls at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system) a. Ventilation or vent shafts – horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter height of shaft b. Air Ducts – 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm 1. Office, Administrative purposes – not < 3 changes of air per hour 2. Bakeries, Hotel, Restaurants, Kitchens – not < 10 changes of air per hour 3. Auditoriums, Assembly purposes – not < 0.30 cu.m of air per minute 4. Wards, Dormitories of Institutional Bldgs. – not < 0.45 cu.m of air per minute, supplied each person a. Footings – at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not > 300mm beyond Property line. b. Foundations – not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public sidewalk areas Min. of 3.00m above the established sidewalk grade a. Definition – a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalk b. Projection & Clearance – outermost edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be not < 300mm, vertical clearance bet pavement or GL & undersurface of marquee shall not < 3.00m c. Construction – incombustible materials not < 2 hrs fire-resistive

282/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

245

246

247

248

249

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER a. Definition – a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be retracted, folded, collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg. b. Clearance Awning to curb line – not < 300mm Vertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) – not < 2.40m – not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project beyond PL except fire exit doors a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner ―Chaflan‖ b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m a. Temporary walkway – 1.20m wide (during construction b. Capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kg per sq.m a. Railings – street side of the sidewalk – at least 1m in height b. Fences – not < 2.40m above grade c. Canopies – 2.40m above the railway, live load 600 kg per sq.m.

250

a. Removal – protective fence or canopy shall be removed _______ after protection no longer required.

251

1. Excavation made on public property - restored immediately to its former conditions w/in ______

252

253

Escalator – draft curtain – at least 200mm on all sides Automatic Sprinklers – provided around perimeter of the opening w/in 600mm of draft curtain. Distance bet sprinklers - max of 1.80 center to center 1. Access – not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm 2. Area Separation – enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided into horizontal area max of 250 sq.m. area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fireextinguishing system.

283/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

254

255

256

1. Number of Exits Above 1st storey – 10 occupant – 2 exits Mezzanine – 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension – 2 exits 500-999 – 3 exits 2. Exits – if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the perimeter area. 3. Distance of Exits – w/o sprinkler – 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m 4. Doors a. Swing – exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more occupant load b. Double acting doors – view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm. c. Width and Height – not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening – 90 degrees and exit way clear width not < 700mm 5. Door Leaf Width – max of 1.20 6. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies a. Width – not < 1.10m b. Dead Ends – max 6.00m in length 7. Stairways a. Width – serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant load of 50 or less may be 90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant load of < 10 may be .75m (750mm) b. Rise and Run. Rise – max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm) c. Winding Stairways – narrower side of the thread 150mm – 300mm d. Circular Stairways – used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mm e. Landings – straight run – max of 1.20m, vertical f. Distance bet landings – max of 3.60m vertical distance landings. g. Handrails – not < 800mm nor more than 900mm. h. Stairway to Roof – if 4 or more storeys in height i. Headroom – clearance 2.00m 8. Ramps – width – 1.10m min 9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passageways a. Slope – exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8 a. Shall be constructed w/ metal frames Except Group A and J. Glass is set an angle of < 45 degrees, if located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the roof. b. Space bet supports - flat wire glass – not exceed 625mm - corrugated wire glass - 1.5m - glass no wired – 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mm c. Ordinary Glass – if ridge doesn‘t exceed 6.00m above the grade d. Glass for Transmission of Light – not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area have wire mesh 1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc. w/c has an occupant load of more than 20. 2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10 or assembly halls w/ occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are more than 30.00m from safe dispersal area. 3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles

284/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

257

258

259

260

261

1. Construction and Test – shall be wrought iron of GS w/ fittings, connections to withstand 20 kg per sq.cm of water pressure 2. Size – 900 liters water per minute 3. Number Required – every bldg 4 or more storeys where any floor above 3rd floor is 950m or less, equipped w/ 1 dry standpipe. 4. Siamese Connections: 2 way 100mm dry standpipe 3 way 125mm 4 way 150mm Siamese inlet (located on street front) Not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above grade 5. Outlets – standpipe 63mm outlet not more than 1.20m above each floor level, with 2 way standpipes 63mm outlet above the roof (all with gate valves)

1. Size – Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per sq.cm water pressure 2. Outlets – 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above the floor. 3. Water Supply – street main not < 100mm in diameter 4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks – 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes 5. Fire pumps – capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm connected to street main w/ not < 100mm diameter

1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area 2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m 3. Window Grilles 4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth. 5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m

1. Structural member, such as replacement of roofing sheets, etc. 2. Non load-bearing partition walls. 3. Interior portion of a house 4. Replacement of windows 5. Replacement of flooring 6. Perimeter fence & walls 7. Replacement of sanitary & plumbing fixtures 8. Replacement of faulty & deteriorated wiring devices, fixtures, safety devices

any letter, word, numeral, illustration use to announce or advertise Specific Provisions: 1. Business Signs – max width 1.20m & length not exceeding the frontage of the bldg. 2. Ground Signs – shall not exceed 6.00m in height from the street crown, self supporting outdoor signs 10.00m away from PL 3. Projecting Signs - Sign Boards 1m to electric & telephone wires 4. Wall Signs – not extend more than 300mm & not < 3m above the sidewalk. W/ combustible materials shall not exceed 4.00sq.m. area 5. Temporary Signs a. Steamers – lowest pt. of bottom edge have min clearance 4.30m above the pavement 6. Administrative Provisions a. Exemptions – sign not exceeding 0.20sq.m. of display surface.

285/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

262

263

264

265

266

267

268

269

270

1. Width 1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk 1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line & the outermost face of bldg not < 500mm 1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width separating bet arcaded portion and open portion of sidewalk 2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits 2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or steps 2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not exceeding 100mm

1.1. Primary Lines – min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement, 7.5m from the top of the shoulder/sidewalk 1.2. Secondary Lines – min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road pavement a. Fire Hydrants – not < 5m b. Curbs – not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway a. Clearances Over Roof – Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of roofs 4.1 New Building – load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault 4.2 Location – ventilated to outside air 4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less than 200mm, 300mm load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface constructed of HCB shall have a coating of cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm. Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.

5.1 Ventilation Openings 5.1.1. Size – not < .006sq.mm per KVA of transformer capacity in service, except the net are shall not be < 0.1sqm for any capacity under 50KVA 5.1.2. Drainage – vaults w/ more than 100KVA transformer capacity shall be provided w/ drain 6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors – KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor rating 1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom of pit. 1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype elevators. 1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm 1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay. 1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger elevator shall be kept on 24 hour constant service.

2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal 2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than 330mm. 2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.

286/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

271

272

273

274

275

276

277

3.1 Location 3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located outside w/ distance not < 3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the boiler 3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall 3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at least 5m above the eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m. 3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding water, 1 steam driven and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector. 3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler 3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits. 3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of water heating surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety valves are required.

4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60 MPM temperature at an air movement. 4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm. 4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be provided for every .04536kg of ammonia in the system. 4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the floor. 4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground

5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be used: 5.1.1 Overhead tank supply – may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an overflow pipe leading to a storm drain and be fully covered. 5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank – unfired pressure vessel 6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes – may be screwed 6.2 Color coding of Piping: Steam Division High Pressure – White Exhaust System – Buff Water Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue Salt water piping – Green Oil Division Delivery – Brass or Bronze Discharge – Yellow Pneumatic Division All piping Gray Gas Division All piping – Black Fuel Oil Division All piping – Black Refrigerating Division Pipes – Black Fittings - Black erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line. 4.1 Protective canopy - 2.40m above the walkway 4.2 Railings – not < 1m high and solid toe boards not < 300mm placed along the street and ends of the canopy. Canopy safely sustaining a load of 800kg per sq.m. 4.3 Underside of canopy properly lighted not < one (1) 100 watt bulb every 6m of its length G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas

287/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

278

6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the use of pedestrians). Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway shall be allowed 6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk. 6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m. 6.4 Railings – not < 1m in height

279

7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its length

280

8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles exceed 1.2m height, material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back.

281

282

9.1 All buildings – 1 standpipes outlet @ each floor. 9.2 In every construction – at least 1 approved handpump, tank or portable chemical or dry fire extinguisher. 9.3 No material/construction equipment shall be placed w/in 3m of such hydrant/connection bet it and the center of the street. 10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be provided w/ a physician/nurse.

283

11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors – average light intensity not < 2 foot candles. 11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used – 5 foot candles.

284

shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height

285

286

287

288

13.1 Stairways shall be erected as the bldg. exceeds 18.00m in height 13.2 No single ladder shall exceed 6.00m in length. Ladder landings at least 1.20m w/ handrails & toe boards. Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 30mm. 13.3 Ladders leading to floors, stagings/platforms shall be at least 900mm above level of such floors 13.4 Ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously at least 1m wide. 13.5 Ladders shall not be painted, inspected at least once every 30 days. 13.6 Stairs and Stairways shall be support a load at least 490kq./sq.m 13.7 Temporary stairs – (the sum of the 2 risers and width of 1 tread shall not < 160mm nor more than 660mm) 2R+T=160mm-660mm. Not < 915mm wide. Landings not < 762mm long 14.1 At least (3) three 250mm planks 14.2 Slope not steeper than 1:3 14.3 When riser is steeper than 1:6, or more than 1.8m and steeper than 1:8, runways/ramps shall be provided w/ cleats spaced not more than 200mm apart 14.4 Total rise of more than 1.80m passing over/near floor openings 15.1 Support at least 4 times the max load. 15.2 Planks used in construction shall be not < 50mm nominal thickness, overlap at the end shall not < 150mm 15.3 Ropes, cables and blocks used in support shall be sufficient size & strength to sustain @ least 6 times the max load 15.4 Platform level of w/c is more than 1.80m above the ground 15.5 Substantial overhead protection not more than 3m above the scaffold platform

16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used for loading & unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the edges of openings, guard rails not < 910mm high placed not < 600mm. 16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high

288/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

289

290

291

292

293

294

295

17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate rail shall be provided bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs. per meter 17.2 Toe Boards – shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of Wood shall not < 25mm nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart, Metal shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart. 18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition operations w/ are more than 6m above pt. of material to be removed 18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matl‘s 18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides 18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the upper side 18.5 Openings into matl‘s/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be protect by a substantial guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor Private Open Space Requirements % OF OPEN SPACE TYPE OF LOT A & B (Residential) All Other a. Interior Lot (accessible from a public street/alley by means of a private access road) 50% 25% b. Inside Lot (non-corner/single frontage lot) 20% 15% c. Corner and/or Through Lot 10% 5% d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public open space (streets, alleys, easement of seashores, etc) 5% 5% unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and unobstructed from the ground upward. a. Inner court – bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines. b. Open court – bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open space c. Through court – bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite sides bounded by other open space. • Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may reduced to not < 1.50m in cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2 storeys in height w/ adjacent courts w/ area not < 3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like triangular shall be < 3.00m • Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the rate of 300mm Yards for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional & Recreational Buildings ROAD RIGHT OF WAY FRONT SIDE REAR 30M & above 10m 3m 25-29m 8m 3m 20-24m 6m 10-19m 4m 2m Below 10m 2m 2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use & 50% of each of the non-dominant 2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises

Average automobile parking size

289/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 296

297

298

299

Truck or bus 1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots not more than 100sq.m Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units 1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit 1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms 1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms 1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit 1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area 1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area 1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer area 1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area 1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area 1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds 1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area 1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator area 1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area 1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms 1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds 1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area 1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and storage bins 1 car slot/1,000 sq.m of gloss floor area 1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant 1. A Filipino citizen and Good Moral Character 2. Duly registered Architect or Civil Engineer 3. Member of Accredited organization of not less than 2 years 4. At least 5 years diversified experience in building design and construction 1. Public Buildings 2. Traditional Indigenous Family Dwellings – native materials Cost doesn‘t exceed P15,000

300

Null & Void – not commenced in a period of 1 year Abandoned work for 120 days

301

P.D.. 1096

302

Maximum height of a combustible stand.

303

Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back.

304

Maximum line of travel to an exit of an aisle.

305

Maximum slope of an aisle.

306

In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back.

290/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 307

Minimum width of any seat.

308

Minimum area of a double acting door view panel.

309

Minimum clear width of an exit doorway.

310

Maximum width of an exit door leaf.

311

Minimum width of an exit corridor.

312

Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more than 10

313

Number of exit for occupant load of 599-999.

314

Minimum downward projection of a draft curtain

315

Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials.

316

Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler.

317

Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials.

318

Standard gauge for metal hoods in barbeques.

319

Minimum height of a Siamese connection above grade.

320

Standard maximum distance of a standpipe from an opening in a stairway.

321

Minimum wall thickness of a fireplace.

322

Minimum number of exit for a projection room.

323

Minimum extended portion of a chimney above the roof.

324

Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof.

325

Minimum thickness of glass used for floors.

326

Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next.

327

Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300.

328

Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand.

291/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 329

Minimum width of a run in a stand stair.

330

Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back.

331

Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back.

332

Minimum width of an exit door in an aisle.

333

Minimum intensity of lights for exits.

334

Minimum width of side aisles.

335

Minimum increase in width of aisles for every linear meter.

336

Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side.

337

Open space requirement for an interior lot.

338

Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot.

339

Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.

340

Minimum stair width for a residence.

341

Standard minimum area of a toilet.

342

Minimum dimension of a kitchen.

343

Minimum area for vent shafts.

344

Air space requirement for a school room per person.

345

Air space requirement for a habitable room per person.

346

Minimum area of opening of an air duct.

347

Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and at least 2.40 mts. In depth.

348

Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk.

349

Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50.

350

Minimum width of a temporary walkway.

292/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 351

Minimum clearance of an arcade above sidewalk.

352

Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width.

353

Minimum horizontal dimension of a court.

354

Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court.

355

Standard air space requirement per person for factories.

356

Minimum headroom clearance for a mezzanine.

357

Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums.

358

Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation.

359

Minimum dimension for a vent shaft.

360

Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee.

361

Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground.

362

Minimum height of a construction fence.

363

Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy.

364

Minimum height of a protective railing in a construction.

365

Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection.

366

Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread.

367

Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms.

368

Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread.

369

Maximum dimension of a stair landing.

370

Maximum slope of an exit court.

371

Minimum width of run for circular stair.

372

Minimum headroom clearance for any stair.

293/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 373

Maximum slope for an exit passageway.

374

Maximum height of a Siamese connection above the ground.

375

Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose.

376

Minimum number of exit for any stage.

377

Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof.

378

Minimum width of a stair in a stage egress.

379

Minimum thickness of glass for jalousies.

380

Maximum length of glass for jalousies.

381

Minimum width of exit in a stage.

382

Minimum lateral spacing for plastic skylights.

383

A store window in which goods are displayed.

384

Maximum width of a business sign.

385

Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires.

386

Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot.

387

Minimum size of thread for an entrance or exit step.

388

Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp.

389

Minimum number of steps for an entrance or exit stair.

390

Standard turn circle of a wheelchair.

391

Office building parking ratio.

392

Standard size of a perpendicular parking slot.

393

Hotel building parking ratio.

394

Hospital building parking ratio.

294/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 395

Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served.

396

Colleges and university parking ratio.

397

Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.

398

Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for auditoriums.

399

Minimum width of a dropped curb.

400

Minimum Dimensions of an accessible elevator.

401

Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building.

402

Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable.

403

Minimum door width for an accessible elevator.

404

Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall.

405

Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably.

406

Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled.

407

Minimum run of a stair for Group A dwellings (residential)

408

Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation.

409

Minimum area of rooms for human habitation.

410

Least dimension of rooms for human habitation.

411

Least dimension of an air duct.

412

Maximum encroachment into a public sidewalk of a foundation at least 600 mm below the grade line.

413

Minimum width of an exit door.

414

Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors

415

Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants.

416

Minimum width of stairs serving less than 10 occupants.

295/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 417

Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails.

418

Minimum run of a winding stair.

419

Maximum run of a winding stair.

420

Allowable tolerance in the rise and run of every step.

421

Width of stair requiring an intermediate handrail.

422

Minimum width of an aisle serving both sides.

423

Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle.

424

Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it.

425

Maximum width of seat in a stand.

426

Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof.

427

Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof.

428

Minimum thickness of masonry chimney for residentials.

429

Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials.

430

Minimum firebox wall thickness.

431

Minimum thickness of smoke chamber back walls.

432

minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls.

433

Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes.

434

Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide.

435

Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection.

436

Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection.

437

Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection.

438

Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide.

296/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 439

Minimum diameter of a wet standpipe.

440

Standard diameter of a dry standpipe opening.

441

Standard length of a fire hose.

442

Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building.

443

Standard diameter of a wet standpipe valve.

444

Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade.

445

Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk.

446

Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk.

447

Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire.

448

Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width.

449

Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade.

450

Maximum vertical clearance of an arcade above grade.

451

Slope of ramp of road-way to sidewalk.

452

Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above.

453

Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when crossing the highway.

454

Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along the side of the highway.

455

Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street.

456

Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof.

457

Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.

458

Maximum area of a dumbwaiter.

459

Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which they might be reached.

460

Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its point of attachment to than building or pedestal.

297/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 461

Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street.

462

Maximum capacity of a dumbwaiter.

463

Minimum width of an access road to a cul-de-sac.

464

Unit area per occupant for dwellings.

465

Unit area per occupant for Hotels.

466

Unit area per occupant for offices and garages.

467

Unit area per occupant for class rooms.

468

Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors.

469

Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children.

470

Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor.

471

Unit area for hospitals and sanitaria.

472

Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs.

473

Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room.

474

Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like.

475

Parking requirement for Hotels.

476

Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters, and the like.

477

Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area.

478

Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area.

479

Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area.

480

Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.

481

Parking requirement for motels.

482

Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.

298/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 483

Parking requirement for colleges and universities.

484

Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools.

485

In BP344, the required width of a corridor.

486

Maximum slope of a drop curb towards the street.

487

Maximum slope of a drop curb towards adjoining curb.

488

Maximum spacing for wheelchair turnabouts.

489

Maximum slope of a ramp.

490

Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served.

491

Preferred width of corridor for the disabled.

492

Maximum height of a water closet from the floor.

493

Preferred height of switches from the floor.

494

Minimum height of a switch from the floor.

495

Maximum height of a switch from the floor.

496

Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled.

497

In BP344, the minimum height of a handrail.

498

Maximum length of a ramp for wheelchair.

499

Minimum length of a ramp landing for wheelchairs.

500

One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.

501

That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the ground or soil.

502

A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

503

A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one family for living, sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.

504

A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation.

299/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 505

A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised 1.20 mts or more above the level of the main floor.

506

The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney.

507

A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.

508

A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls over opening.

509

Same as heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of helicopters is permitted.

510

The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional type of construction.

511

Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction intended for the storage of valuables.

512

A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.

513

The unit area per occupant for hotels.

514

The unit area per occupant for dining establishments.

515

The unit area per occupant for theaters.

516

A building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time after commencement for a period of.

517

Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall have a minimum width of

518

Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person?

519

Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of.

520

Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than how many millimeters in width?

521

Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the horizontal clearance between the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the arcade shall not be less than.

522

Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

523

Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

524

Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

525

Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

526

Reformatories shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

300/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 527

Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end.

528

In B.P. 344, the maximum slope a ramp is.

529

Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the

530

top and bottom of any ramp.

531

Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall?

532

Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?

533

Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?

534

Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall?

535

Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall?

536

Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels.

537

Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served.

538

Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200 meters of structure.

539

Parking requirement for amusement centers.

540

Parking requirement for markets.

541

Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.

542

Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit area.

543

Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area.

544

Parking requirement for places of worhip.

545

Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6 mts.

546

Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width.

547

Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts.

548

Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts.

301/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 549

Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall?

550

Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?

551

Under what classification of occupancy does factories and workshops using incombustible and non-explosive materials.

552

Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?

553

Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?

554

Standard length of a Wheelchair.

555

Standard width of a wheelchair.

556

How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a wheelchair.

557

How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for wheelchair users.

558

Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are the basic planning requirements of BP344.

559

Number of wheelchair seating for an assembly seating capacity of 51-300.

560

R.A. 7277

561

A long interior passageway providing access to several rooms.

562

A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc.

563

The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of standards and requirements which is the

564

Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in

565

Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than

566

Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than

567

Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is

568

Under the NBC, open spaces inside lots is

569

Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is

570

Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line to the face of the building is

302/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 571

Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement in the form of

572

Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than

573

Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of

574

Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what occupancy classification?

575

Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the sidewalk

576

Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?

577

Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current worldwide practice follow the

578

Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is

579

Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least

580

Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how many?

581

Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds?

582

Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass with a minimum width of

583

Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an inside non-corner single frontage lot?

584

Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification

585

Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

586

Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified under occupancy classification?

587

Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor area of room?

588

Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how many meters in length?

589

Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart of not less than what fraction of?

590

Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air space per person of

591

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is

303/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 592

Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than?

593

Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot for every how many units?

594

Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have

595

Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of

596

Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification

597

Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

598

Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

599

Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

600

Under the NBC, printing plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

601

Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of

602

Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person?

603

Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width of 25-29 m shall be

604

Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time after commencement or a period of

605

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is

606

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is

607

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is

608

Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

609

Under the NBC, monasteries shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

610

Under the NBC, air craft repair hangers shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

611

Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses?

612

Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at

613

Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of

304/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 614

615

Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening equal to at least how many percent of the floor area of the room?

616

Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of

617

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is

618

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is

619

Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy a building or a portion thereof at any one time is

620

Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________

621

Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum _________

622

Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________

623

Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________

624

Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________

625

An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________

626

Parking slot ratio of Bowling Alley

627

Parking ratio of Private Hospital

628

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot?

629

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot?

630

Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and below it.

631

What is the minimum Kitchen size?

632

What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)?

633

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot?

634

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot?

305/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 635

Least dimension for Toilet and Bath?

636

Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less than __________ measured from the floor to ceiling.

637

What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator?

638

Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance and should be easy to locate with the aid of signs.

639

Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________.

640

Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person.

641

How many risers shall be constituted as a stairway?

642

A bar which extends across at least ½ the width of each door leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure.

643

Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy.

644

Contractor‘s License law

645

Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well as the enforcement of orders?

646

A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.

647

The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe for habitation / use or within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.

648

The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the establishment grade and the first of a typical floor of the building / structure‘s tower component.

649

The stone or marker at the head of a grave.

650

How many storey is considered as High-Rise Building?

651

How many storey is consider as Low-Rise building?

652

A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not exceed 50% of the area of the yard.

653

What pipe color is for Hot Water?

654

What pipe color is for Cold Water?

655

The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the horizontal.

306/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 656

The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than __________ meters per minute.

657

Comfortable cooling shall be maintained at __________

658

Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully compressed buffers, a clearance of not less than __________ remains between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.

659

How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it?

660

. What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over 14.00 meters

661

Water Code of the Philippines

662

What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement?

663

Escalators width shall not be less than __________

664

What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the RROW?

665

Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than _________ in width.

666

What is the minimum radius for Cul-de-sac?

667

Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________

668

What is the minimum clear opening of a window to be able to consider as a mean of egress?

669

Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height clearance of __________ above the roof.

670

What is the minimum setback for residential-1?

671

What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and above?

672

What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW?

673

What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot?

674

What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot?

675

Roof – The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection.

676

Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall be at least __________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.

307/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 677

What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near major intersections?

678

A store window in which goods are displayed.

679

A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and become null and void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of _________

680

A certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within __________ if after final inspection and submittal of a Certificate of Completion.

681

What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms?

682

Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the firststorey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

683

That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the soil or the pile.

684

All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the structure rests.

685

A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls over opening.

686

The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is permitted.

687

A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building.

688

The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction above.

689

A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than __________ guest rooms where rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.

690

The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.

691

The underside of a beam, lintel or reveal.

692

. A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.

693

The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an enclosing wall between piers.

694

What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating capacity?

695

Pertaining to the measurement of the human body.

696

An exit, or a means of going out.

697

Ramps should have a minimum clear width of __________

308/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 698

All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________

699

Corridors should have a minimum clear width of __________

700

The Fire Code of the Philippines

701

Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of __________ to prevent water from collecting at the walkway.

702

The minimum width of a curb cut-out should be __________

703

Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________

704

What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways?

705

Minimum walkway headroom should be __________

706

Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of __________

707

The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be greater than __________ above the adjacent surface.

708

Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within the area.

709

What is the minimum length of a chaflans?

710

Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________ depth and a 1.50m width.

711

The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall provided with landing not less than 1.50m

712

What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level?

713

Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________

714

All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard specification of the __________ of the Department of Trade and Industry.

715

The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2

716

The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2

717

Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building / structure within __________ meter radius.

309/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 718

What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use condominium buildings / structures if the unit gross area is 18 – 40 m2?

719

In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of __________cm – 50 cm

720

In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height above the road or gutter.

721

Which does the building code regulate and control?

722

Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public Works, Transportation and Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?

723

Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code?

724

What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction does not commence with in one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction is suspended for more than one year; III - when construction is suspended for six months; IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days :::

725

Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building permit?

726

What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?

727

Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken?

728

Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy?

729

What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated

730

What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially ventilated?

731

The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room.

732

An off premise sign.

733

In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___.

734

When means of exit is insufficient.

735

Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or structure.

310/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 736

Change from residential to commercial use of a building.

737

Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable.

738

Comfortable cool temperature is _____

739

What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code?

740

Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach and departure zones of airports?

741

Which is not required in applying for a building permit?

742

Which is the most important basic need of human settlement?

743

What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled?

744

Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed objects such as buildings and nonbuilding structures.

745

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

746

This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two terraced flats or row houses so that one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls built at different times.

747

Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner association for preliminary approval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of permits.

748

Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts.

749

Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof.

750

Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

751

Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35.

752

Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35.

753

Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50.

754

Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100.

755

Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school.

311/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 756

Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school.

757

Ratio of urinals for elementary school.

758

Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places.

759

Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.

760

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of occupants

761

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

762

Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope.

763

Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator.

764

Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel.

765

Defining open space in residential subdivision

766

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income mass housing production

767

A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of the abutting living units?

768

Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.

769

This means, an entities, agencies, organization & the like that have been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture of the Professional Regulation Commission to deliver seminars, lectures, & other continuing Professional Education Modules for Architects, other than the IAPOA which is automatically accredited by the Board of Architecture?

770

BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is

771

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may meters away from the building it serves?

772

PD 1185: Which of the following denotes a fire involving flammable liquids and gasses?

312/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 773

Minimum exit door width.

774

Minimum floor to ceiling height.

775

Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair.

776

Maximum height between landings for class A stair.

777

Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs.

778

Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms.

779

Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants

780

Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system.

781

Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system.

782

Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building.

783

Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles.

784

Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side.

785

Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly.

786

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60.

787

Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling.

788

Minimum clear width of turnstiles.

789

Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs.

790

Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs.

791

Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread.

792

Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall.

793

Minimum height of a guard rail.

794

Maximum height of a guard rail.

795

Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair.

796

Minimum width of any balcony or bridge.

797

Minimum width of a class A ramp.

313/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 798

Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads.

799

Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator.

800

Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

801

Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

802

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

803

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building.

804

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs.

805

Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

806

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

807

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

808

Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants.

809

Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly.

810

Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure.

811

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for institutional use.

812

Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler.

813

Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.

814

Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter.

815

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.

816

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.

817

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.

818

Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building.

819

Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes.

820

Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions.

821

Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure.

822

Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building.

314/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 823

Occupant load per person for laboratories.

824

Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy.

825

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.

826

Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy

827

Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy.

828

Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

829

Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height.

830

Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc.

831

An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air distribution system.

832

A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

833

Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

834

A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

835

A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension.

836

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

837

A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.

838

Temperature rating at flash point.

839

A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses.

840

The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor.

841

Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall.

842

A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

843

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.

844

A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.

845

Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles.

846

Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers.

847

Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products.

315/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 848

For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence.

849

Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.

850

Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit.

851

Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.

852

Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail.

853

Minimum door width of a single door in a door way.

854

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

855

Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware.

856

Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation.

857

Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation.

858

Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition.

859

Minimum width of a door for family day care homes.

860

Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50.

861

Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in dimension.

862

Maximum height of a handrail.

863

A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above.

864

The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.

865

Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.

866

Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be.

867

Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall.

868

Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall.

869

Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall.

870

Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall.

871

Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall.

872

Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies.

316/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 873

Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores.

874

Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store.

875

Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall.

876

Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection.

877

Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies.

878

Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs.

879

Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs.

880

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons.

881

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below.

882

Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair.

883

Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs.

884

Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs.

885

Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs.

886

Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp.

887

Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp.

888

Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage.

889

Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp.

890

Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp.

891

Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height.

892

Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs.

893

Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.

894

Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings.

895

Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs.

896

Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities.

897

Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar materials.

317/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 898

Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.

899

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

900

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

901

A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way.

902

Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires.

903

Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall?

904

Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall?

905

Maximum width of a single door in a doorway.

906

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

907

Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

908

Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

909

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?

910

In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back.

911

Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind.

912

Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures.

913

Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building.

914

Occupant load per person for classrooms.

915

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)

916

Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies.

917

Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies.

918

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes.

919

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care.

920

Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many square meters?

921

Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.

318/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

922

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether or by any other name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment,

923

Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system.

924

Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system.

925

An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines

926

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils.

927

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in RP

928

Sanitary Engineering Law

929

An Act To Regulate the Trade Of Master Plumber

930

Ammended Civil Engineering Law

931

Contractor's License Law

932

Condominium Act

933

Predecessor of PD 1096 (NBC)

934

Magna Carta for Disabled Persons

935

Urban Development Housing Act of 1992

936

Intellectural Property Code of the Philippines

937

Interior Design Law

938

PRC Modernization Act of 2000

939

Philippines Landscape Architecture Act of 2000

940

The Architecture Act of 2004 (January 2004)

941

Professional Regulation Commission (June 1973)

942

Regulating the sale of Subdivision Lots and Condominiums

943

National Building Code

944

Philippine Environmental Policy (June 1977)

945

Fire Code of the Philippines

946

Defining Open Spaces in Residential Subdivisions

319/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 947

Regulating the Practice of Environmental Planning

948

Government Infrastructure Contracts

949

Architectural Guidelines for Intramuros

950

Economic and Socialized Housing

951

Accessibility Law

952

set offs explosives

953

explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material

954

plastic substance having cellulose nitrate as base

955

flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F

956

liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter

957

produces a rapid drop of temperature in immediate surroundings

958

in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire

959

first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less

960

extremely hot luminous bridge of an electric current

961

a hot piece or lump after a material is burned

962

active principle of burning

963

minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air

964

a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions

965

stable explosive compounds which explodes by percussion

966

a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined

967

materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion

968

descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

969

impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element

970

melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals

971

interior lot

320/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 972

inside lot

973

corner/through lots

974

3 sides public open space

975

REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 150 HECTARES BELOW

976

REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 151 - 225 HECTARES BELOW

977

REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 225 HECTARES ABOVE

978

minimum open space requirement from density 60-100

979

minimum size of pocket parks

980

potable water supply per capita per day

981

if independent from the developer

982

far away from pollution or source of contamination

983

difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation

984

not necessary in suitability of site of economic socialized housing

985

minimum lot area- single detached

986

minimum lot area- semi detached corner lot

987

minimum lot area- semi detached rowhouse

988

minimum lot frontage- single detached

989

minimum lot frontage- semi detached corner lot

990

minimum lot frontage- semi detached rowhouse

991

maximum block length

992

provide an alley

993

maximum block length provided by an alley

994

maximum block length provided by pathwalk

995

height limitation

996

minimum horiizontal dimension of courts

321/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 997

minimum size of passageway or street

998

floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit

999

minimum ceiling heights

1000

minimum ceiling heights of mezzanine

1001

mezzanine shall not cover the floor area in %

1002

minimum door clear height

1003

minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom

1004

opening of main door

1005

service door/bedroom

1006

bathroom

1007

window opening and floor area

1008

window opening and floor area of bathroom

1009

stairway clear width

1010

maximum riser height

1011

minimum tread width

1012

headroom clearances

1013

maximum height between landings

1014

maximum number of risers w/o handrail

1015

handrail measurement

1016

minimum clearance of handrail to wall

1017

minimum tread of winding stair from 300 mm side

1018

maximim variation in tread and risers

1019

maximim distance between landings required of ladder

1020

electrical requirements

1021

2 units abut each other is re required of

322/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 1022

non residential shall not exceed from residential

1023

minimum distance between two dwelling units

1024

minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units

1025

minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys)

1026

minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys)

1027

minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1028

minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1029

minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1030

minimum parking requirement

1031

minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units

1032

exit width w/ occupant load of 50 or less

1033

for every additional occupant load of 25

1034

maximum exit of travel

1035

maximum exit of travel if there is fire extinguisher

1036

maximum dead end corridors

1037

maximum corridor of an interior corridor

1038

maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation

1039

clear width of stair w/ 2 or more living units

1040

maximum landing width; equal to run

1041

with 3.00 m width of stair

1042

with 3.00 m-3.50 m stair width

1043

above the nosing or tread

1044

maximum distance of travel when above one storey

1045

for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3

1046

headroom clearances

323/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 1047

lifespan of indigeneous materials

1048

a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles

1049

a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways

1050

a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units

1051

a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire

1052

a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall

1053

a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement

1054

shall cover of each phase

1055

min. lot sizes rowhouse

1056

min. lot sizes duplex

1057

min. lot sizes single detached

1058

Frontage Model A and B

1059

Frontage Model C

1060

Frontage irregular lot

1061

Frontage rowhouse

1062

Frontage minimum width of alley after 250m block

1063

Frontage maximim length of blocklength

1064

DESIGN STANDARDS FOR CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS

1065

dwelling unit (household)

1066

occupancy unit (single)

1067

parking slot

1068

not more than the building it serves

1069

parks and playground

1070

4 floors

1071

5-6 floors

324/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 1072

7 floors and up

1073

required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm

1074

features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function

1075

a small recess space in a room or a wall

1076

a break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided w/ an inclined surface to facilitate mobility of wheelchair

1077

the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio

1078

a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels

1079

a paved footwalk at the side of the street

1080

a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor materials meet

1081

an exterior passage for walking along

1082

width of walkway to permit a person in wheelchair to traverse it w/ safety

1083

maximum dimension of turn about spaces

1084

maximum distance between restop

1085

width of corridor for person to traverse w/ wheelchair

1086

entrance depth w/ vestibule

1087

structural opening of door entrances

1088

clear opening of door entrances

1089

minimum dimension of floor area of toilet

1090

minimum dimension of floor area of elevator

1091

minimum width of door elevator

1092

centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches

1093

maximum gradient of ramp

1094

maximum length for 1:12 ramp

1095

minimum length of landing for the 1:12 ramp

1096

level area at the top and bottom of any ramp

325/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 1097

handrail level on both edges

1098

length of extension in a handrail from ramp

1099

height of curbs in a ramp

1100

parking slot width

1101

maximum height of tresholds

1102

provision of one fountain

1103

height of the rim of the fountain from the floor

1104

unobstructed clear space for public telephones

1105

height of dialling from floor of a telephone booth

1106

clear opening of telephone booths

1107

regular buses

1108

air conditioned bus

1109

passenger trains

1110

passenger airplanes

1111

4-50 seating capacity

1112

51-300 seating capacity

1113

301-500 seating capacity

1114

a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him proceed with the construction

1115

all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place of components of a building or structure

1116

any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding

1117

installation of all components of a building or structure

1118 1119

construction in a buiding/structure involving, changing in the materials used partitioning, location, size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not increase its overall area thereof any physical change made on a building to increase its value, utility or to improve its aesthetic quality

1120

a change in the use or occupancy of the building or any portion thereof which has different requirement

1121

remedial work on any damaged or deterirated portion of a building to restore its original condition

326/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER 1122

the transfer of any building structure portion thereof from its original location or position to another, either on the same lot or to either one

1123

sytematic dismantling or destruction of a building in whole or part

1124

a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to that of the main building

327/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

328/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 0.71 mtr. 2.30 mts. 0.19 mtr. 2.75 mts. 2.00 mts. 0.28 sqm. 4 46.00 mts. 61.00 mts. 0.83 mtr. 14 7 60 cms. 91 cms. 2.00 mts. 56 cms. 112 cms. 3 76 cms. 38 mm. 91 cms. 106 cms. 7.50 mts. 112 cms. 112 cms. 20.3 cms 1floor 55.9 cms. 55.9 cms. 15.25 cms. 30.5 cms.

329/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 22.9 cms. 3.66 mts. 2.13 mts. 1.98 mts. 3 50-300 2 30 mts. 30 mts. 31 mts. 2.5 cms. 91 cms. 1.00 mtr. 76 cms. 1.80 mts. 2.44 mts. 1.83 mts. 112 cms. 112 cms. 4.60 sqm. Institutional Assembly Assembly Business Picking rooms. High rise building Explosive magazine Plenum Fulminate Phyrophoric Oxidizing material

330/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Forging Distillation Dust 37.8 oC (100 oF) Class B Boiling Point 4 hrs. Duct System Flash Point Fumigant 4.50 mts. 1.80 mts. 3.70 mts. 1.50 mts. 15.00 mts. 23.00 mts. 3.00 mts. 9 cms. 71 cms. 20.5 cms. 7 kgs. 112 cms. 76 cms. 20 61 cms. 91 cms. 25 mm 86.5 cms. 37.8 oC (100 oF) Fire resistance rating

331/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Cryogenic 30.50 mts. Assembly Institutional Business Industrial Mercantile 71 cms. 1 1.50 mts. 3.66 mts. 15 mts. 763 cms. 19 cms. 20 cms. 112 cms. 91 cms. 38 mm. 25 mm. 3.70 mts. 112 cms. 112 cms. 76 cms. 10-17% No limit 3.66 mts. 1.20 mts. 55.9 cms. 55.9 cms. 30.5 cms. 3.66 mts.

332/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 23 mts. Class D Class A Dip Tank

Automatic Fire Suppression System

Means of Egress 5.00 mts. Assembly Business 1.22 mts. 22.9 cms. 30.5 cms. 25 cms. 60 oC 0.83 mtr. 30 cms. (1:8) 12.5% 63.5 mm. 1.8 sqm.

76.25 mts.

55 cms. 82 cms. 2.44 mts. 1.83 mts. 465 sqm. Hotel

333/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Apartment Buildings 3 12 BLASTING AGENT CELLULOSE NITRATE/NITRO CELLULOSE PYROXYLIN COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLE COMBUSTIBLE FIBER COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID CORROSIVE LIQUID

CURTAIN BOARD

CRYOGENIC DAMPER DISTILLATION DUCT SYSTEM DUST

Electrical Arc Ember Fire Fire Trap Fire alarm Fire Door FIRE HAZARD Fire Lane FIRE PROTECTIVE & FIRE SAFETY DEVICE

334/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS Flashpoint Forging Fulminate HAZARDOUS OPERATIONS/PROC ESS HORIZONTAL EXIT Hose BOX Hose Reel HYPERGOLIC FUEL INDUSTRIAL BAKING & DRYING JUMPER OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT Organic Peroxide Overloading Owner OXIDIZING PRESSURIZED/FORC ED DRAFT BURNING EQUIPMENT PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Public Way PYROPHORIC Refining SELF-CLOSING Smelting Sprinkler system STANDPIPE SYSTEM VESTIBULE VERTICAL SHAFT AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM Boiling Point Class A Fire Class B Fire

335/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Class C Fire Class D Fire COMBINATION STANDPIPE COMBUSTIBLE FIBER LOOSE HOUSE Dip Tank Dry Standpipe EXPLOSIVE MAGAZINE FIRE ALERTING SYSTEM FIRE PROTECTIVE ASSEMBLY FIRE RESISTANCE RATING FireWall Flame Spread Rating FLAME RETARDANT HAZARDOUS FIRE AREA HIGHRISE BUILDING MEANS OF EGRESS OccupantLoad ORGANIC COATING PANIC HARDWARE PICKING ROOMS

plenum SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING 1 HOUR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING 2 HOUR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING 15 m

336/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings

Size & Dimensions of Courts

Ceiling Heights

Size and Dimension of Rooms Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms Location on Property Window Openings Vent Shafts

Minimum Reqt’s in Air Changes

Projection into Alleys or Streets

Arcades

Canopies (Marquees)

337/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Movable Awnings or Hoods

Doors & windows

Corner Bldgs. with Chaflans

Temporary Walkway

Pedestrian Protection 3o days 48 hrs. Enclosure of Vertical Openings

Roof Construction and Covering

338/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Skylights

Fire-Extinguishing Systems

339/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

b. Dry Standpipes – for bldgs. w/ 4 or more storeys

c. Wet Standpipes

2. Building Permits (Exceptions) a. Minor Constructions:

2. Building Permits (Exceptions) b. Repair

Signs

340/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Arcades & Sidewalks

1. Location of Poles and Clearances of Power Lines along Public Roads. 2. Clearance of Supporting Structures such as 3. Clearance of Service Drops

Provisions for Transformer Vaults

Ventilation Openings

Capacitors

Elevators

Escalators

341/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Boilers & pressure Vessels

Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

5. Water pumping for Bldg./Structures

Pipings

Fence

Canopy

5. Protective Nets/Screen

342/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

6. Walkways & Railings

7. Precautionary Measures 8. Storage of Materials

9. Fire Protection

10. Sanitation & First Aid 11. Temporary Light & Power 12. Hoist Towers

13. Ladders & Temporary Stairways

14. Runways & Ramps

Scaffolds

Floor Openings

343/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

17. Guard Rails & Toe Boards

18. Chutes

Private Open Space Requirements

Courts

2. Parking Requirement Computation: 2.40x5.00m perpendicular or diagonal, 2.00x6.00m for parallel

344/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Min of 3.60m by 12.00m

Parking & Loading Space Requirements

QUALIFICATIONS OF BUILDING OFFICIAL

Exemptions of Bldg. Permit

Validity of Building Permits National Building Code 2.70 mts. 0.85 mtr. 45.00 mts. One is to Eight (1:8) 0.84 mtr.

345/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.45 mtr. 1,300 sqmm / 1.30 sqm. 0.70 mtr. 1.20 mts. 1.10 mts. 2 3 0.30 mtr. 250.00 sqm 1.80 mts. 750.00 sqm. Ga. 18 300 mm 300 mm 200 mm 2 600 mm 2" / 50 mm 12.5 mm 400 mm / 0.40 mtr. 3 0.90 mtr

346/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.28 mtr. 0.75 mtr. 0.60 mtr. 1.70 mts. 10.70 lux 1.10 mts. 30 mm 800 mm / 0.80 mtr. 50% of lot area 10% of lot area Inner court 750 mm / 0.75 mtr. 1.20 sqm. 1.50 mts. 1.00 sqm. 3.00 cum. 14.00 cum. 300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm 300 mm 3.00 mts. 0.90 mtr. 1.20 mts.

347/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3.00 mts. Setback 2.00 mts. 1.20 mts. 12.00 cum. 1.80 mts. 0.30 cum 10% of flr. Area 0.60 mtr. 300 mm 2.40 mts. 2.40 mts. 600 kgs./sqm. 1.00 mtr. 120 kgs./sqm. 0.90 mtr. 2.70 mts. 0.80 mtr. 1.20 mts. One is to ten (1:10) 250 mm 2.00 mts.

348/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

One is to Eight (1:8) 1.20 m 6.00 mts. 2 1.20 mts. 750 mm 5.60 mm 1.20 mts. 900 mm 2.50 mts. Show window 1.20 mts. 1.00 mtr. 10% of lot area 300 mm One is to ten (1:10) 2 1.50 mts. 1:125 sqm. Of gross floor area 2.40 X 5.00 mts. 1:10 bedrooms 1:25 beds

349/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

60.00 mts. 1:5 classrooms 1:50 sqm. Of spectators' area 4 0.90 mtr. 1.10 X 1.40 mts. 30.00 mts. 1.40 mts. 0.80 mtr. 1.70 X 1.80 mts. 1.60 mts. 3.70 mts. 200 mm 2.10 mts. 6.00 sqm. 2.00 mts. 300 mm 500 mm 0.90 mts. 200 mm 1.10 mts. 750 mm

350/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

100 mm 150 mm 300 mm 5 mm 3.00 mts. 1.00 mts. 7 300 mm 480 mm 8.40 mts one third (1/3) 100 mm 300 mm 250 mm 150 mm 200 mm 4 900 liters/minute 4" (100mm) 5" (125mm) 6" (150mm) 190 liters/minute

351/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2" (50mm) 2 1/2" (63mm) 23.00 mts 6.00 mts. 38 mm (11/2") 1.00 mtr. 5.00 mts. 3.00 mts. 120 days 0.80 mtr. 500 mm 6.00 mts. 1/3 - 1/4 One is to Eight (1:8) 10.00 mts. 7.5 mts. 7.5 mts. 2.50 mts. 1.20 mts. 3,861 sqcms. 3.00 mts. 3.00 mts.

352/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

5.50 mts. 277 kgs. 3.00 mts. 28.00 sqm. 18.6 sqm. 9.30 sqm. 1.80 sqm. 5.60 sqm. 3.25 sqm. 2.80 sqm. 8.40 sqm. 46.50 sqm. 28.00 sqm. 0.65 sqm. 1 slot/5 rooms 1 slot/50 sqm. Of spectators' area 1slot/8 units 1 slot/unit 1 slot/4 units 1 slot/100 sqm of gross flr.area 1 slot/unit 1 slot/50 parking slots

353/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1 slot/5 classrooms 1 slot/10 classrooms 1.20 mts. 1:20 1:12 12.00 mts. 1:12 60.00 mts. 1.50 mts. 0.50 mts. 1.10 mts. 0.90 mts. 1.20 mts. 3.70 mts. 0.70 mtr. 6.00 mts. 1.50 mts. Dwelling unit Footing Course Apartment Barbecue

354/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Balcony Chimney connector Fireplace Girder Helistop Suportales Vault Cross wall 18.60 sqm. 1.40 sqm. 0.65 sqm. 120 days / 4 mos. 8.00 mts. 12.00 cum. 3.00 mts. 800 mm / 0.80 mtr. 500 mm Business and mercantile Industrial Residentials, hotels and apartments. Storage and hazardous Institutional

355/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3.50 mts. 1:12

1.80 mts.

Institutional Residentials, hotels and apartments. Business and mercantile Industrial Accessory 1 truck loading slot 60 mts. 20% 1/50 sqm of gross floor area 1/150 sqm of shopping flr area 1/100 sqm of shopping flr area 1/living unit 1/8 living units 1/50 sqm of congregation are 0.60 mtr. 1.00 mtr. 4.50 mts. 4.50 mts.

356/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Accessory Storage and hazardous Industrial Storage and hazardous Business and mercantile 1.10 - 1.30 mts. 0.60 - 0.75 mts. 0.70 - 1.20 mts. 0.74 mts. Safety 4 Magna Carta for Disabled Persons Corridor Curb minimum . Fire zones 1.20 mts 3.60 mts a. 10% 20% 50% 2.00 mts

357/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

5.00 mts 3.00 mts 3.00 mts business & mercantile 3.00 mts

20%

System International 750 mm 2.50x5.00 1.80 mts 25 2.00 mts 80% institutional storage& mercantile industrial 10% 6.00 mts. 1/5. 14 cu. mts. 9.3 m2

358/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

185 sm. 5 units 750 mm 6 m2 business & mercantile storage & hazardous residential, hotels and apartments storage & hazardous

3.00 mts. 12 cu. mts. 8 mts. 120 days 65 m2 1.4 m2 18.6 m2 business & mercantile residential, hotels & apartments storage & hazardous 50% 2.40 mts. 3.00 mts.

359/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1/3 to ¼

10%

200 mm. 4.6 m2 28 sm. occupant load 3.70 mts. 2.50m x 5.00m 2.15m x 6.00m 3.00m x 9.00m 3.60m x 12.00m 3.60m x 18.00m 1 car : 4 alley 1 car : 12 beds 10% open space 10% open space 1.80m 3.00m2 2.00m 20% open space 50% open space

360/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.90m 2.40m 1.10m x 1.40m 30 m. 1.70m x 1.80m 6 2 or more Panic hardware Alter / Alteration RA 4566 Building Officials Inner court

Redevelopment

Podium

Headstone 16 – up storey 1 – 5 Storey Courtyard Yellow Green 30 degree

361/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

38 m./min. 20 deg C – 24 deg C

600 mm.

4 Storey 1.50m PD 1067 10.00m 560mm 200mm 800mm 9.15 m. 330 mm 820mm x 1000mm 400mm 4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00 8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m 300mm . 5% open space 50% open space 120 250mm & 600mm

362/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

50.00m Show Window

12 months

30 days

14.00m3 Arcade Footing Foundation Girder Helistop Common Hall Lintel 5 Masonry Socalo Soffit Bearing Wall Curtain Wall 4 Anthropometrics Egress 1.20m

363/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.80 m. 1.20m PD 1185 1:20 0.90m 1:12 12.00m 2.00 mts 0.10 m 0.35 m

Slum

4.00m 1.80m 6.00m 0.30m 3.00m

Bureau of Product Standards

200 kg/m2 150 kg/m2 200

364/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1 car : 2 units 30 cm. 25 mm. Construction

formulate guidelines on land-use planning and zoning

Building Officials

I & IV

errors found in plans and specifications certificate of occupancy gross floor area Use 2.7 m. 2.10 m. 1.2 m2 advertising sign 1:50 Fire Hazard Addition

365/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Concersion Addition 20-23 centigrade 3 m. Air Trans. Office Bussiness Permit Water 1:12

Building Codes

Building official

Party Walls

Local Ordinances

GA 26 15 cms. 0.90 mtr. 3 2 1 4 1:30

366/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1:25 1:75 1:75 4

1:5

600 mm 30 mm 558 mm 38 Meters/Min PD 1296

Home Insurance & Guarantee Corporation (HIGC)

Firewall; fireblock

PD 957

CPD Provider

1 slot/family dwelling

100 meters

Class B Fire

367/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 0.71 mtr. 2.30 mts. 0.19 mtr. 2.75 mts. 2.00 mts. 0.28 sqm. 4 46.00 mts. 61.00 mts. 0.83 mtr. 14 7 60 cms. 91 cms. 2.00 mts. 56 cms. 112 cms. 3 76 cms. 38 mm. 91 cms. 106 cms. 7.50 mts. 112 cms. 112 cms.

368/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 20.3 cms 1floor 55.9 cms. 55.9 cms. 15.25 cms. 30.5 cms. 22.9 cms. 3.66 mts. 2.13 mts. 1.98 mts. 3 50-300 2 30 mts. 30 mts. 31 mts. 2.5 cms. 91 cms. 1.00 mtr. 76 cms. 1.80 mts. 2.44 mts. 1.83 mts. 112 cms. 112 cms.

369/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 4.60 sqm. Institutional Assembly Assembly Business Picking rooms. High rise building Explosive magazine Plenum Fulminate Phyrophoric Oxidizing material Forging

Distillation

Dust 37.8 oC (100 oF) Class B Boiling Point 4 hrs. Duct System Flash Point Fumigant 4.50 mts. 1.80 mts. 3.70 mts.

370/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 1.50 mts. 15.00 mts. 23.00 mts. 3.00 mts. 9 cms. 71 cms. 20.5 cms. 7 kgs. 112 cms. 76 cms. 20 61 cms. 91 cms. 25 mm 86.5 cms. 37.8 oC (100 oF) Fire resistance rating Cryogenic 30.50 mts. Assembly Institutional Business Industrial Mercantile 71 cms.

371/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 1 1.50 mts. 3.66 mts. 15 mts. 763 cms. 19 cms. 20 cms. 112 cms. 91 cms. 38 mm. 25 mm. 3.70 mts. 112 cms. 112 cms. 76 cms. 10-17% No limit 3.66 mts. 1.20 mts. 55.9 cms. 55.9 cms. 30.5 cms. 3.66 mts. 23 mts. Class D

372/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Class A

Dip Tank

Automatic Fire Suppression System

Means of Egress 5.00 mts. Assembly Business 1.22 mts. 22.9 cms. 30.5 cms. 25 cms. 60 oC 0.83 mtr. 30 cms. (1:8) 12.5% 63.5 mm. 1.8 sqm. 76.25 mts. 55 cms. 82 cms. 2.44 mts. 1.83 mts. 465 sqm. Hotel

373/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Apartment Buildings

3 12 RA 0386 RA 0544 RA 0545 RA 1364 RA 1378 RA 1582 RA 4566 RA 4726 RA 6541 RA 7277 RA 7279 RA 8293 RA 8534 RA 8981 RA 9053 RA 9266 PD 0223 PD 0957 PD 1096 PD 1151 PD 1185 PD 1216

374/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES PD 1308 PD 1594 PD 1616 BP 220 BP 344 BLASTING AGENT CELLULOSE NITRATE PYROXYLIN COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID CORROSIVE LIQUID CRYOGENIC DAMPER DISTILLATION ELECTRIC ARC EMBER FIRE FLASH POINT FORGING FULMINATE HYPERGOLIC FUEL OXIDIZING MATERIAL PYROPHORIC REFINING SMELTING 50%

375/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 20% 10% 5% 3.50% 7% 9% 30% 100 sqm 43 li. 75 li 25 mts. TYPE OF PAVEMENT SLOPE 72 sqm 54 sqm 36 sqm 8m 6m 3.5 m 250 m 250 up to 400 m 150 m 100 m 2 STOREY 2.00 m

376/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 1.20 m 20 sqm 2.00 m 1.80 m 50% 2.00 m 1.80 m .80 m .70 m .60 m 10 % opening 1 over 20 .60 m .25 m .20 m 2.00 m 3.60 m 4 steps .80 m - 1.20 m 38 mm 150 mm 5 mm 1.80 m 1 light and 1 conv. outlet 4" thk fireblock

377/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 25% 4.00 m 1.5 6.00 m 2.00 m 10.00 m 6.00 m 1.00 m 1 for every 20 units 36.00 sqm .80 m plus .15 m 45.00 m 60.00 m 12 m 25% 15% .90 m 1.20 m one handrail two handrails .80 m - 1.00 m 24.00 m one stairwell 2.00 m

378/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 25 years ALLEY BLOCK CLUSTER HOUSING FIREBLOCK FIREWALL PARTYWALL 10 hectares 50 sqm 150 sqm 100 sqm 10 m 8m 6m 4m 4.00 m 400 m

40 sqm 31 sqm 1 slot / unit 100 m 50 sqm/10 units 3 sqm/additional unit optional 1 elevator

379/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 2 elevators 100 sqm ACCESSIBLE ALCOVE CURB CUT OUT GRADIENT OF RAMP RAMP SIDEWALK THRESHOLD WALKWAY 1.20 m 1.50 m 3.00 m 1.20 m 3.00 m 1.00 m .80 m 1.70 m x 1.80 m 1.10 m x 1.40 m .80 m .90 m - 1.20 m 1:12 6.00 m 1.50 m 1.80 m

380/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES .70 and .90 .30 m 50 mm 3.70 m 2.5 mm 1 for 2,000 sqm 0.85 m 1.50 m x 1.50 m 1.10 m .80 m 5 seats 4 seats 6 seats 2 seats 2 seats 4 seats 6 seats BUILDING PERMIT CONSTRUCTION ADDITON ERECTION ALTERATION RENOVATION CONVERSION REPAIR

381/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES MOVING DEMOLITION ANCILLARY BUILDING

382/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

383/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 1

Defining open space in residential subdivision

2

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income mass housing production

3

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner

4

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial capability of ―program beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes‖ (RA 7279).

5

Architectural programming is one of the architect‘s services that falls under

6

7

8

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall constitute? Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?

9

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture;

10

BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known defect of 60 days In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP Documents? Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?

Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law. This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of architectural services. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may meters away from the building it serves? Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto

384/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 20

21

22

Contract Documents shall be the property of the It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the contract. The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architect‘s approval

23

are set of requirements for an itemized or generalized construction work, materials, methods, or systems.

24

shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for materials. Open specs may be subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.

25

– establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties. Such can not be changed or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the specs writter or the architect

26

specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be used for each specific work.

27

Combines two or more techniques.

28

Division 01 — General Requirements Division 02 — Site Construction Division 03 — Concrete Division 04 — Masonry Division 05 — Metals Division 06 — Wood and Plastics Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Division 08 — Doors and Windows Division 09 — Finishes Division 10 — Specialties Division11 — Equipment Division 12 — Furnishings Division 13 — Special Construction Division 14 — Conveying Systems Division 15 — Mechanical Division 16 — Electrical

29

30

31

an organization that maintains and advances the standardization of construction language as pertains to building specifications.provides structured guidelines for specification writing in their Project Resource Manual, formerly called the Manual of Practice (MOP).

The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information for commercial and institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and section numbers and titles within each division, to be followed in organizing information about a facility‘s construction requirements and associated activities Classes A – wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plastics B – flammable liquid and gases C – fire involving energized electrical equipment D – involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)

385/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 32

not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed)

33

air compartment or chamber to which ducts are connected

34

– neutralize or remove a fire hazard

35

it is normally open, closes automatically to prevent passage of fire or smoke

36

the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when exposed to flame

37

an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device

38

stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in

39

not allowed as a form of escape

40

41

signed on docs. that one has not prepared or supervised paid illegal amount in the application impersonation aided an illegal practice develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized housing projects for socialized and economic housing housing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross family income) it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling units more affordable without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection

42

Sale of Subd Lots / Condo buyers protection

43

defining open space

44

Condominium act

45

comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the mechanism for its implementation, and for other purposes a. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in resettlement areas by making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic services, and employment opportunities; b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the following:

386/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

Environmental Impact Statement prepare, file and include in every action, project or undertaking which significantly affects the quality of the environment a detailed statement on: the environmental impact of the proposed action, any adverse environmental effect which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented; alternative to the proposed action; a determination that the short-term uses of the resources of the environment are consistent with the maintenance and enhancement of the long-term productivity of the same whenever a proposal involves the use of depletable or nonrenewable resources, a finding must be made that such use and commitment are warranted.

Philippine Environmental Code a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project except the drawings Organization of the Project Manual bidding requirements parts of the contract (agreement and bond forms) general and supplementary conditions of the contract technical specifications invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms

bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions agreement (owner-contractor), performance bond, labor and materials payment bond, certificates of insurance general conditions (also called ―closed‖), specifies brand names, product, proprietary specification – the most restrictive ―approved equal‖ language, (also called ―open‖), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the choice on how it will be achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competition descriptive – like a ―recipe‖ to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredients reference standard – reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC complete, accurate and unambiguous up to date references (standards) do not specify the results and at the same time the method (this may conflict) use standards than can be measured avoid exculpatory clauses (broad way of shifting responsibility) avoid ―and/or‖, etc., keep it short

56

one general contractor

57

major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors favor this but make coordination difficult

387/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 58

59

60

used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and specs are available, other will have to wait, this overlaps the design process graphic presentation of work to be done

written and verbal description of work

61

changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds, correction of work, termination or suspension of the contract

62

compensation, description of work, date of commencement, completion, liquidated damages, payment

63

64

65

changes before contract execution

changes after contract execution Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making sure it is consistent with the contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for payments and administers the project closeout procedure

66

illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work, very detailed

67

physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and workmanship

68

brochure, charts, instructions

69

authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time. Architect prepares it, the owner issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.

70

when the building is made ready for occupancy

71

when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule

72

– a result of architect‘s inspection, identifies the work to be completed or corrected

73

formulates policies and objectives as well as over-all strategies for housinc

388/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

74

formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of urban and rural communities, optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental protection

75

provident savings fund for housing

76

generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market system

77

undertake housing development and resettlement

78

develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials

79

1902 - Academia de Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas; 1st President Guillermo Gardiner National Assembly 1921 - 1st Engineers and Architects Law Act No. 2985 (master buildings were registered as architects) 1933 - Philippine Architects Society (adopted a code of ethics and standardized fees) 1945 Sept. 2 - PAS became PIAP the became Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA) 1950 - League of Philippine Architects, AR 545 was enacted 1958 - Association of Philippine Government Architects 1973 - creation of PRC; APGA, LPA and PIA negotiated 1974 - approval of the constitution and by-laws by the 3 organizations 1975 - United Architects of the Philippines

80

81

responsibilities toward the public constructive civic service preservation of heritage uphold interest of its professional organization abide by the code of ethical conduct refrain from paid advertisements of self-laudatory, misleading publicity refrain from taking part in paid advertisement introduce oneself by sample (no free design) ascertain nature and scope of project, define charges honest advocate (even that would mean loss of project) explain character of estimate consider needs and stipulation of the client charge the client not undertake fixed contract sum not accept payment from other source refrain from business that would discredit oneself

389/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

82

83

84

85

86

make contractor understand the contract (avoid mistakes) architect‘s error should not be absorbed by the contractor promptly act on non-conformance of the contractor not accept free engineering services or other ―freebies‖ that would make him obligated promptly act on request for payments

no ―freebies‖ avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame no free architect‘s services except small civic and charitable projects not knowingly compete with other architects on basis of fee not seek commission on a project when another architect is currently negotiating not be part of a competition where there is conflict of interest not invade or conquer another architect‘s project notify original designers when undertaking renovation works not maliciously talk about another architect protect ones name from being used maliciously sign only on plans one has prepared treat well employees and subordinates share technical information and experience serve ones professional association feasibility studies (viability), financing, programming (problem seeking), site selection or analysis, site studies, space studies, promotional services (marketing) schematic design, design development, contract document, construction

87

interior design, landscape, physical planning (site planning), comprehensive planning (starts with data base gathering end culminates with master development plan)

88

implements construction hires workers, negotiate with contractors, authorize payment of accounts

89

90

91

92

involves the use of a revolving fund savings and excesses are shared with conditions 50/50 split on savings 50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed cost architect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost. full-time supervision (quality control, evaluation of contractor‘s work, record keeping) construction management (coordination and supervision, cost and time control, quality control and record keeping) building and equipment maintenance (trouble free use) building and grounds administration (billing, security, operations) post construction evaluation (have the goals been achieved) all in one

390/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

93

94

95

96

97

Stipulated sum (fixed fee, lump sum)) cost plus fee = actual expense plus reasonable fee for profit multiple of direct personnel expense = salaries are determined then multiplied by a factor, this is increased by a multiplier for overhead and profit percentage of construction cost unit cost method = based on definable unit (housing unit, square meter, room) per diem plus reimbursable expense revised RA 6541 BO issue permit within ______ from the date of payment fill-up a form lot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract) drawings, specifications and estimates lot plan permit becomes null and void if: construction does not commence within _______ suspended/ abandoned for ________

98

no building can be occupied without such certificate no change in occupancy allowed issued within 30 days after final inspection

99

Type I - wood construction Type II - wood with protective fire-resistance and one-hour fire resistive throughout Type III - masonry and wood construction, and one-hour fire resistive throughout Type IV - steel, iron, concrete, masonry Type V - fire resistive

100

time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without collapsing, develop any openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or exceeding specified temperature on the side away from the fire

Category I - residential Category II - commercial and industrial 101 Category III - educational, social and institutional Category IV - agricultural Category V - ancillary

102 classified to belong to the most restrictive requirement

103 size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for toilets but not less than 0.24 m2)

104 ceiling heights (min): 2.7m, 2.4m and 2.1m 105 2.7m ceiling height

391/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 106 1.8m Ceiling height 107

min. sizes and dimension of rooms human habitation

108 Kitchen

109 bath/ toilet 110 installation in place 111 increasing height or area 112

changes in materials, partitioning, size of openings, structural parts, utilities without increasing area

113 physical change to increase value, utility, aesthetics

114 Change in use

115 remedial work on damaged portion, restore

116 transfer of building or part

117 systematic dismantling

118 secondary building

119 permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building)

120

of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or division walls

121 the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space

122 area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person)

123 area between bottom of window sill and the ground

124 underside of a beam, lintel

392/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 125

an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top

refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that 126 closes when subjected to increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke detector. three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge, 127 must be fully enclosed and protected, 1 – 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the building). These must lead to public way. 128 no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire

129

door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat extends across at least ½ of the the width of the door

an evaluation of all the costs of the elements of a specific project can be prepared in various phases of the architect‘s regular design services area method 130 detailed architects cannot give guarantee since they are not the ones who will execute the work, they do not have control over the prices

131 sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical construction of the permanent facility directly based on building plans and specifications 132 elevator belongs to the direct cost crane does not

133

all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the orderly completion of the installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)

134 under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work

135

inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part of the work

specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope; events that will increase the cost and will likely occur; expected to be spent misinterpretations errors (oversights, take-off, pricing) 136 insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order) labor and material (productivity and availability) not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in conditions, abnormal weather)

the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material, 137 labor, etc. over those specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over time.

393/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 138

earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted from sales of revenues

139 earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues

140

estimated by quantities and pricing

by labor productivity charts (8man-hours/1 cu.m) 141 as a percentage of the cost of materials

142

acquisition, depreciation, rental,

143 10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment

144 usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost)

145 indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and dependencies graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they 146 must occur, duration, earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest possible finishing time ** 5 days – means immediately ** 7 days – NTP ‗ notice to proceed‘ ** 10 days – request for materials and drawings – notice (stop, begin or resume) ** 15 days – money matters (request for inspection, payments, salary and wages) ** 30 days – arbitration ** 90 days – government stoppage 147 ** 120 days – Building Permit (stoppage) ** 365 days – Building Permit (without construction) – 3 consecutive board examination failures – guaranteed bond – reinstatement ** 3 years – renewal of license ** 15 years – liability of architect to his project

148 15 % of contract amount 15% of Contract amount 149 - valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond 30% of contract amount 150 - valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance

151 completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation

394/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue 152 certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known defects of 60 days.

Doc 201 Pre- design Services Doc 202 Design services Doc 203 Specialized Allied Services Doc 204 Construction Services 153 Doc 205 Post- Construction Services Doc 206 Comprehensive Architectural Doc 207 Design- Build Services

Services

Doc 208 Selection of Architects & Methods of Compensation Doc 209 Competition Code Doc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experioence

Simple 6% Moderate 7% Exceptional 8% Residential 10% Monumental MBF + 50% 154 Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40% Housing 60%, 30% Extensive Detailing 15% Alteration and Renovation 150% Consultation P200 PD 1185 Fire Code PD 1096 Building Code PD 957 Condominium & Subdivision, PD 23 Law that Created the PRC PD 49 Intellectual Property Law

Bridges Protective Law

155 RA 545 The Architects Law BP 344 The Law Enhancing the Mobility of Disabled BP 220 The Socialized Housing Law

395/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 1. Performance Specifications - the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified 2. Descriptive Specifications - gives a description of the product 3. Brand Name Specification - the desired product is specified by the name given and model number ―or an equal approved by the architect‖ 4. Closed Specification -there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product. Closed specifications are usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same as a single product except that more than one product is used. ―no other brand will be 156 accepted‖ 5. Open Specifications - open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description specified may bid. All performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name specifications are open if the phrase ―or equal‖ 6. Reference Specification - the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a specification. 7. Combination Specification -it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference specification. 1. 2. 3. 157 4. 5.

M-achines M-oney M-anpower M-aterial M-inutes

1. R-eference – Horizontal, Vertical 2. E-xcavation – min. depth .60m until stable – w/ signature of the Architect, must have a permit 158 3. R-ebars 4. C-oncreting 5. F-inishes – Mock up (samples) 1. 2. 3. 159 4. 5. 1. 2. 160 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 161 4. 5.

Proposal Fee – 5% Schematic Design – 15% Design Dev‘t - 15% Contract Docs - 50% Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5% Proposal Fee – 5% Prelim Drawings - 25% Final Drawings - 50% Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect G-eneral Conditions – Execution, Intent – satisfaction to finish the proj., Correlation A-greement S-pecifications S-pecial Provisions D-rawings

UAP – degree of difficulty/complexity of design FCP – risk of occurrence of Fire 162 NCP – use and occupancy

396/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 1.

DBA Design-Build Services by Administration - 7% of Proj. Const. Cost

Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10% (if residential proj.) + 7% = 17% 163 2.

DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost

a. Lump Sum b. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client. However if the excess is more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%

164 pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates)

165

validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception government structure; excepted if P15,000 proj. cost

166 affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment

167

is a "promise" or an "agreement" made of a set of promises. Breach of this contract is recognized by the law and legal remedies can be provided.

168 limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract. is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation including legal reasoning set forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision 169 which determines rights and obligations between the parties involved.

There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there be evidence that the parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct 170 manifesting their assent, and a contract will be formed when the parties have met such a requirement. 171

is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises to the other party.

172 only one party to the contract makes a promise.

173 is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing

174 is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words.

175

is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even though they have not done so expressly.

A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means for 176 the courts to remedy situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he or she is not required to compensate the other.

397/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 177

If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no action in contract is available if the statement proves to be wrong

A representation is a statement of fact made to induce another person to enter into a contract and which does induce them to enter into a contract, but it is one that the maker of 178 the statement does not guarantee its truth. If the statement proves to be incorrect, it cannot be enforced, as it is not a term of the contract, but it may prove to be a misrepresentation, whereupon other remedies are available.

179

A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the person who made the statement. The test is an objective test.

180 is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project.

181

is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material for a project, not yet considering their cost.

182

is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the productivity of the workers

183 is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each item. is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and 184 specifications of construction materials. It‘s aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use of each material 185

is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible. Each component are often described with specifications

186

is an estimate that is computed in general and vague. It is often an assumption by area, volume, or bulk.

187 is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components .

188 The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time

189 The ____ ethically can order a ―change‖ during construction anytime

190 ____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation

191 An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the 192 contract

193 The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents:

194

The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared

398/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 195 There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is: Normally, an architect is paid on Percentage of Construction cost method, another method of 196 compensation is:

197 Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:

198 For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:

199

Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____ practice architecture

200 PD ____ institutionalized the profession of Environmental Planning

201

____ Mandates government support only to PRC accredited bonafide professional organization.

202

The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any certificate of registrations

203

The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.

An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee 204 or prevent

205 If not clearly specified, a material could be installed: The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct & sense 206 of moral values are formulated under the:

207

Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam:

208 As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of:

209 The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the:

210 ____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction

211 ____ shall mean furnish and install

212 The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____

213 PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____.

399/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 214 The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment:

215

A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution is:

216

The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic & ____ projects

217

The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the project

218

The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the contractor‘s bonds.

219 The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees. Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect suspend 220 work/terminated contract? 221

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner.

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on 222 the needs and financial capability of ―program beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes‖ (RA 7279). 223

Architectural programming is one of the architect‘s services that falls under:

224

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities

225

It refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer of systematic knowledge for the manufacture if a product

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 226 where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to register as architects? When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the 227 whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall constitute? Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract? a. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages 228 b. Performance & Payment Bonds c. Cost Records d. Payments He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and 229 professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture; After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion 230 after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known defect of 60 days.

400/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

231

Which of the following is NOT the architect‘s responsibility in relation to the contractor?

25. In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is 232 compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP Documents?

233

The Contractor shall submit the following before Final Payment is to be released except for:

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment? This services give full meaning to what the professional calls 235 comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of architectural services. 234

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a 236 guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract. The architect of a housing project was give Php 300,000.00 for 237 the first unit he designed. How much will he receive for the tenth housing unit? Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the 238 secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto. Which of the following situation would trigger the owner to suspend work? a. Bankruptcy-Declared by BIR 239 b. Insubordination c. Non-payment of contactors debt/non superintendence of contractor d. All of the above 240 Contract Documents shall be the property of the 241

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the contract.

Boiler Plate is essential to the production of good construction documents as are the drawings or the specifications. All are included forms except 242 a. Invitation to Bid b. Wage Scales c. Bond Form d. Building Permit 243

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architect‘s approval

244

A full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work.

245 The third phase of an architect's regular services.

401/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 246 Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect.

247 Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.

248

The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside from his fee for regular design services.

249 What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code.

250

For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon submission of the final design.

251

When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared by the architect, the architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.

252

The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert witness shall be.

253 The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building.

254 The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos.

255 The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos.

256

In design-build services, the single-point-responsibility of project delivery puts the legal liability for both the design and construction on the.

257

The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the date of final payment.

258 Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract.

259 An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.

260

A price given by a contractor, sub-contractor, material supplier or vendor to furnish materials, labor or both.

261

A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work accomplished.

262

A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in accordance with the terms of the contract.

263 An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost.

264 The fee of the architect for design-build services by administration.

402/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 265 A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution.

266 A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared.

267

The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration of how many months from the final acceptance of the work.

268 The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment.

269

How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final inspection of the project.

270

A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged damage or injury.

271 A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute.

272

A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless there is a written memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.

273

A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.

274 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease.

275 The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease.

276 The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease.

277 Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense.

278 This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.

279 Supervision Work is a non-creative work, true or false.

280 A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services. This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and 281 other works which the Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied services. 282

This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers, and lawyers.

283

For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work be located to allow reimbursable expenses.

403/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 284

This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on a series of projects.

285

The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of the ___.

286 Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate.

287 How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect?

288

Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final occupancy permit.

True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the 289 lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the contractor for such works? 290

Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks?

Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of the 291 location of column centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility lines, and other similar works required by the contract. 292 Professional Fee for the Architect as a full-time supervisor.

293 Professional fee for the Construction Manager.

294

Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right- ofway?

295

At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to pay the latter beyond 30 days from receipt of billing?

296

What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a certain period of time.

297

What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is required, such as conferences, joint venture activities, etc.?

298 What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract?

299

What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper works and is advantageous to both client and architect.

300 Professional Fee for the Project Manager.

301

If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the Construction Manager?

404/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 302

True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility insofar as design and construction is concerned.

His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of 303 many of the anxieties that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting cost and completion dates. 304

In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek opportunities for constructive service in civic and urban affairs?

305 What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals.

306

Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and years of experience. His action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?

307 Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding.

308

The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made out and submitted on the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.

The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder, as 309 a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction of the work, if the contract is awarded to him. 310

Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify drawings, specifications, and/or general conditions of the contract.

311

Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode of construction.

Means information, advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered in person or sent 312 by registered mail to the individual, firm or corporation at the last known business address of such individual, firm or corporation. 313

Includes labor or materials or both as equipment, transportation, or other facilities necessary to commence and complete the construction called for in the contract.

314

Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended use.

315 Means to purchase and/or fabricate and deliver to jobsite.

316 Means to furnish and install.

317

No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent of the contract has been completed?

318 No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract price.

319 The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price?

405/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 320

How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the preparation of the schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?

321 Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts.

322

Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the contractor as temporary facilities for the project.

323

All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall be done by the ___ at his own expense.

324

If there is a variance/discrepancy between the drawings and specifications, what shall be followed?

325

How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to the particular areas of work which requires evaluation of the architect?

326

How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid reason?

327

Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no act or fault of the contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.

328

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the contractor any sum within 15 days after its award by arbitration

329

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any request for payment within 30 days after its certification by the architect.

330 Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract?

True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that 331 materials and equipment left by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor. 332

True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses incurred during suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.

333

True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work from the contractor for failure to complete the project.

334

How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the intention to cancel?

335 How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond?

336 How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond?

337 A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach.

406/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 338

Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial centers, sports complex, resorts, etc.

339 Predecessor of PD 1096

340 What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning?

341 It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation.

342 Minimum basic fee for simple projects.

343 Minimum basic fee for alterations/renovations.

344

When the architect is engaged to render opinion or advise, clarification or explanation on technical matters pertaining to his profession, the minimum basic fee shall be ___.

345 When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr.

346 Minimum basic fee for Group 5 Projects (monumental).

347 What is Group 6 Project classification?

348 Minimum Basic fee for housing projects.

349 Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?

350 Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?

351 Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office.

352 On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.

353

Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how many days after written notice by owner?

Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right to 354 remove said work at contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the expenses incurred within how many days from removal by the owner of said work?

355 Contract time reckoning shall commence on the ___ from receipt of ___.

407/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 356 An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped.

357

Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is less than a freehold.

358

No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the profession unless the country of his relation allows the same ___.

359

AGREEMENT / GENERAL CONDITIONS / SPECIAL PROVISIONS / SPECIFICATIONS / DRAWINGS

360 full time construction inspector

361 offer of the bidder to perform the work

362

cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in the contract with the owner

363 approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work

364 approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations

365 guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed

366

contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements thereto and all general and special provisions

367 invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project

368 additional information on contract documents

369

list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of contract

370 graphical representation of the work involved in the project

371 printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract

372

instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify drawings, specifications and general conditions

written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and 373 mode of construction additional information which may be issued as an additon or ammendment to the provisions of specifications 374 outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used

408/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 375

listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in materials and labor; including allowance for profit and overhead

376 information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered.

377 earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature

378 duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project

379 labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities

380 purchase or fabricate

381 build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended used

382 furnish and install

the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders as 383 a guaranty that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the contract with the owner for the works if the contract is awarded to him.

384

a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the work in accordance with the terns of the contract

385 as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract.

386 for life and property

387

as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship performed by the contractor.

388

are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all supplementary details and shop drawings.

389

are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and modes of construction

is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents 390 including all supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining to the work materials therefore drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared by 391 the contractor which illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated and/or installed. 392 precise drawings

409/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 393

the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for judicial proceeding.

the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving 394 information as to the nature of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract documents & date of bidding 395 is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding

396

the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of contract

397

are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the contract

398

a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of the contract

399 the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415

410/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440

411/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

PD 1296 Home Ins. & Guarantee Corp. (HIGC) Actual Cost + 10%(profit,overhead & tax) Affordable Cost

Pre design

Burst node

Project Management

Cost Records

Consulting Architect

Project representative

98%

UAP doc. 202

3 months

PD 957 Post Construction Services Performance Bond

1 slot/ family dwelling

100 meters

City Engineer

412/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Architect

Special Provisions

Contractor / 2

Specifications

Open Specifications

Closed Specifications Brand Name Specifications Combination Specifications

Division of Master Format Specifications (1995 - Nov 2004)

CSI - Construction Specification Institute

Master Format Specifications

Classes of Fire

413/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Dry Standpipe

Plenum

Abatement

Damper

Flash Point

Jumper

Smokeproof Tower

Fire escape ladders

Grounds for suspension and revocation of license

BP 220

PD 957

PD 1216

RA 4726

R.A. 7279 - Urban Development and Housing Act

414/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

P.D. 1151 - Philippine Environmental Policy

PD 1152

Project Manual

Bidding Requirements supplements to bid forms contract forms general and supplementary conditions

Prescriptive Specification

Performance Secification

Writing Specifications

single prime contract

multiple prime contract

415/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

many prime contracts

Drawings

Specifications General Conditions

Agreement addenda

Modifications

Construction Administration

shop drawings

Sample

Product data

Change Orders

Project Closeout

Substantial Completion

punchlist

Housing and Urban Development Coordinating Council (HUDCC)

416/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board (HLURB)

Home Development Mutual Fund (Pag-ibig Fund)

National Home Mortgage and Finance Corporation (NHMFC) National Housing Authority (NHA)

National Housing Corporation (NHC)

History of Archl. Organization in Phils.

architects responsibilities in relation to people

architects responsibilities in relation to Client

417/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

architects responsibilities in relation to Contractor architects responsibilities in relation to agents, dealers

architects responsibilities in relation to colleagues & subordinates

Pre-Design

Design Specialized Allied Design-Build by administration Design Build by guaranteed maximum cost

Construction Services

Post Construction Services Comprehensive Architectural Services

418/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Compensation Method

PD 1096

15 days

Bldg. permit Requirements

one year / 120 days

Certificate of Occupancy

Types of Construction

fire resistance rating

Classification of Buildings by Use

mixed occupancy

10% & 5 %

(artificially ventilated)

if naturally ventilated

419/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

mezzanine

6 m2 (least side 2m)

3m2 (least side 1.5m)

1.2 m2 (least side 0.9m) erection addition alteration

renovation

Conversion

repair

moving

demolition

ancillary

minor const.

bay or panel

buildable area

dispersal area

socalo

soffit

420/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Atrium

automatic closing

egress system

non combustible

panic hardware

Estimates

Construction Cost

Direct Cost

InDirect Cost

Subcontract

Overhead

Contingencies

Escalation

421/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Gross Profit

Net Profit

Materials

Labor

Equipment

Overhead

Profit

bar chart

critical path method (cpm)

Notes

Performance Bond

Payment Bond

Guarantee Bond

After 65%

422/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

After 98%

Architects Fee

Laws in Architecture

423/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Types of Specification

5 M’s of Construction

Important Milestones of Construction

Architects Fee for RDS

Architects Fee for SAS

Architectural Contract Documents

PROJECT CLASSIFICATION

424/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Design Build Services Fee

Contractor

Building Permit

7 Days

Contract

parol evidence rule

Adjudication

Mutual agreement

Bilateral Contract,

Unilateral Contract

Expressed Contract

Implied Contract Implied in fact or implied in law

Quasi-Contract

425/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Puff statement (sales talk):

Representation statement

Term Statement

Cost Estimate

Quantity Survey

Productivity Estimates

Bill of Materials

Value Engineering

Detailed Estimate

Rough Estimate

Lumpsum

Liquidated Damages

Owner

Liens

Legally

The General Conditions

Bid Bulletin

Instructions to Bidders

426/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

By Guaranteed Maximum Cost Salary Percentage of Gross monthly Rentals Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense Private

PD 1308

UAP

PRC

Owner

Force Majeure only after the approval by the architect UAP Doc. 200

one

2%-5% of Project cost

Architect

Work

Provide

Notice to Proceed

Regulate

427/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

3 months

Close Specifications

Charitable

Architect

Surety

Payment

10 days b. Actual direct cost plus 10 percent for profit, overhead and tax

Affordable cost

Pre Design Burst node Technical Transfer Engineers and Architect’s Law Act no. 2986 Project Management

Cost Records

Consulting Architect

98%

428/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES The Architect shall consider the needs and stipulation of the Contractor and the effect of his work upon the life and wellbeing of the public and community as a whole

UAP Doc 202

Guarantee Bond equivalent to 40% of the Contract Price covering a period of one year after the Final Acceptance of the Work.

3 months Post-Construction Services

Performance Bond

Php 480,000.00

City Engineer

All of the above

Architect Special Provisions

Building Permit

Contractor/2 Project Representative Contract documents phase

429/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Pre-design services Specialized allied services 10%

10%

50%

85%

PHP 500.00

12%

6%

8%

Architect

3 months

General conditions Schedule of material and finishes Quotation

Certificate of payment

Performance bond

Bid

7%

430/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Closed specification

Instruction to bidders

2 months

12 months / 1 yr

30 days

Statute of Limitation

Statutory Bond

Statute of Frauds

Lease

Leasehold

Lessee

Lessor

2-2.5 Multiple of Direct Personnel Expenses TRUE Percentage of Construction Cost Multiple of Direct Personnel Expenses Percentage of Construction Cost 50 kms.

431/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Professional Fee Plus Expenses Architect

Letter of transmittal

3

Contractor

TRUE

Owner

Contractor

1-1.5%

1.5-3%

(1/6)

2%

Civil Code Per Diem+Reimb. Expenses Payment Bond

Lump Sum / Fixed Fee

2-5%

Project Manager

432/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

TRUE

Project Manager

Public / People

PD 223

People / Public

Bid Bulletin

Proposal

Proposal Bond

Special Provisions

Specifications

Written Notice

Work

Install

Furnish

Provide

50%

65%

30%

433/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

30%

2.5

12 sqm.

50 / Contractor

Specifications

15 Days

15 Days

90 Days

False (30 days)

False (15 days)

Contractor

TRUE

TRUE

FALSE

10 days

15%

15%

Penalty Clause

434/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

5,000 for First 50 Hectares R.A. 6451

PD 1308

Liens

6%

50%

200 / hr

500

12%

Repetitive Construction 10% of 1st unit / 60% 2nd-10th Unit / 30% 11th and above Group 3 (Exceptional Character) Group 3 (Exceptional Character) PHP 750.00 Construction Phase Service 5 days

10 days

7th day / Notice to Proceed

435/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

Civic Center

Chattel

Reciprocity CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PROJECT REP.

PROPOSAL

PROPOSAL BOND (5%) PERFORMANCE BOND (15%) PAYMENT BOND

GUARANTEE BOND

AGREEMENT

INVITATION TO BID

BID BULLETIN INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS DRAWINGS

GENERAL CONDITIONS

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SPECIFICATIONS SCHED. OF MATERIALS AND FINISHES

436/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES BREAKDOWN OF WORK AND CORRESPONDING VALUE WRITTEN NOTICE ACT OF GOD OR FORCE MAJEURE TIME LIMITS

WORK

FURNISH

INSTALL

PROVIDE

PROPOSAL / BID BOND

PERFORMANCE BOND

PAYMENT BOND

INSURANCES

GUARANTEE BOND

DRAWINGS

SPECIFICATIONS

AGREEMENT

SHOP DRAWINGS

AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

437/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

ARBITRATION ADVERTISEMENT OR INVITATION TO BID BID BULLETIN INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS SPECIAL PROVISION

PENALTY CLAUSE

PROPOSAL

438/622

PREPARED BY ALEXANDER SANDRES

439/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 1

An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes

2

. The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes

3

On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously.

4

The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device protecting the circuit

5

An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid underground.

6

The luminous intensity of a light source, expressed in candelas.

7

Flow of electricity in a circuit; the unit of measurement is the ampere.

8

In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only

9

In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in manner ensuring a good conductive path to the ground.

10

A unit of illumination equal to 1 lumen per square foot.

11

A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes.

12

What is a utilization equipment which is generally industrial built in?

13

a generator of alternating current

14

device used to measure rate of flow of electricity

15

device for storing electric energy

16

What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source?

17

device used to transform AC to DC

18

device that indicates light intensity in Footcandle

19

What is a flexible armored conduit used to encase electrical wiring?

20

controls the flow of current to the distribution elements

21

cap that receives the service drop

22

box used for maintaining light control devices

23

What is an electromagnetic force flowing between the positive and negative terminals?

24

electromotive force

25

number of AC that flow in a conductor

26

rate or measure of power used or consumed

27

What is an electric device having a resistance which can be adjusted?

28

controls the flow of current to the distribution elements

29

instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor

30

materials that resist the flow of electric current

440/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 31

What is the unit for quantity of electricity?

32

unit of resistance

33

unit of electromotive force

34

unit of candlepower

35

Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.

36

PABX or PBX means.

37

Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.

38

Another name for distribution panel.

39

Standard size of wire for a circuit line.

40

Standard size of wire for a switch line.

41

A device for converting alternating current to direct current.

42

Another name for a Rectifier.

43 44 45

46

Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency. Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway. Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco. The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices, if any, connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.

47

The simplest type of building automation system.

48

Resistance in alternating current system.

49

The reciprocal of conductance.

50

51

52

53

A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called Busduct. A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric currents, also called a busbar. An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current. A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided with sufficient space for connection and branching of the enclosed conductors.

441/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, 54

55

switches, switchboards, and major components are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical version of a vertical section taken through the building. In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a structure.

56

TW in electrical wire specification means.

57

XHHN in wire specification means.

58

Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______.

59

60

61 62

63

64 65 66 67

68

69 70 71 72

73

74 75

A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electrical power? Who said these prophetic words: ―Let the future tell the truth and evaluate each one according to his work and accomplishment. The present is theirs, the future for which I really worked for is mine.‖? A type of raceway specially constructed for the purpose of pulling in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place. The trade name for an insulated conductor with type letter THHN is ______. What is / are the advantage/s of a circuit breaker over a fuse? a. It can act as a switch b. Its position can be easily detected (close/open) c. It can be used again after fault has been corrected d. All of these What switch combination may be used in order to control a lamp or group of lamps in three different locations? It characterizes short circuit A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system used to support cables. Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the following except___. It affects the resistance of a conductor. a. Length b. Area c. Temperature It is also known as electric panel or load center. A cylindrical conduit or conductor, the wall thickness is sufficient to receive a standard pipe. A factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocking metal tape, or a smooth corrugated metallic tube. It is analogous to pressure in water flow. Alternating current is characterized as having _____. a. Positive and negative polarity b. Average value is zero c. Has frequency d. All of these A circuit type where components are electrically connected end to end. The over-all covering of underground feeder and branch circuit cables shall be ____.

442/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 76 77

78 79 80 81 82 83

The basic elements of an electric circuit are the following except A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having an outer sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallic material. Cables are conductors that are ____. a. Larger than wires b. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger) Which of the following metallic materials is considered as the best conductor of electricity? Example/s of conductors-on-insulator wiring is are ______. a. Concealed knob and tube b. Open wiring on insulators A type of surface flush raceway designed to receive conductors and receptacles assembled in the field or in the factory. A type of switch used for transferring one or more load conductor connections from one power source to another. The part of the cut out that is design to open or break an electrical current under an excessive load

84

Unit of power

85

The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity

86

This is where an electric service conductor can be installed

87

A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are hinged and which make contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between them

88

Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA

89

The conversion of alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC)

90

A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element

91

An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed

92

A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum

93

Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground

94

Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way

95

A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces

96

Original name of P-Trap

97

The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected

98

The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit

99

Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on

100 The most practical conductor of electricity 101 A channel system in carrying electrical wire

443/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 102

An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted together

103 Another name for power panel 104 A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa 105 Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum 106

The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop conductor from NBC

107 To bring down voltage 108 Wiring not concealed by the building sructure 109

Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during brownout

110 One with contacts that separate in air 111 The voltage across the welding arc 112

Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of mechanical protection

113

A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc evolves only non-explosive gases

114

Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus, mounted on a supporting frame or panel and properly interwined

115 Minimum load over a given period of time 116 117 118 119 120 121

That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the current Is a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a common connection for two or more circuit Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry System of conductor forming an essentially continuous conducting network over the object protected and including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object A device design to open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury itself A wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric current

122

A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner, the electric power delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected

123

A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by voltage gradient exceeding a certain critical value

124 A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted 125

Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total connected load of the system

126 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy 127 A single enclosed runway for conductor cables 128 Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power

444/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 129

The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of an isolated plant and the branch circuit overcurrent device

Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a surface one square foot in area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated and 131 severed by the passage of the overcurrent through it 130

132 Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered 133 Density of the luminous flux on a surface 134

Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between stationary contact blades when closed

135 Artificial source of light 136 Device for mechanical support of light 137 A radiant energy 138

Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing surge current

139 Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning 140 Is the radial branch connection to a main line 141

Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring in that period

142 Unit of luminous flux 143 A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter 144 Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment 145 A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle 146 Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time 147 Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible cord 148

Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating apparatus at a distant point

149

Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling in the conductors and the distributing of the conductors

150 Any channel for holding wires, cables or busbars Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an attachment plug A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the 152 pulling in or the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and 151

153

Enclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for connecting the flexible cord carrying a pendent to permanent wiring

154

The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices if any connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building

155 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors 156 Cable designed for service under water

445/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 157 Is a transient variation in the current potential or power 158

Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a 30 ampere rating

159

This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the secondary circuit is short

160 This connections is used in most urban distribution circuits 161

The 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, this connection is used for small industrial applications

162

Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the common wire must carry /2 times the load current

163

This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load simultaneously

164

This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the power load

165

Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to increase its potential capacity

This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed The primary neutral should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single 166 phase ground fault may result in extensive blowing of fuses throughout the system This connection requires special watt-hour metering 167

When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at reduced load

168

The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents in any one bank

The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the 170 most economical way of stepping down the voltage 169

171 In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system 172

If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the special tap must be provided on the secondary side

173 Thermoplastic 174 Moisture Temperature Resistant 175 Underground Feeder 176 Flourinated Ethylene Propylene Moisture Resistant 177 Heat Resitant Rubber 178 Heat and Moisture Resistant Rubber 179 Heat Resistant Latex Rubber 180 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic 181 Heat and Moisture Resistant Thermoplstic with Nylon

446/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 182 Moisture and Heat Resistant Cross Link Polymer 183 Armored Cable 184 THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT 185 POLYETHELENE 186 SILICON ASBESTOS 187 ASBESTOS AND VARNISH CAMBRIC 188 Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire 189 135deg-197deg F 190 Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or diode 191

It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered when IR energy flickers at rate which is chracteristics of flame

192

Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized sampling

193 chamber to detect fire 194

Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used both on exposed and concealed work

A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and 195 enclosed in a mettalic sheath of interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type of cable is especially used for service feeders, branch circuit and for indoor, outdoor work Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed refractory mineral insulation enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. This 196 type of cable is used in dry, wet or continously moist location as service feeders or branch circuit Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture resistant, 197 flame retardant and non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used specifically for one or two family dwellings not exceeding 3 storey building

This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded 198 core of moisture resistant and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping spiral metal tape. This type is used in hazardous locations and in cable trays or in raceways

Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in the ground as feeder or branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated 199 conductors with or without associated bare or covered or grounding under a mettalic sheath, This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is supported by messenger wire

200

Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web designed especially for field installation in metal surface or raceways

447/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and enclosed with an insulating assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes such 201 as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual branch circuits, especially in hard smooth continous floor surfaces and the like

202

Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher. This type is used for power system up to 35,000 volts

203

Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at each floor and at the highest or end of a feeder riser cable

Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave 204 links, analog and digital telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured cabling and similar devices

205

Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at three points

Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover 206 ground conductor under a non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in raceways or in supported by a messenger wire 207 Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees

208

Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high illumination levels for detailed work such as needle work

209

A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required from a two phase system

210 Moisture Resistant Thermoplastic / 60 degrees 211 Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside

212

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE

213

Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)

214

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW

215 Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings

Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the 216 ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground

448/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a 217 completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the 218 pulling in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thickness 219 System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load 220

Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates froma shaft attached to a dynamo to produce electricity

221

A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to concentrate

Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to 222 zero, drops to the negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second depending on the frequency for which the machine is designed Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to 223 each other and provided with separate external connections current waves will be produced and each of which will be at its maximum when the other is zero 224 Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable 225 Underground Feeder, 60-75 degrees C 226 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations 227

Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts as a vent

A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the 228 circuit automatically on predetermined over current without damaged to itself when properly applied within its rating 229 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors 230

A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from 2400 volts to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system

231

Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

232

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere rating

Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, 233 measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground

234

Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

235

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 20 ampere rating

449/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 236

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 8 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW

237

A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it

238 A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres 239 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a 240 completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current 241 Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco 242 Underground Service Entrance / 75degrees 243

The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including the splices, if any connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building

244

A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by operating at somewhat low pressure

245

In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each of the three phase with this objective to attain

246

Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system used to support cables

A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power. 247 This connection is used when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the power load 248

A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting into unbalanced primary

249

Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit its use at exposed weather or excessive moisture

250

A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings set at 120 degrees to each other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave

251 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 252 Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies 253 Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks 254 to zero, drop to a negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds depending on the frequency of the machine is designed

450/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 255 Use to accept the P-trap assembly of the lavatory 256 A parameter in sizing horizontal branch pipe 257 Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at

258 three points Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing) A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN 260 CONDUCTORS AND NOT LESS THAN 26mm 259

A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential 261 difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it 262

What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning arrest for an effective disaster prevention in building

Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the 263 ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, 264 measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground 265

Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

266

Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30 268 degreesw/a 8.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW 267

269

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW

270

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere rating

271

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with20 ampere rating

272 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will 273 automatically transfer the power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during electrical power failure. 274 TW in electrical wire specification means.

275

A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.

451/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 276 XHHN in wire specification means.

277 Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.

278 The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type.

279 PABX or PBX means.

280 Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.

281 Another name for distribution panel.

282 Standard size of wire for a circuit line.

283 Standard size of wire for a switch line.

284 Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency.

285

Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften when reheated.

286 Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using

287 Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway.

288 Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco.

289

The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices, if any, connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.

290 The simplest type of building automation system.

291 A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or

292 metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire.

293 A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems.

452/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 294 Resistance in alternating current system.

295 The reciprocal of conductance.

296

A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called Busduct.

297

A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric currents, also called a busbar.

An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in 298 completely enclosed ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current. 299 A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature.

300 A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam.

301 A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern. A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of raceways 302 or cables and provided with sufficient space for connection and branching of the enclosed conductors. 303

A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

304 This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or

305 Microwave system.

306

This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.

307

A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor, similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.

308

A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.

309

A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically with tungsten.

310 A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.

311 Building with fire alarm and suppression system.

453/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 312

In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a structure.

313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341

454/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ELECTRICAL REVIEWER 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372

455/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Ammeter

Amperage

Blackout Switch

Feeder Line

Cable Vault Candlepower Current Direct Current Grounding Wire Footcandle Electric current appliances alternator ammeter capacitor diffuser rectifier illumeter – greenfield regulator entrance cap utility box flux voltage phase watt – rheostat regulator ohmmeter insulator

456/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES coulomb ohm volts candela 10 ft. Pvt. Automatic Branch Exchange Capacitor Power Panel No. 12 No. 14 Rectifier D.C. Generator Phase 5.5 sqmm 60 Cycles

Service Drop Telecommunication System Impedance Resistance Busway

Bus

Busway

Pull Box

457/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Riser Diagram

Air Terminal Moisture resistant, in wet and dry location Moisture and Heat Resistant- Cross-Linked Thermosetting the reciprocal of ohm Watt

Nikola Tesla Rigid metal conduit (RMC) Heat resistant thermoplastic

All of these

2-s3w and 1-s4w Low resistance, high current Cable tray Silver

All of the above

Panelboard Conduit metal clad cable (type MC) Current

All of these

Series circuit a. Fungus resistant b. Corrosion resistant

458/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Switch Non metallic sheathed cable (type NM and NMC) Both a and b Gold Both a and b Multi-outlet assembly Transfer switch CIRCUIT BREAKER WATTS AMPERE TOWER OR FLATFORM

KNIFE SWITCH

TRANSFORMER VAULT RECTIFIER RAPID START FLOURESCENT LAMP JUNCTION BOX 5 STOREYS 3.00 m 500 mm AIR CURTAIN GOOSENECK

DISTRIBUTION LINE

1.20m PLUG IN TYPE COPPER WIRE RACEWAY

459/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES CABLE WIRE

DISTRIBUTION PANEL TRANSFORMER NON FERROUS METAL 2.50m STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER OPEN WIRING AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AIR SWITCH ARC VOLTAGE ARMORED CABLE

ASKAREL

ASSEMBLY BASE LOAD BRANCH CIRCUIT BUS BUSWAY CAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER CONDUCTOR

CONTROLLER

CORONA CUT OUT BOX DEMAND FACTOR DEVICE DUCT ELECTRIC MOTOR

460/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES FEEDERS

FOOTCANDLE FUSE GENERAL LIGHTING ILLUMINATION

KNIFE SWITCH

LAMP LAMPHOLDER LIGHT LIGHTNING ARRESTER LIGHTNING SURGE LINE TAP LOAD FACTOR LUMEN LUX OUTLET OUTLET BOX PEAK LOAD PENDENT PILOT WIRE PULLBOX RACEWAY RECEPTACLE RIGID METAL CONDUIT ROSETTE

SERVICE DROP SERVICE RACEWAY SUBMARINE CABLE

461/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES SURGE 5.5 mm2 SINGLE PHASE TO SUPPLY 120 V LIGHTING LOAD SINGLE PHASE TO SUPPLY 120/240 3-WIRE LIGHTING AND POWER SINGLE PHASE FOR POWER TWO PHASE CONNECTIONS DELTA-DELTA FOR POWER AND LIGHTING OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND POWER Y DELTA FOR POWER

Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

OPEN Y DELTA DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER Y-Y AUTO TRANSFORMER SCOTT CONNECTION 3PHASE TO 2PHASE SCOTT CONNECTED 2PHASE TO 3PHASE T TW UF FEPW RH RHW RUH THW THWN

462/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES XHHW BX THHN PE SA AVA FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTOR PHOTO ELECTRIC DETECTOR INFRARED FLAME DETECTOR IONIZATION SMOKE HEAT DETECTOR ARMOR CABLE (AC)

METAL CLAD CABLE (MC)

MINERAL INSULATED CABLE (MI)

NON METALLIC SHEATED CABLE (NM)

SHIELDED NON METALLIC SHEATED CABLE (SNM)

UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT (UF) POWER AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE (TC)

FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY (FC)

463/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE (FCC)

MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE (MV)

TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET

TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM

SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START, 3-WAY SWITCH AT MIDPOINT AND SINGLE POINT SWITCH AT END

POWER AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE TYPE

RH

METAL HALIDE

SCOTT CONNECTION 2 PHASE TO 3 PHASE TW ILLUMINATED SWITCH

85 amperes

DRAWINGS

15 amperes

PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS LONG AS BOTH BURIAL DEPTH OF NO LESS 460mm AND CONCRETE ENCASEMENT IS PROVIDED

5.500 mm

464/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

BUSWAYS

RIGID STEEL CONDUIT

120/240 VOLTS WINDMILL

PANEL BOARD

SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT

TWO PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT

2.2, 30, 8, 14 UF THW CIRCUIT VENT

CIRCUIT BREAKER

SERVICE RACEWAY Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

24 AMPERE

5.5 sq.mm

3500mm

30 amperes

3.5 sq.m

465/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

45 Amperes

MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT PRESSURIZED WATER REACTOR DEVICE

BUSWAYS

60 CYCLES USE

SERVICE DROP

BOILING WATER REACTOR

BALANCE LOADING

CABLE TRAYS

OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

ARMOR CABLE TYPE ACL

THREE PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT

30 amperes POROUS ABSORBENT HERTZ

SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT

466/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND COMBINATION NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START, 3-WAY SWITCH AT MIDPOINT AND DRAWINGS Pre requisite in use of split knob and tube wiring MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT

6000mm to 7600mm

5500 mm

3500mm

24 amperes

30 amperes

85 amperes 45 amperes

15 amperes

5.5 sq.mm

3.5 sq.m 30 amperes

Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) Moisture resistant, in wet anddry location Specific Lighting

467/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Moisture and Heat Resistant- Cross-Linked Thermosetting 10'

Infra Red Pvt. Automatic Branch Exchange Capacitor

Power Panel

No. 12

No. 14

Phase

Thermosetting

5.5 sqmm

5.5 sqmm

60 Cycles

Service Drop Telecommunication System Fixed Temperature

Heat Detector

PABX

468/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Impedance

Resistance

Busway

Bus

Busway

Passive Infrared

Light Beam

Ultrasonic

Pull Box

Microwave

Passive Infrared with Ultrasonic (or Microwave) Proximity / Capacitance

Metal Halide Lamp

Mercury Lamp Tungsten Halogen Lamp High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS) Intelligent Building

469/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Air Terminal

470/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

471/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 1

What ancient roman term refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome?

2

What is the title given to a person who is a skilled worker in the field of sanitation?

3

NPCP refers to:

4

Its complete RA no:

5

What is the meaning of BOD?

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18

Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall be equipped with __________. Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes, fixtures and other apparatus. What is the general role of Sanitary and Environmental Engineering? This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system that is governed by set of rules In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first ___________ laws. What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europe was plagued with epidemics. Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of the strength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls and other surfaces through fixture usage. In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbing became more defined and appreciated? The ability of an area resource system to support the activities of a given population. ____________ is a part of ecosystem and is the major contributor to pollution of the environment. ____________, including fixtures, shall be maintained and properly usable This the pollutant that affects the quality of water due to impact of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) discharges, that rises when temperature rises. An act which regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in the Philippines.

19

In 1907, a division of plumbing construction and inspection, with the city of Manila as a model, was headed by whom?

20

This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18, 1955.

21

The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary living process, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as to permit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the public sewer or by means of private disposal system.

22

When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the National Plumbing Code of the Philippines approved?

23

When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated?

24

What is the act for Water Quality Management?

472/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 25 26

TRUE OR FALSE : Sanitation is the field of public health dealing with environmental degration and prevention and control of diseases TRUE OR FALSE : The design and layout of plumbing system is governed by a set of rules promulgated by the National Standard Plumbing Code (NSPC)

27

Plumbarius is to individual who worked in the sanitary field, while Plumbum is to ___________.

28

Solid waste, from water closet

29

Liquid only, fixtures other than WC

30

is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped during periods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir. In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south and west sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneath sidewalks. ____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in the skeleton of the distribution system. ____________ is used for city water pipes. ____________ is used for pipelines, truck mains and inverted siphon where pressures are high and sizes are large. ____________ a stronger and more elastic type of cast iron used in newer plumbing installation. A chemical reaction which involves the removal of metallic electrons from metals and formation of more stable compounds. Consist of a cylinder in which a piston or a plunger moves backwards and forwards. Used to raise water from shallow depths and used most frequently for individual houses. ____________ is a pump that increases the pressure within the distribution system or raise water to an elevated water storage tank. Pump that lifts surface water and move it to a nearby treatment plant.

42

Pump that discharge treated water into arterial mains.

43

Used to supply or remove water from a building.

44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52

Centrifugal casting on metal moulds is sometimes called ____________ . Necessitates a large pipe or conduit so that velocities will be low but not low enough to allow sedimentation. Generally, the equalizing volume of a water thank that is about ____________ of the total daily demand. In residential areas having houses up to 4 storeys high, the pressure in the pipes should be between _____________. High service system is high lying areas; while _____________ is to low lying areas TRUE OR FALSE : Water distribution is a network of pumps, pipelines, storage tanks and appurtenances. It is a special type of underground water that is found on islands or in the coastal regions near the sea. This should be supplied with water in sufficient volume or at adequate pressure to enable them to function properly. Flush tanks which are directly connected to the potable water supply system should be equipped with approved ___________.

473/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 53

_____________ is a junction between water supply systems through which water from doubtful or unsafe sources may enter an otherwise safe supply.

54

What are the 3 main sources of water supply?

55

_____________ is required to be installed so as to register the amount of water supplied to a building.

56

_____________ is used to prevent back siphonage.

57 58 59 60 61 62 63

______________ permits water drawn into a fixture tank or similar devices to flow back into the supply line by gravity or siphonage. ______________ is when water contains visible material in suspension ______________ is caused by material in solution or a colloidal state should be distinguished from turbidity. The carbonate and bicarbonate of calcium, sodium and magnesium are the common impurities which cause ______________. _______________ in water causes hardness, and in small amount it will cause taste, discoloration of clothes and plumbing fixtures and incrustations in water mains. Excavation for the installation of underground water supply piping should be _____________. The proportional change in length corresponding to 1°F change in temperature is known as the _______________.

64

________________ is water bearing stratum.

65

There are two types of well____________ & ____________.

66

The recommended slope for the house drain.

67

A type of house drain that receives the discharges of sanitary and domestic waste only.

68 69 70 71 72

A drainage pipe that carries on is designed to carry human excretement. A drainage pipe that carries liquid waste that not include human excretement. Water that is safe to drink, pleasant to the taste and usable for domestic purposes. A communicable disease which may be transmitted by water include bacterial, viral and protozoal infections. A water is _____________ when it contains visible material in suspension.

73

MCL means

74

A type of house drain that receives discharges of sanitary as well as storm water.

75

This type of drain is now considered obsolete and not advisable.

76 77 78

In large buildings, _____________ are usually suspended from the basement ceiling. A cleanout shall be provided on the house drain as near as possible the ______________ of the building. A kind of drain that should terminate into a separate drainage system.

474/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 79

The house drain should be provided with adequate number of

80

The complete PD No. of CODE OF SANITATION OF THE PHILIPPINES.

81

Boating, shooting or fishing should not be allowed within ____________ of the water intake.

82

TRUE OR FALSE : In changing house drain directions, the branch shall be run at right angle as a floor drain.

83 84 85 86 87

TRUE OR FALSE : A cleanout extended above the floor can also be utilized as floor drain. TRUE OR FALSE : All changes of direction shall be done with short radius fittings. A concrete vault constructed for the collection of raw sewage sealed with a wooden shelter. A receptacle in which liquids are retained for sufficient period to the deposit settle able material. A hole in the ground with stone and bricks laid in such manner as to allow raw contaminated sewage to leach under the surface of the ground.

88

The main sewer is financed and maintained by ____________.

89

____________ is the liquid conveyed by a sewer.

90

____________ is water which enters sewers from surface sources such as graces in manholes, open cleanouts, perforated manhole covers and roof drains or basement sumps connected to the sewer.

91

A pipe venting acid waste system.

92

A watertight container of sewage.

93

A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage or liquid waste from a sump other than ejector.

94

This bacteria functions in absence of free oxygen.

95

Considered as the oldest type of sewer.

96

Minimum width for septic tank.

97 98 99

That portion of the horizontal drainage system which starts from the outer face of the building and terminate at the main sewer in the street or septic tank. Sometimes referred to as ―the collection line of a plumbing system.‖ The septic tank should be double compartment and should be capable of holding how many times of daily waste water flow.

The complete RA No. of ECOLOGICAL SLOID WASTE MANAGEMENT ACT 2000. How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic and 101 subject to rotting. 100

102 TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m

103

TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under a house.

104

TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15m away from potable water to prevent contamination.

475/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the junction of the drain pipe? An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms for 106 Hydrogen, otherwise known as H2O. 105

What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time, usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe? This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congested 108 business areas. 107

109

It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm water to a satisfactory terminal.

It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also the 110 portion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof terminal 111

This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ample amount of ground space between buildings is available.

A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceiling by substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally is 112 adapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficiently deep in the street. This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floor 113 within the walls of the building and is used in buildings located in congested business areas. 114

What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm water to a satisfactory terminal?

115 Rainwater piping should not be used as: 116 Roof drains shall not be made of __________. 117 The outside roof leader is located on the _____ 118 The inside roof leader is installed ___________ 119

What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the junction of the drain pipe?

120 All storm drains should be graded at least This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewer discharges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant. The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of the building to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________ 122 to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because of expansion and contraction of the roof. 121

123 Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of time to allow settle able material to deposit TRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe varies 125 according to its length and grade per foot. TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm drain 126 difficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period. TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining the 127 size of the drain is the depth of the building. 124

TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer at 128 right angles by means of a 45° Y and curve assembled in exactly the same manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.

476/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 129

TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point of the conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45° fitting.

TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be provided with a concrete or stone foundation. TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanized 131 steel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest. 130

132

TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended from band iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure

TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically through the floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is then 133 extended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because of expansion and contraction of the roof. TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to the 134 drain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering the conductor. TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing, 135 or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the joint between the roof and the conductor will be water-tight. 136

TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing a hub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.

137 Do appurtenances need direct connection to water supply? 138 What type of plumbing material is a water heater? 139

What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of a ball floating on the surface of water?

140 What is the most expensive type of all pipes? 141

What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance to corrosion?

142 What type of plumbing material is a water closet? 143

What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainage installation in buildings?

144 What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes? 145 What type of plumbing material is a soap dispenser? 146 CISPI stands for: 147 ―U‖ in UPVC stands for 148

The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings ______stories in height.

149 It is a non-metallic plumbing material? Acid-resistant pipe usually is an alloy of cast-iron and ____________. A gate valve whose body and bonnet are held together by a ―u‖ 151 bolt clamp. A device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water to 152 fixtures for flushing purposes. 150

477/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 153

Pipes that are used to underground public sewers, house sewer and drains. It is made up of clay and also resistant to acids.

This type of trap is used in many localities where venting is not 154 required by local ordinances. This device permits the waste to flow through it rapidly. 155 A pit for the reception or detention for sewage A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm 156 water, waste water or sewage 157 The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical 158 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom of 159 the tank A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for 160 reducing the pressure exerted on trap seal 161 A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not less 162 than ____ percent 163 All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg. 164 In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown 165 A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes. 166 Level 3 types of water service refers to: 167 A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap: 168 One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is: 169 The minimum size of a swimming pool drain: 170 Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for: 171 The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by: 172 A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water: 173 Women‘s urinal fixture: 174 The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank. 175 Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe fittings: 176 Prevents water hammer: 177

Theater or movie house‘s water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons of water per day :

178 . Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of: 179 The reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of the trap:

478/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 180 A pipe fitting shape like letter ―S‖:

The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or 181 behind the fixture and extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the fixture trap: 182

The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an elementary school:

183 The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet: 184 A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter 185 A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping: 186 The minimum slope of a building drain: 187 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal: 188 The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall: 189 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath: 190 Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for: 191

The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both elementary and secondary school:

192 The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and fittings: A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite 193 screws at the end. By turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal rods and regulate the length and tension of this rods: The first section of water supply piping in a building after the water meter. A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of a circular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movement of the disk 195 is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, which is turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to the face of the disk. 194

196 The receptacle in which liquid is retained for deposition of sediment is called? 197 lowest portion of a trap 198 pipe for wastewater 199 liquid waste 200 These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets. 201 vertical pipe used for the storage of water 202 receptacle for organic discharge 203 accumulated or settled solid waste 204 It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water lines.

479/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 205 a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole 206 end of a pipe that fits into a bell 207 backflow due to negative pressure 208

What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing circulation of air to and from any part of the drainage system?

209 gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects 210 vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets 211 It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction. 212 reservoir for liquid 213 valve for controlling the flushing of fixtures 214 It is the method of rendering a pipe fitting waterproof by using oakum or lead 215 process of injecting chlorine gas into the water 216 Minimum width of a septic tank. 217 Minimum length of a septic tank. 218 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank. 219 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank. 220 221 222 223 224 225

Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank. Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank. Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters. Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank. Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool. Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field.

226 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 227 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 228 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture. 229 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub 230 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall. Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene. A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the 232 connection at the water main. A vent with a function to provide circulation if air 233 between drainage and vent system Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a 234 floor or wall which the pipe pass. 231

480/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 235 Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting. A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture. Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable 237 matter in suspension or solution. 236

238 Component of fire extinguisher. 239 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. 240 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 241 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent. 242 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet. 243 244 245 246 247 248 249

Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet. Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent. A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent. Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service connection. Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source. Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting. It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome.

250 In Latin, it means 'lead'.

251

252 253 254

A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain. Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___. Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a drainage system with which they are connected. Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor.

255 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. 256 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent. 257 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure. Best type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage. A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used 259 as a draw-off tap. Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a 260 trap. 258

261 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. 262

Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall.

481/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 263 264 265

266 267

Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal. Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test. How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for inspection. Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy said testing. Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans. Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes

268 to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on top of the other. Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating 269 equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar equipment requiring union fittings. 270 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals. 271 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees. Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in diameter. Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for 273 pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia. Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any 274 access door, crawl space, or crawl hole. 272

275 Maximum length of a tailpiece. 276 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284

Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface. Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening. Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded. Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from weather. Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack. An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure. The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water.

285 Women's urinal fixture. A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to 286 clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a small irregular passageway. This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet 287 except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.

482/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. 288 Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush valve, requires higher pressure. Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is 289 directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet; siphon. A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. 290 Water enters through the rim and through the down leg. A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the 291 flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or vortex which scours the bowl. A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through 292 the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway. A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a 293 smaller water surface and trapway. This type of water closet is prohibited by some health 294 codes The concussion and banging noise that results when a 295 volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses momentum. A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate 296 across the passage. A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an 297 internal wall. Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or 298 sewage treatment plant. 299 The centerline of pipe. 300 The interior top surface of a pipe. 301 The interior bottom surface of a pipe. 302 Color code for pipes containing acid. One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du 303 pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene. a. Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals. b. no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be 304 used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above ground. c. 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. a. number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe. 305

b. brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or adapter. c. 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a

true vertical position. Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes 306 referred to as. Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory 307 faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___. 308 Treats hard water.

483/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack? The first section of water supply piping in a building after the 310 water meter. 309

311 A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub. A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of a circular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movement 312 of the disk is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, which is turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to the face of the disk. A receptacle attached to a plumbing system other than a trap in 313 which water or wastes may be collected or obtained for ultimate into the plumbing system. Any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which 314 discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch. 315 The abbreviation DWV stands for ______. 316

A p-shaped trap commonly used on most plumbing fixtures except for fixture have integral trap.

317 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement. A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey or more to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures. A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or vent 319 piping. The water supply pipe provided by the water utility company 320 where local individual connection is done. A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives the 321 discharge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent from the septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit. The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixtures 318

322 and other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing water and waterborne waste. That part of the drainage system that extends from the end of the building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer, 323 private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriate point of disposal. A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotating 324 drilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in the valve body. A vertical length of soil or waste stack at least 8 feet in height (a 325 storey high), within which the horizontal branches from one storey or floor of the building or structure are connected to the stack. A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack below the 326

floor and below the horizontal connection to an adjacent vent stack at a point above the floor and higher than the highest spill level of

fixtures for preventing pressure changes in the stack. A kind of return bend of small-sized faucet, one end of which is about one foot long and the other end is about three inches. It is 327 commonly used as a faucet for pantry sink and drinking fountain. Also the lead connection between the service pipe and the water main. Also a p-trap.

484/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER A watertight receptacle which the discharge of sanitary plumbing system or part thereof, designed and constructed to retain solids, 328 digest organic matter through a period of detention and to allow the liquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system

329

330

331

332 333 334

of open jointed subsurface piping or seepage pit. A common measure of the probable discharge into the drainage system by various types of plumbing fixtures on the basis of one unit of this being equal to a discarge rate of 7.5 gallons per minute or one cubic foot of water per minute. The installation of parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to installation of fixtures or finishing. This includes drainage, water supply and vent piping and necessary fixture supports. A fitting or device designed and constructed to provide, when properly vented, a liquid seal which prevents backflow and passage of foul air and gases without materially affecting the flow of sewage or wastewater through it. A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure less than the atmospheric pressure. A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid waste free of fecal matter. A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supply pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets. Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal or

335 fixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges from other fixtures to the building drain or building sewer In a building consists of the water service pipe, water supply 336 line, water distributing pipes and the essential branch pipes, valves and all other appurtenances for the supply of potable water. 337 A vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last fixture connection of a horizontal branch to the vent stack A vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both 339 fixtures 338

340 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture 341 A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect 342

A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up of waste from a drainage pipe

343 See common vent 344 A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps 345

A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above the fixture served or terminates in the open air

346 A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the originating waste or soil stack Is a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed from 348 a room fixture 347

349 The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected 350

A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and vent systems where the drainage systems might otherwise be air bound

485/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER

351 An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps 352

The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected to the stack horizontal drain, the uppermost end above the roof

353 A vent which also serves as a drain 354

A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of preventing pressure changes in the stack

355

Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes of a supply of water from any source other than its intended source

356

Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to negative pressure

357

Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch

358 A flange that is not drilled 359 A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water 360 Is plugging an opening with oakum, lead or other materials 361 A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits 362 Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned 363 A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings 364

Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are made on the extended portion

365 The length along the center of the pipe and fitting Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often 366 liquid waste to a legal point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer system or private or or public sewerage treatment 367 Is a pipe connecting several fixtures 368

Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets and and similar fixture

369

A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be removed for the purpose of cleaning

370 Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical 371

Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and vent pipes; house drain and house sewers including their respective connections

Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the installation of fixtures A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the 373 hydrant or to the same nozzle 372

374

Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar function w/ or w/o the discharge of other fixtures to the building drain

375

Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap

486/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 376

Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low yielding water well

377 The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer 378 The location of water well to nearest septic vault 379 Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer 380 A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water 381 The third kind of water after the storm water and area water 382 The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing 383 Color coding of high pressure steam 384 Color coding for fuel oil division 385

The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage system

386 Service drop conductor clearance over the roof 387

A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its seat

388 An underground tank reservoir to store water 389 Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of water A valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure 391 fluctuations on the inlet side above the pressure level A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling of 392 the connection when needed A device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing 393 purposes and is activated by direct water pressure 390

394 Another name for corporation cock 395

A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a seal against the passages of gases and odors

396

A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic tank effluent may flow covered with earth

397 The luminous flux density incident on a surface 398

An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain through sewer

399 A type of fitting for yoke bent 400 Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub 401 Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain 402 BATH FOOT 403 BATH SHOWER STALL 404 BATH SITZ

487/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 405 BATH TUB 406 BIDETS 407 COMBINATION FIXTURE 408 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 409 FLOOR DRAIN 410 FOUNTAIN CUPSIDERS 411 LAUNDRY TRAYS 412 SINKS (DISHWASHER) 413 SINKS (HOTEL OR PUBLIC) 414 SINKS (KITCHEN OR RESIDENCE) 415 SINKS (SMALL PANTRY OR BAR) 416 SLOP SINKS (ORDINARY) 417 SLOP SINKS (WITH COMBINE TRAP) 418 URINAL (PEDESTAL) 419 URINALS (LIP) 420 URINALS (STALL) 421 URINALS (THROUGH) 422 WASH BASIN (LAVATORIES) 423 WATER CLOSETS 424

Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed through the rim to create a vortex that scours the bowl

Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through 425 the rim and siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway 426

Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water surface area are smaller

427

Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and emptying through small irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes

428 Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out 429

A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of the body

430 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12" 431 No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter 432 Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor

488/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 433 Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 434 Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 435 Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 436 Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall 437 Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain 438 Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m 439 Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m 440 Dry standpipe for a riser below 23m 441 Dry standpipe for a riser more than 23m

442 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school 443 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school 444 Ratio of urinals for elementary schools 445 Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places 446 Ratio of lavatory to number of occupants 447 Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings 448 Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test 449 It should not be used for steam 450 High Pressure 451 Exhaust Fan 452 Fresh Water, low pressure 453 Fresh Water, high pressure 454 Salt water piping 455 Oil Delivery 456 Oil Discharge 457 PNEUMATIC DIVISION 458 GAS DIVISION 459 FUEL OIL DIVISION 460 REFRIGERATING DIVISION 461

A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which of the following does NOT require it?

462

A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service inlet and outlet connection installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service

489/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 463 Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building 464

Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture is simultaneously opened?

465 KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE 466 LAVATORY TRAP OR BRANCH SIZE 467 OUTLET OF DRY STANDPIPE 468 OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts 469

Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the total linear footage of the pipe making up the vent?

470

A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water temperature temperature and direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at the fooe spout

471

Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are beautiful and maintenance free

472

Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a residual pressure or 1.8 kilos per sq.mts

473

A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an angle

474 General term used to described the fitting in the drawing 475 GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing) 476

Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent pipe takes off in front of the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack

477

Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally dissolves solids while some useful minerals are retained

478 Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point 479 solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F 480 GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three inches

481

A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution system by mechanical means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi

482

A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a plumbing system

483

A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where

484

water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe

485 Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5" 486

Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at higher pressure

487

Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or branch of a plumbing rough in for the purpose of future trap

490/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 488 A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater

Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm 489 type or straight beam type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote control, push push button switch, photocell, magnetic loop or acces control 490 Exception of fixture to be connected into a single trap 491 The presence of Fire Service Connection Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main 492 distribution water service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ½", ¾", 1", 1 ½", 1 ¼" and 2" 493 Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes 494

and fittings, ASTM 2729 standards

495 Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe 496 SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER 497 Pipe not used as water service pipe 498 A cut off valve installed in the service piping system 499 Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source 500 Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line 501 Device used to prevent water hammering 502 Rule of thumb in sizing an individual vent 503 It ventilates a house drainage system and prevent siphonage and back pressure 504 It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet 505

The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent inlet at the trap

506 Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch 507 A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last fixture of the battery A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the 509 surface A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a 510 submerge piston 508

511

A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump.

512 Minimum height of Fire Service station from the grade 513

A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water distribution

514 PE 515

General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different plumbing fixture

491/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 516 Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor 517 A type of pipe fitting for yoke vent 518

The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level rim of the fixture

519 The minimum size or trap of a bidet 520 Supply valve tank type for water closet 521

A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding 3 inches

522 Location that does not require installation of clean out 523 Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent 524 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture 525 A parameter in sizing the drainage pipe Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged from other fixture to the house drain Minimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less from 527 the Fire service Connection In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe 528 apply only if the main fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure 526

System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and 529 fixture traps, the soil waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer, the storm water drainage with their devices 530 Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source 531 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting 532 Common term for a two way service connections 533 Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve 534 A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe 535 Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain 536 Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration 537 A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver 538 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height 539 Passing on it can treat hardwater A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi 540 where water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe 541

A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a submerge piston

542

A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surface

492/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER

A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a 543 shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at the surface with shaft to turn the impellers below

544

A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height

545

A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water droplets over a lawn, golf course, or the like.

546 Minimum width of a septic tank. 547 Minimum length of a septic tank. 548 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank. 549 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank. 550 Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank. 551 Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank. 552

Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.

553 Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false. 554 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank. 555 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool. 556 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field. 557 Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts. 558 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 559 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 560 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture. 561 Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 562

Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

563 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub

493/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 564 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.

565 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 566 Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35. 567 Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50. 568 Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100. 569 Classifications of copper pipes. 570 A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool. 571 Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as. 572 Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene. 573 A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system. 574 Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe pass. 575 A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture. 576 Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution. 577 Component of fire extinguisher. 578 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. 579 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 580 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent. 581 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet. 582 Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet. 583 True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 584 True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 585

Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.

494/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER

586 A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent. 587

Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service connection.

588 Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source. 589

Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.

590 Treats hard water. 591 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting. 592 It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome. 593 In Latin, it means 'lead'. A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of 594 one or more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe adequately 595 sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain. 596 Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. 597 Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. 598 Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___. 599

Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a drainage system with which they are connected.

600 Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor. 601 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. 602 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent. 603 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure. 604 Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage. 605 Condensing unit is a part of a ___. 606 A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap. 607 Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap.

495/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 608 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. 609 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall. 610 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal.

611 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school. 612 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school. 613 Ratio of urinals for elementary school. 614 Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places. 615

Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.

616

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of occupants.

617 Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test. 618

How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for inspection.

619

Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy said testing.

620 Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening. 621 Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans. 622

Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on top of the other.

623

Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar equipment requiring union fittings.

624 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals. 625 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees. 626

True or false, 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true vertical position.

627

Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals, true or false.

628

Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in diameter.

629 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.

496/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 630

Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.

631 Maximum length of a tailpiece. 632 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 633

True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above ground.

634 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof. 635 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface. 636 Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening. 637 Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded. 638

Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from weather.

639 Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack. 640 The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water. 641 True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe. Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe 642 applied only if the highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure. 643 What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack?

644

What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit for the number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy?

645 Women's urinal fixture. 646

True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or adapter.

647

A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a small irregular passageway.

648

This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.

649

A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush valve, requires higher pressure.

650

Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet; siphon.

497/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 651

A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.

652

A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or vortex which scours the bowl.

653

A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.

654

A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and trapway.

655 This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes. 656

The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses momentum.

657 The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings. 658 A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage. 659 A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall. 660 Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant. 661 The centerline of pipe. 662 The interior top surface of a pipe. 663 The interior bottom surface of a pipe. 664 Color code for pipes containing acid. This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards, and 665 major components are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical version of a vertical section taken through the building.

666

One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

667 668 669 670 671 672 673

498/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704

499/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES PLUMBARIUS PLUMBER NATIONAL PLUMBING CODE OF THE PHILS. IRA 1378 BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND WATER SEAL TRAP INSTALLING ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION NATIONAL STANDARD PLUMBING CODE (NSPC) PLUMBING APPRENTICE RENAISSANCE PERIOD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS GRECO-ROMAN CIVILIZATION CARRYING CAPACITY MAN PLUMBING SYSTEM HEAT RA 1364 American Master Plumber JOHN F. HASS SANITARY ENGINEERING LAW

DOMESTIC SEWAGE

28-Jun-55 17th CENTURY ACT 2152

500/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES FALSE TRUE LEAD – a metal used by Romans as a plumbing material SOIL PIPE WASTE PIPE GRAVITATIONAL FLOW METHOD DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS OF PUMP SERVICE HEADERS PRIMARY FEEDERS CAST IRON PIPES STEEL PIPES DUCTILE IRON CORROSION RECIPROCATING PUMP HAND PUMP BOOSTER PUMP LOW LIFT PUMP HIGH LIFT PUMP PIPE LINES DELAVAUD PROCESS INTAKE CONDUIT 1/6 to 1/3 1.8 x 105 to 2.8 x 105 N/m2 LOW-SERVICE SYSTEM TRUE FRESH WATER PLUMBING FIXTURES BALL COCKS

501/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CROSS CONNECTION * RAINWATER * GROUNDWATER * SURFACE WATER WATER METER VACUUM BREAKER or BACKFLOW PREVENTER BACKFLOW TURBIDITY COLOR ALKALINITY IRON OPEN TRENCH WORK COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR EXPANSION AQUIFER WATER TABLE WELL & ARTESIAN WELL 2% SANITARY DRAIN SOIL PIPE WASTE PIPE POTABLE WATER WATERBOURNE DISEASES TURBID MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVELS COMBINED DRAIN COMBINED DRAIN HOUSE DRAIN FOUNDATION WALL INDUSTRIAL DRAIN

502/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES CLEANOUTS PD 856 200m TRUE FALSE FALSE PRIVY CATCH BASIN CESSPOOL or DRYWELL GOVERNMENT SEWAGE

INFLOW

ACID VENT SEPTIC TANK SEWAGE PUMP ANAEROBIC BACTERIA COMBINATION PUBLIC SEWER 0.90m HOUSE SEWER HOUSE DRAIN 2.8 - 3.0 TIMES RA 9003 50% TRUE

TRUE TRUE

503/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES FIXTURE DRAIN WATER ABSORPTION INSIDE STORM DRAIN STORM DRAIN

ROOF LEADER

OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN

OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN

INSIDE STORM DRAIN

STORM DRAIN SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPE IRON OUTSIDE WALL OF THE BUILDING WITHIN THE BUILDING WALLS FIXTURE DRAIN ¼ INCH PER FOOT COMBINATION HOUSE SEWER VERTICALLY, HORIZONTALLY GUTTER LIQUID TRUE TRUE FALSE

TRUE

504/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE NO APPLIANCE BALL COCK BRASS PIPE COPPER PIPE FIXTURE CAST IRON PIPES FIXTURES APPURTENANCE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE UNPLASTICIZED LESS THAN 25-STORIES ASBESTOS-CEMENT NONPRESSURE SEWER PIPE SILICON CLAMP GATE CALVE FLUSHOMETER VALVE

505/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE

DRUM TRAP Cesspool Drain Invert Privy

Sludge

Vent Pipe Sewer Pipe 2% Bends Crown weir Coupling artesian well lavatory faucet water (potability) 2”dia coagulant schedule elbow bidet 15 m. nipple Float Valve total number of auditorium seat water pipe Crown weir to bottom dip

506/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES U-trap Back vent pipe

1 per 35 2" dia. waste pipe stack 1/16 in./ft. 2" dia. 2" dia. 2" dia. Gas Pipe 1 per 30 black

Turnbackle

Water distributing pipe

Globe valve

catch basin dip drain pipe effluent soil stack standpipe septic tank

sludge water hammer

507/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES escutcheon spigot back siphonage vent stack fumigant soil stack check valve cistern flush valve caulking disinfections 90 cms. 1.50 mts. 70 cms. 1.80 mts. 1.50 cum 508 mm. 1.50 mts. 15.20 mts. 45.70 mts. 30.50 mts. 51 mm. 102 mm. 60 cms. 38 mm. 51 mm Polyethylene Corporation Stop Relief Vent Escutcheon

508/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Developed Length Flush Valve Sewage Carbon Monoxide Storm Sewer 1 1/2'” 1/8 Bend 1-1/2" 3/8" Battery of Fixtures Common Vent 4" 4" 6" Plumbarius Plumbum

Combination Waste and Vent system

Sanitary Sewer Main Fixture 2 1/2" Circuit Vent Loop Vent Barometer Ionization Bibbcock Top Dip to Crown Weir Double Bend 2"

509/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 3” 3m 3 days

15 minutes 8% 300 mm

300 mm 4 ft. 60˚ 305 mm 450 mm 6.10 mts. 600 mm 4.60 mts. 15 cms. 300 mm 0.90 mtr. 2.10 mts. 3.00 mts. 10 Pressure Regulating Valve Softening Washdown Washdown

Reverse Trap

510/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Blowout

Siphon Vortex Siphon Jet Siphon Vortex

Siphon Jet Reverse Trap Washdown Water Hammer Gate Valve Globe Valve Effluent Spring Line Crown Invert black Teflon

all true

all true

House Drain Ball Valve Zeolite

511/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Wye and 1/8 Bend Water distributing pipe Full bath

Globe valve

fixture Battery of fixtures Drainage, waste and vent Gooseneck Privy Riser Stack Water main cesspool

plumbing

Building sewer

Ball valve

Branch interval

Yoke vent

gooseneck

512/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Septic tank

Drainage fixture unit

Roughing-in

Trap

Backpressure Waste stack Water distributing pipe Soil pipe

Water supply system BRANCH VENT CIRCUIT VENT

COMMON VENT

CONTINOUS VENT DRY VENT DUAL VENT GROUP VENT INDIVIDUAL VENT

LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT

LOCAL VENT MAIN VENT

RELIEF VENT

513/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES UNIT VENT

STACK VENT

WET VENT YOKE VENT

BACKFLOW

BACK SIPHONAGE BATTERY OF FIXTURE BLANK FLANGE BLIND FLANGE CAULKING COUPLING UNION NIPPLE DEAD END DEVELOPED LENGTH

DRAINAGE SYSTEM

FIXTURE BRANCH FLOOD LEVEL FERRULE INVERT

PLUMBING SYSTEM

ROUGH IN SIAMESE CONNECTIONS

SOIL PIPE

TRAP SEAL

514/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES WATER RESERVOIR SHOCK RELIEF AND EXPANSION CHAMBER 50 FEET OR MORE 2 PERCENT CULVERT BLACK WATER RECESSED WHITE BLACK TRAP OR WATER SEAL 2.50 M COMPRESSION VALVE CISTERN OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN PRESSURE COCK PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE UNION PATENT FLUSHOMETER CORPORATION STOP AIR TRAP ABSORPTION TRENCH ILLUMINATION CATCH BASIN WYE FITTING 1 1/2" 150mm DIAMETER 1 1/2" 2" 1 1/2"

515/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 2" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 2' 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 2" 3" 3" 1 1/2" 2" 2" 1 1/4" 3"

SIPHON-VORTEX

SIPHON-JET

REVERSE TRAP

WASH DOWN

BLOW OUT BIDET GI PIPE SIZES 19.05mm or 3/4" 46 cm.

516/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 122cm 61 cm. 122 cm 5 FEET 1/4" BEND ? 51mm or 2" 64mm or 2 1/2" 4" 6" RATIO OF 1:25 RATIO OF 1:30 RATIO OF 1:75 RATIO OF 1:75 RATIO OF 1:5 4 CLOSETS 3 HEADS GALVANIZED PIPING WHITE BUFF BLUE BLUE GREEN BRASS OR BRONZE YELLOW GRAY BLACK BLACK BLACK ON EVERY HOSE BIBB

DRY STANDPIPE

517/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES WATER SERVICE PIPE INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE OF THE WATER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PIPE 1 ½" 1 ¼" 64mm or 2 ½" 64mm or 2 ½" SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE

3 WAY VALVE DIVERTER

BALL VALVE

132 LITERS PER MINUTE ELBOW REDUCER FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS 2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND COMBINATION CIRCUIT VENT

REVERSE OSMOSIS FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTOR

COUPLING

PRESSURE REGULATOR

WRONG CHOICE OF VENT TYPE SUBMERSIBLE PUMP jet,jack,reciprocating 5" URINAL FLASH VALVE ASSEMBLY TAIL PIECE or DEAD END

518/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES CHECK VALVE

AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE PILLAR SYSTEM

THREE FIXTURES DRY STANDPIPE POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND FITTINGS AND FITTINGS UPVC DWV SANITARY PIPES AND FITTINGS ASBESTOS PIPE Shower set for bath (drawing) FIBER CEMENT PIPE GATE VALVE 64mm or 2 1/2" 61 cms AIR CHAMBER VENT SIZE IS AT LEAST 1/2 THE DRAIN IT SERVES BUT NOT LESS THAN THE VENT PIPE 3/8" 6 FEET 2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2 X 1/8 BEND COUPLING REDUCER CIRCUIT VENT JET RECIPROCATING

CENTRIFUGAL

46 mm BELL REDUCER POLYETHELENE PIPE WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES

519/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 38 mm (1 1/2") WYE FITTING 6" 1 1/2" 3/8" COUPLING AT EVERY BRANCH INTERVAL OFA SOIL STACK BATTERY OF FIXTURE COMMON VENT NUMBER OF FIXTURE SOIL PIPE 102 mm (4")

UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD

PLUMBING SYSTEM

64 mm (2 1/2") 6" SIAMESE CONNECTIONS BALL NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS 1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND, LONG SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8" COMBINATION 12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR JACK ZEOLITE

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

RECIPROCATING

JET

520/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CENTRIFUGAL

JACK

Lawn Sprinkler System 90 cms. 1.50 mts. 60 cms. 1.80 mts. 1 cum. 508 mm. 1.50 mts. FALSE 15.20 mts. 45.70 mts. 30.50 mts. 26 51 mm. 102 mm. 60 cms. 15 cms. 0.90 mtr. 38 mm. (11/2")

521/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 51 mm. (2") 3 2 1 4 Rigid and Flexible Burr House Drain Polyethylene Relief Vent Escutcheon Flush Valve Sewage Carbon Monoxide Strom Sewer 1 1/2" (38mm) 1/8 Bend 1 1/2" 3/8" TRUE FALSE Battery of Fixtures

522/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Common Vent 4" (102mm) 4" (102mm) Ball Valve Zeolite 6" (150mm) Plumbarius Plumbum Combination Waste and Vent system Air curtain Air curtain Sanitary Sewer Main Fixture 2 1/2" (64mm) Circuit Vent Loop Vent Barometer Ionization Refrigeration Bibbcock Top Dip to Crown Weir

523/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Double Bend 2" 3" (1:30) (1:25) (1:75) (1:75) 4 (1:5) 3 3 15 minutes Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker 8% 300 mm 300 mm 4' 60˚ TRUE TRUE 0.305 mtr. / 305 mm 0.45 mtr. / 450 mm

524/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 6.10 mts. 600 mm 4.60 mts. TRUE 150 mm / 15 cms. 300 mm 0.90 mtr. 2.10 mts. 3.00 mts. 10 Softening TRUE Upfeed System / Direct Method Wye and 1/8 Bend Energy Efficiency Rating (EER) Washdown TRUE

Washdown (WD)

Reverse Trap (RT)

Blowout (BO)

Siphon Vortex (SV)

525/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Siphon Jet (SJ)

Siphon Vortex (SV)

Siphon Jet (SJ)

Reverse Trap (RT) Washdown (WD) Water Hammer Developed Length Gate Valve Globe Valve Effluent Spring Line Crown Invert Black

Riser Diagram

Teflon

526/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

527/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER 1

A stream of high-velocity temperature-controlled air which is directed downward, across an opening

2

A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of air it is distributed to an air conditioned space.

3

A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its normal limit of travel

4

The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door to the floor at the bottom of the hoist way.

5

When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical clearance of not less than between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical part.

6

There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___ below the sill of the pit access door

7

Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____

8

Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings.

9

Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related hoisting and lowering mechanisms.

10 Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure. 11 A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory 12

Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by mechanical means.

A device that maintains, control of the indoor environment—its desirable temperature, 13 humidity, air circulation, and purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial materials that are handled or stored there. 14 Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means. 15 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact with 16 an airstreams where a small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion is cooled. 17

A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting relatively small articles between levels.

18 Gives stability to governor ropes. 19 Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight?

20

Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite ends of the cables to car is fastened.

21 Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight? 22 Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom.

528/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

23 Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel? 24

A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree?

An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central 25 locations outside the spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of fans and pumps through duct and pipes. 26 Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser

27 Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or plunger? 28 it is a device to control the temperature. 29

It is a three – section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving stairway component

30 In electric elevator machine room is located at the 31 Is mechanical device for transporting persons between two levels. The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected of 32 a system or the part of a system under consideration is called – 33

The following are basic component parts of an escalator except____.

34 Tesla is the unit of____. Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator? A bathroom containing a water closet, a 36 lavatory, and a bathtub. The following are elements of centralized 37 airconditioning system except _______. 35

Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______. 38 a. Transmission of sound b. Effect of sound waves c. Generation of sound It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in contact with each other. Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler, 40 or other air handling equipment. 39

41 What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant? 42 gas used as refrigerant with water 43 an air compartment or chamber 44 liquid which is discharged as a waste 45 A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as? 46 device used only to add humidity in the air 47 heat is transferred through materials 48 a process which refrigerant from liquid to gas

529/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER 49 What is a cooling or heating element which is made of pipe or tubing? 50 device to control the thermostat 51 device used to vary the volume of air passing a duct 52 It is a platform or car for hoisting or lowering passenger or freight. 53 stops car and grips counterweight in case of emergency where the endless belt of steps pass around during operation 54 of an escalator 55 What is a closed vessel in which liquid is heated or vaporized? 56 pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes 57 vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat 58

It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel and driving sheave.

59 the art and practice of heating and cooling with water 60 steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights 61 Two types of passenger elevator. Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential building. A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer 63 the power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during electrical power failure. The minimum face to face distance between elevators 64 in three and four car grouping. 62

65 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 66

A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air

67 Another name for Humidistat. 68 69 70 71 72 73 74

Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly controls temperature. A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of alternating current. Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___. A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to activate a switch. Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire.

75 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 76

An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve

77 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning.

530/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER 78

A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures.

79 Heat that raises air temperature. 80

81

82

83

84

The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid. What is the rating index of an airconditioning/ refrigeration system which rates the unit for the number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy? (EER) What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central airconditioning system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air stream injected to a conditioned space. In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be used together with this. It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the floors. In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is

85 overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is eliminated. 86 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. 87 88 89

90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor. In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard. In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop or prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service. This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance. This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor. This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or repairs. The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs. An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed. Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator. In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended scenery, or the like. On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on which they wind. Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight. In boilers, they function only when it exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions. The following are basic component parts of an escalator except____.

101 Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator? 102

The following are elements of centralized airconditioning system except _______.

531/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER 103 A transformer is ______. 104

A factor used in calculating cooling load that includes heat

transferred from walls, doors, ceilings, etc. is known as _____. The following are ways in which heat may be transferred 105 except____. The typical truss configuration used in the installation of an 106 escalator. Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning 107

108

109 110 111 112

113

a. It uses ducts

b. Has cooling tower c. Provided with air handling unit d. All of these The total cooling output of an airconditioner during its annual usage, in BTU/hr divided by the energy input during the same period, in watt-hours is known as_____. Which type of refrigerant is recommended for residential, commercial, and industrial application using split type airconditioning system? The term impedance is used in transformers and other devices in ac is a combination of _______. A continuous belt (chain) attached to the handrail and directly connected to the steps is known as _____. What is the minimum distance between the handrails of escalators? What aspect/s of environment or surroundings is/are considered in air-conditioning system for human comfort? a. Temperature of the surrounding air b. Motion of air

114 What is the refrigerant name of R-12? 115 The recommended speed for escalators ranges from____. The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in 116 changing the state of a substance without changing its temperature. 117 An apparatus that can heat, cool, clean and circulate air 118 They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system 119 An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building 120 The current of air or gases 121 Requirement for a dry standpipe 122 Color coding of piping for fuel oil division 123

A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car excusively for carrying materials

124 The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied 125 The average consumption of water per capita 126

An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes of temperature of the space

127 A tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling earth

532/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

128 The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system 129 The total sound units provided by a given material 130 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector 131

Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube either from these places

132 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat 133

The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from passing through the members into adjoining room

134

The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a one square meter surface

135 Level of subterrenean water 136

Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of the air before it is distributed to an air conditioned space

137 This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time 138 Protection of PVC pipe underground 139 Reflection of sound from curve surface 140 The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time 141 Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize building shocks to the car That portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the lowest 143 landing floor of the hoistway 142

144 A geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum 145 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight 146 Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car 147

When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a sufficient room for this

148 When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding 149 Shalll be located in any one hoistway 150 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for traction elevators 151 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators 152 Minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes 153 Provision for all elevators A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or 154 counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely

533/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or 155 detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality 156

A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current

During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the outside The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens 158 the door 157

159 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed 160

Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops at the floor

161

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety gear

162 Main purpose of shafts overhead space 163

Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely

164 OTIS-U.S.

A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car 165 or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or

counterweight safely Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches 166 or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and

shuts down the system in any eventuality 167

A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts from over current

168

During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the outside

169

The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door

170 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed 171

Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops at the floor

172

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and grasp the rope to operate the safety gear

173 Main purpose of shafts overhead space 174

Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the designated end of travel course

175 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 176 Minimum width of balustrade 177 Maximum width of balustrade 178 Maximum width of the steps

534/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER 179 Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade 180 Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination 181 Provision for boiler rooms inside the building 182 Minimum distance if the building is not made of fire resistive materials 183 No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall 184 Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius

185 Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve 186 Provision when two or more boilers are connected in parallel 187 Provision of every boiler 188 Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr 189 Notification in writing in advance for boiler's inspection 190 Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling 191 Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building 192 Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs. 193 Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors 194

Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify and cool the airstream injected to the conditioned space

195 Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building 196

Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so on while descending

197

Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on while ascending

198

Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely

199 main drive chain, step chain, handrail, drive chain, bottom sprocket 200

When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are arrange in banks

201 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand 202 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand

203

Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by building automation system to close in case of fire within the area

204 Location of Control System or computer brain of the escalator

535/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

205

This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard room of normal condition without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain

206

PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH THE MACHINE ROOM

207

THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL BEAM

208 Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out 209 Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out 210 Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site 211 Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system 212

Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat moved per watt of electrical input energy

213 Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to activate a switch A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or 215 counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or counterweight safely 214

Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of heat moved per watt of electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an 216 escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens 218 the door 217

219 Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors 220 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its efficiency and performance Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open 222 only when the car stops at the floor 221

223 Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator

224

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety gear

225 Main purpose of shafts overhead space 226 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the

536/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER 227 designated end of travel course 228

Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream injected into the conditioned space

229

The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance without changing its temperature.

230 Two types of passenger elevator. 231

Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential building.

232 Another name for passenger elevator. 233 The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping. 234 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 235

An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.

236 A device for converting alternating current to direct current. 237 Another name for a Rectifier. 238 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air. 239 Another name for Humidistat. 240 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator. 241 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main. 242

An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly controls temperature.

243 Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction. 244

A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.

245 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___. A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to activate a switch. During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open 247 the doors from the outside. A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if 248 subjected to pressure. 246

249 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 250

An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.

251 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve. In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended scenery, or the like. On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the 253 car are fastened, and on which they wind. 252

254 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight. 255

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

256 Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope.

537/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER 257 Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator.

258 Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel. 259 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning. 260

Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.

261 A rate of rise type detector. 262 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures. 263 Heat that raises air temperature. 264

The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.

265 In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions.

266

What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air stream injected to a conditioned space.

267

In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be used together with this.

It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the floors. In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains 269 open until overloading is eliminated. 268

270 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. 271 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor. 272 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard. 273

In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop or prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.

274

This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.

This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor. This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or 276 repairs. 275

277

The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs. (equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)

278 279 280

281

282

538/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

283

284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311

539/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Air Curtain

AHU (Air Handling Unit)

Bumper

Elevator Landing

610 mm.

660 mm

1220 mm Air-conditioning elevator boiler conveyor compressor

air-conditioning alternator generator cooling tower

dumbwaiters counter weight guide rails

counterweight shaft governor

540/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES buffer humidifier

centralized air con

compressor

hydraulic elevator thermostat Truss pent house escalator demand factor governor Magnetic flux counterweight Full bath Method of cooling

All of the above

Conduction Dampers freon ammonia plenum effluent insulation hunidifier Conduction evaporator

541/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES coil relay Dampers elevator governor sprocket assembly boiler Closed nipple condenser gearless traction hydronics hoistropes – Electric and Hydraulic 0.60 mtr

Automatic Transfer Switch 2.0 mts. 1.20 mts. Humidistat Hygrostat Thermosetting Thermostat Alternator Heat Thermostat Air curtain Fixed Temperature Heat Detector 135-197˚F Air Motor 68-74 ˚F /20-23 deg C

542/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES Psychrometric Chart Sensible Heat Convection

Energy Efficiency Rating

Fan Coil Unit

Safety Shoe

Fascia Plate

Weighing Device Circuit Breaker Limit Switches Handrail Guard Switches Disconnect Switch Mechanical Maintenance Locking Device Current Overload Safety Switch Knife Switch Ton of Refrigeration Sheave Governor Counterweight Winding-Drum Machine Winding-Drum Machine Limit Controls and Interlocks governor counterweight Method of cooling

543/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES A mechanical device used to step up or step down voltage in ac

Thermal load Polarization 3 section truss

All of these

Seasonal energy efficiency ratio R-22 Resistance and reactance Endless belt 558mm

Both a and b

Dichlorodifluormethane 90-120fpm LATENT HEAT AIR CONDITIONER BUGLARS AND PROWLERS AIR DUCT DRAUGHT OR DRAFT 4 STOREY BLACK DUMBWAITER HUMIDIFIER 50 GALS. THERMOSTAT BULLDOZER

544/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ACOUSTICAL LAY IN PANEL DECIBEL 135-197 F REAR OR TOP SOUND ABSORPTION

SOUND INSULATION

LUX WATER TABLE

AIR HANDLING UNIT

TRAVEL TIME CONCRETE CASING CREEP TRAVEL TIME FREIGHT ELEVATOR BUFFER PIT WINDING DRUM MACHINE GUIDE RAILS 600mm FOR REPAIR AND INSPECTION 2 HOISTWAYS 4 ELEVATORS 3 HOISTWAYS 2 HOISTWAYS 30mm OVER LOAD RELAY AND REVERSE POLARITY RELAY BUFFER

545/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH SAFETY SHOE WAIT INTERVAL DOOR LOCK SWITCH MAGNETIC BREAK FOR CAR OVERRUN

GOVERNOR A European brand of elevator BUFFER

MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

SAFETY SHOE WAIT INTERVAL DOOR LOCK SWITCH

MAGNETIC BREAK FOR CAR OVERRUN LIMIT SWITCH 35 degrees 558 mm 1.20 m 330 mm

546/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES TEMPERED TYPE GLASS 38 mpm R.C CONCRETE OR MASONRY 3.00 mts. FROM OUTSIDE WALL 1 meter 5.00 mts 2 CHECK VALVES NON RETURN OR SHUT OFF VALVE ONE SAFETY VALVE TWO SAFETY VALVE 15 DAYS 68deg-74deg F 2.30 meters ABOVE THE FLOOR STOP VALVES 2.13 meters

FAN COIL UNIT 1.5 TIMES MORE THAN THE ELEVATOR CAR DEPTH DOWN COLLECTIVE CONTROL UP COLLECTIVE CONTROL GOVERNOR - safety gear, safety shoe, magnetic break ESCALATOR'S PART ONE IN FRONT OF THE OTHER 1120;980;800;760 1150;1100;1000;900 ADJUSTABLE LOCKING DAMPERS AT THE ESCALATOR MACHINE ROOM

547/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON OF REFRIGERATION

International Standard and EN 81.1 Code in designing a machine room STANDARD INSTALLATION OF ESCALATOR NOT EXCEEDING 4.50 MTS./ TRUSS PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE EXPANDED POLYTHELYNE FOAM INSULATION KNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR COMPONENT PART COOLING TOWER SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY TONS OF REFRIGERATION

THERMOSTAT

BUFFER

MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER SAFETY SHOE AIR CURTAIN WAIT INTERVAL EVAPORATORS CANNOT BE LOCATED AT CEILING DOOR LOCK SWITCH

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

MAGNETIC BREAK FOR CAR OVERRUN LIMIT SWITCH

548/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES EMERGENCY SWITCH FAN COIL UNIT

Latent Heat Electric and Hydraulic 0.60 mtr. Lift 2 mts. 1.20 mts. Sheave Rectifier D.C. Generator Humidistat Hygrostat Governor Corporation Stop Thermostat Rigid Board Insulation Alternator Heat Thermostat Outside Door Latch Panic Bar 135-197˚F Pressure Regulating Valve Air Motor Counterweight Winding-Drum Machine Guiderails 600 mm 30 mm

549/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES 558 mm 38 Meters/Min 68-74 ˚F Microphone Thermal Detector Psychrometric Chart Sensible Heat Convection Limit Controls and Interlocks Fan Coil Unit

Safety Shoe Fascia Plate Weighing Device Circuit Breaker Limit Switches Handrail Guard Switches Disconnect Switch

Mechanical Current Overload Safety Switch Knife Switch Ton of Refrigeration

550/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

551/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER 1

Is a physical wave, a mechanical vibration, a series of pressure variations, in an elastic medium

2

A healthy pair of human ear has a detection range of.

3

Sound travels in air, at sea level, in ____ m/sec.

4

The number of times the cycle of compression and rarefaction of air makes in a given unit of time.

5

Is the persistence of sound after the cause of sound has stopped-a result of repeated reflections.

6

Is caused when reflected sound at sufficient intensity reaches a listener approximately 70 m/ sec. after hear the direct sound.

7

Is perceived as a buzzing or clicking sound, and it is comprised of repeated echoes traversing back and forth between two non-absorbing parallel surfaces.

8

A device used for sound absorption

9

This describe the reflection of sound along a curved surface near the surface

10

Sound travels only about ___________m/sec.

11

It is the measurement of the intensity of sound.

12

It is the limit for comfortable hearing.

13 14 15 16

It is the time in seconds that a reflected sound diminishes for the case by 60db after the original sound has stopped. It is a type of microphone which equally sensitive sound arriving at it from any direction It has a stimulating effect, conducive to drinking, induces sleep, best for bars and night club. In theory and fundamentals of lighting. It is the science that deals with measurement of light.

17

It refers to the unit of intensity of light of one standard candle whose light is concentrated at a point and the light source is assumed to be placed at the center of a hollow sphere of one foot radius.

18

In physical principles of light, it is the light rays leaving the source strike through, opaque surface which spreads the light in various directions, in addition light is broken up while in reflection, the light bounces back at a different direction.

19

It is the unit of luminous flux, amount f light falling on a surface from the source.

20

Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______.

552/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER 21 22 23

A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electrical power? In lighting and illumination calculation, what is the unit for lux? In Inverse Square Law, it states that: ―sound intensity ______ the square of the distance from the source.‖

24

Is a logarithmic unit of measurement that expresses the magnitude of a physical quantity (usually power or intensity) relative to a specified or implied reference level.

25

An apparent shift in the frequency occurring when an acoustic source and listener are in motion relative to each other, the frequency increasing when the source and the listener approach each other and decreasing when they move apart

26

What is a repetitious reflective sound due to parallel walls?

27

– delayed sound heard a fraction of a second after the direction of sound isheard

28

unpleasant or unwanted sound

29

What is the study of reactions of humans to audible sound?

30

study of effects on environment upon audible sound

31

study of sound generated by equipment

32

What is the distance between two similar points in succession waves traveling in one cycle?

33

rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon

34

a sensation felt by the brain resulting from the distance of molecules in the air

35

What is the amount of sound energy produced by the source?

36

unit of loudness of sound

37

at speed of sound normal temperature and pressure

38

What is the reflected sound that gathers in a central portion of the room?

39

one characterized by large amounts of absorption

40

characterized by very small amounts of absorption

41

What is the persistence of sound after the source of sound has stopped?

42

state existing in a system which is set into oscillation

43 44

simplest kind of sound composed entirely of sound waves of a single frequency A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.

45

Unit of loudness level.

46

The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat.

553/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER 47 48 49 50 51 52

Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted from one point to another. Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material. Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium.

53

Sound sensation in a single frequency.

54

Wave produced by a pure tone.

55

Synonymous with a lighting fixture.

56

The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___.

57

Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting.

58

The rate of flow of light through a surface.

59 60 61 62

The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area. A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot. A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper

63

The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp.

64

The rate of flow of sound energy

65

Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest.

66

A means of producing light from gaseous discharge.

67

A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).

68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75

Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into variable electrical current. Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls. A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source. A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area. A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature. A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam. A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern.

554/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false 76

alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves. This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive

77 infrared and Ultrasonic or Microwave system. This type of perimeter detector detects a change in 78

capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.

79

Proximity / Capacitance a. Microwave A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor, similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction. A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors,

80

uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of an

81

electric discharge in mercury vapor. A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically with tungsten. A type of lamp generally used for roadways and

82 83

84

85 86 87

sidewalks, uses sodium gas. The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second. Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater the insulation value. 212. The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type. What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies. The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through different densities.

88

In lighting and illumination calculation, what is the unit for lux?

89

Tesla is the unit of____.

90

In Inverse Square Law, it states that: ―sound intensity ______ the square of the distance from the source.‖

91

Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______.

92

Creep is the phenomenon whereby sound travels in a ______.

93

94

95

Sound Transmission Loss (STL) is/are affected by the following ____. a. Intensity of sound from source b. Material density c. Medium d. All of the above Which of the following factors affect/s room acoustics? a. Shape and proportion of room b. Room cavity c. Seating and other furnishings d. All of the above A condition characterized as vertically downward directly below the luminaire. What is that term?

555/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER It is the product of surface area (sq.ft.) and sound absorption coefficient (SAC). It has the unit sabin. Wallace Clement Sabine, an American physicist who pioneered 97 work on sound is said to be the father of ____? When sound impinges on a surface such as walls, floor, ceiling, 98 etc. It is referred to as _____. A branch of acoustics that involves the control of noise pollution, 99 environmental noise, which include motor vehicles, aircraft noise, etc. This material is so named in honor of a German physicist, consista of a holllow material with a small hole on one side. This is 100 used to detect individual frequency of complex acoustic wave configuration. A type of resonator made from empty clay vessels of different 101 sizes. Their absorption ranges from 100-400 hertz. 96

102 The rustling of leaves in breeze is said to be within the ____. 103 Unit of capacitance is _____.

104

105

106 107

The following statements are true with regards to sound except ___. a. That sound is an aural sensation b. That sound is caused by oscillation in an elastic medium c. That sound travels in a vacuum d. That sound is caused by the vibration of particles which move in an infinitesimal amount causing particles to impart motion and energy to them ___. velocity of sound is affected by _____. The a. Temperature b. Kind of medium c. Material density d. All of the above Transondent facings are those transparent facings with holes. Which facing will reflect more sound? Which of the following sources of sound produces the highest sound pressure level (SPL)?

108 Unit of frequency equal to one cycle per seconds 109 Unit of loudness of level 110 Prolongation of sound as a result of succesive reflection 111 Distance sounds travels during each cycles of vibration 112 Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to bend or scattered around 113 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displaceent in elastic medium 114 Sound sensation in a single frequency 115 A luminous intensity of light expressed in candela; Unit of luminous intensity 116 A lighting fixture 117 Unit of luminance equal to 1 candela per square meter 118 Unit of illmination equal to one lumen per square meter

556/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER 119 Unit of illumination equal to one square foot 120 Rate of flow of light through a surface 121 Resistance in AC system 122 Reciprocal of resistance 123 Rate of flow of sound energy 124 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular point of interests 125 A type of HID lamp 126 Higher than 20,000 Hertz 127 Unit of acoustic absorption equivalent ot absorption by one square root of a perfect absorber

128

First defense method from external noise by site selection and site planning for quiet internal acoustic environment

129

The effective method can be employed to reduce direct noise, which is transmitted airborne, for noise reduction within a space

130 Sound with a wavelength of 1.50 m at Frequency 1,500 Hz

131

Perceptual characteristic of sound which is the average rate of flow of energy per unit area perpendicular to the direction of propagation

132

The physical behavior of sound when travelling forward in a straight path changes in direction as it passes through different densities and causes the sound waves to bend

133 Unit of loudness level. 134 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat. 135 Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. 136

The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted from one point to another.

137 Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material. 138 Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around. 139 Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear. 140 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium. 141 Sound sensation in a single frequency.

557/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER 142 Wave produced by a pure tone. 143 Synonymous with a lighting fixture. 144 The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. 145 Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting. 146 The rate of flow of light through a surface. 147 The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area. 148 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot. 149 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter. 150

Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper walls of the room.

151 The material used for filament in an incandescent bulb. 152 The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. 153 The rate of flow of sound energy 154 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest. 155 A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. 156 A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID). 157 Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls. 158 A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. 159

A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.

160 A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area. 161 What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies. 162

The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through different densities.

558/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER 163

The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.

Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it; a 164 measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater the insulation value. 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186

559/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211

560/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Sound

20 to 20000 HZ

344 m/ sec.

Frequency

Reverberation

Echo

Flutter

Fibrous Materials Creep 344 m/sec decibel 40 db Reverberation time omnidirectional mic incandescent photometry

candle power

Diffusion

Lumen the reciprocal of ohm

561/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Watt 1 lumen per sq.m. Varies inversely with

Decibel

droppler effect

flutter Echo Noise psycho acoustics environmental acoustics – electro acoustics wavelength frequency – sound – magnitude decibel velocity – sound foci dead room Live room reverberation resonance pure tone – Specific Lighting Phon Sound Absorption

562/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Wavelength Sound Attenuation Sabin Sound Diffraction Threshold of Audibility Sound Pure Tone Sine Wave Luminaire Candela General Lighting Luminous Flux Luminance Foot-Candle Lux Indirect Lighting Cathode Sound Intensity Accent Lighting Fluorescense High-Pressure-Sodium Microphone Cross Light Luminaire Eggcrate Floodlight Passive Infrared Passive Infrared Ultrasonic

563/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Microwave Passive Infrared with Ultrasonic (or Microwave) Proximity / Capacitance

Metal Halide Lamp

Mercury Lamp Tungsten Halogen Lamp High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS) Frequency

Transmission Loss

Infra Red Porous Absorbents Refraction 1 lumen per sq.m. Magnetic flux Varies inversely with a. Transmission of sound b. Effect of sound waves c. Generation of sound

Curve surface

All of the above

All of the above

Nadir

564/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Sound absorption Architectural acoustics Structureborne sound Environmental acoustics

Hermholtz resonator

Individual resonator Threshold of hearing Farad

That sound travels in a vacuum

All of the above

10% opening Cafeteria with people in it HERTZ PHON REVERBERATION WAVELENGTH SOUND DIFFRACTION SOUND PURE TONE CANDELA LUMINAIRE LAMBERT LUX

565/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

FOOT CANDLE LUMINOUS FLUX IMPEDANCE CONDUCTANCE SOUND INTENSITY ACCENT LIGHTING HPS LAMP ULTRASONIC SABINS

AVOIDING ZONES OF DIRECT SOUND INSTALL ABSORBENT MATERIALS WITHIN THE WALL OF THE ENCLOSURE 7,380 fps

INTENSITY

REFRACTION

Phon Sound Absorption Wavelength Sound Attenuation Sabin Sound Diffraction Threshold of Audibility Sound Pure Tone

566/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Sine Wave Luminaire Candela General Lighting Luminous Flux Luminance Foot-Candle Lux Indirect Lighting Tungsten Cathode Sound Intensity Accent Lighting Fluorescense High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS) Cross Light Luminaire Eggcrate Floodlight Porous Absorbents Refraction

567/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Frequency

Transmission Loss

568/622

PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

569/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER 1

Which Philippine furniture is specifically designed for giving birth?

BUTACA

2

is an exquisite chest drawers

comoda

3

is a modified church pew

4

is a wooden sofa that features a cabinet compartment below the seat

gallinera

5

Which Philippine furniture is usually used to store pillows and mats?

al mario

6

refers to a wardrobe with mirror attached to the door

aparador

7

is used to store food and utensils

8

is a daybed

9

What is escritoire?

10

is called bergere

11

is called the etagere

12

is called finial

13

Who designed the ―Barcelona Chair‖?

14

designed the adjustable chaise lounge

15

designed the cantilevered chair

16

designed the cesca cantilevered chair

17

It is a chair made of molded fiberglass rest on a cast aluminum pedestal

18

is made of nylon stretch fabric over urethane foam

19

is made of tubular steel frame cobered with rubber webbing and pre-foamed latex foam

ribbon chair

20

is made of reinforced molded fiberglass

gyro chair –

kapiya

pamingalan diban a writing desk arm chair with closed arms hanging or standing shelves crowning ornament on furniture Ludwig Mies van de Rohe Le Corbusier – Alvar Aalto Marcel Bruer

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

570/622

tulip chair chaise

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

42

43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

571/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER 56 57 58 59 60 61 62

63

64 65 66

67

68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78

572/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87

88

89

90

91 92 93 94 95

96

97 98

99

100

573/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER 101 102

103 104 105

106

107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114

115

116

117 118 119 120

574/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128

129

130 131 132

133

134

135

136 137 138 139 140 141 142

575/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161

162

163

129 130 131 132 133

576/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146

147

148 149 150 151

152

153 154 155 156 157 158 159

577/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186

578/622

BAHAY KUBO Kitchen Toilet & Bath Rice Storage Low Table Closet Room Room for Entertaining Guest

Gilir Batalan Kamalig Dulang Tampipi Silid Bulwagan

BAHAY NA BATO Ground Floor For caroza storage Horse Stable Store room

Zaguan Quadra Bodega

Second Floor Water Cistern Overhanging 2nd floor Food Storage Ante room for stairs Living room Dining room Kitchen Pantry Toilet Bath Open terrace Room Vault Balcony Courtyard

Aljibe Volada Dispensa Caida Sala Comedor Cocina Dispensa Letrina / Comun Bano Azotea Cuarto / Alcoba / Dormitorio Entresuelo Balcon Patio

distinctive features 1. PERSIANA – large windows with slats covered with capiz to filter light; unique in Southeast Asia 2. VENTANILLA – small windows usually at lower portion of the wall 3. CALLADO – open woodwork or tracery; fixed over a window or placed as space dividers 4. BARANDILLAS – wrought iron traceries on the wall 5. BANGGERA – where the dishes are kept

NAME OF STRUCTURE

LOCATION

ARCHITECT

EGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURE Temple of Luxor Abu Simbel Pyramid of King Zoser The Great Pyramid

Luxor, Egypt Imhotep

GREEK ARCHITECTURE Partheon

Athens, Greece

Erechtheum Epidaurus Theater

Athens, Greece Epidaurus, Greece

Itchinus, Callicarates with Phidias Mnesicles Polykleitos

Rome, Italy Rome, Italy Rome, Italy

Acrippa Apollodorus of Damascus Vespacian and Domitian

White House Capitol of the United States National Gallery Of Art Washington Monument University of Virginia Massachusetts State House Saint Patrick's Cathedral Connecticut State Capitol Monticallo New York City Hall

Washington, D.C. Washington, D.C.

Charlottesville, Virginia New York

James Hoban Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch John Russel Pope Robert Mills Thomas Jefferson Charles Bulfinch James Renwick Richard Upjohn Thomas Jefferson Pierre L'enfant

Fallingwater Guggenheim Museum Coonley House Ennis House Johnson Wax Building Larkin Building Wingspread Golden Gate Bridge

Ohiopyle, Pennsylvania New York, New York Riverside, Illonois Los Angeles, California Racine, Winconsin Buffalo, New York Wind Point San Francisco,California

Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Frank Lloyd Wright Joseph Strauss

Paris, France Paris, France

Peirre Lescot

Hill of Montmatre, Paris

Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne Domencio de Cortona

Paris, France Paris, France Paris, France

Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano Maurice de Sully Charles Garnier Claude Mollet

ROMAN ARCHITECTURE The Pantheon Trajan's Forum Colosseum

AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE

Washington, D.C. Charlottesville, Virginia New York

FRENCH ARCHITECTURE The Louvre Tuileries Palais Royal Sacre-coeur Hotel de Ville Arc de Triomphe Pompidou Centre Notre Dame de Paris ParisOpera House Elysee Palace Hotel de Invalides La Madelaine Sorbonne Charles Cathedral Amien's Cathedral Rheims Cathedral Eiffel Tower

Napoleon I Paris, France Chartes, France

Paris, France

Gustave Eiffel

Notre Dame du Haut Villa Savoye

Ronchamp, France Poissy, France

NAME OF STRUCTURE

LOCATION

Le Corbusier Le Corbusier

ARCHITECT

GERMAN ARCHITECTURE Burgtheater

Potsdam, Germany

Gottfried Semper with Karl Von Hasenaver Georg Wenzeslaus Von Knobelsdorf Balthazar Neumann Erich Mendelsohn

British Moseum

London, England

Sir Robert Smirke

Salisbury Cathedral Queen's House

Salisbury, England Greenwich, England

Inigo Jones

Somerset House St. Paul's Cathedral Chiswick House Westminster Palace Glasgow School of Art Durham cathedral Buckingham Palace

London, England London, England Chiswick, England London, England Galsgow,England Durham, England

Berlin Opera House Wurzburg Residenz Einstein Tower

ENGLISH ARCHITECTURE

William Chambers Sir Christopher Wren Lord Burlington Sir Charles Barry Charles Rennie Mackintosh Sir George Goring

CHINA, TURKEY, ITALY, INDIA AND SPAIN ARCHITECTURE Temple of Heaven Hagia Sofia Cathedral of Siena Pisa Cathedral Florence Cathedral Krak des Chevaliers Alhambra Casa Batllo Casa Mila Sagrada Familia Taj Mahal

China Istanbul, Turkey Southern Italy Pisa, Italy Florence, Italy Syria Granada, Spain Barcelona, Spain Barcelona, Spain Barcelona, Spain Agra, India

Isidoros and Anthemios

Arnolfo di Cambio

Antonio Gaudi Antonio Gaudi Antonio Gaudi Emperor Shah Jahan

PHILIPPINE CHURCHES Paoay Church Vigan Church Santa Maria Church Tumauini Church Angat Church Barasoain Church San Sebastian Church San Augustine Church Taal Church

Ilocos Norte Ilocos Sur Ilocos Sur Isabela Bulacan Bulacan Manila Manila Batangas

Daraga Church Miagao Church Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica

Albay Iloilo Cebu

Antonio Estavillo Benigno Fernandez

Genaro Palacios Juan Macias Fray Marcos Anton Don Luciano Oliver

Fray Juan de Albarran

PHILIPPINE SKYSCRAPERS PBCom Tower Petron Mega Plaza BSA Twin Tower

Makati Makati Mandaluyong

Skidmore, Owings, Merill Skidmore, Owings, Merill

G.T. International Tower

Makati

Robinson's Equitable Tower ICEC (LKG) Tower

Pasig Makati

Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2 Roxas Triangle 1 & 2

Makati Makati

NAME OF STRUCTURE

Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas HOK Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas Arquitectonica Skidmore, Owings, Merill

LOCATION

ARCHITECT

SKYSCRAPERS AROUND THE WORLD Petronas Tower Sears Tower Jin Mao Building Plaza Rakyat Empire State Building

Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Chicago, USA Shnaghai, China Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia New Yrok City, USA

Central Plaza

Hong Kong, China

Bank of China Emirates Tower I

Hong Kong, China Dubai, UAE

The Center T & C Tower

Hong Kong, China Kaohsiung, Taiwan

AON Center

Chicago, USA

John Hancock Center Shun Hing Square

Chicago, USA Shenzhen, China

Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)

Guangzhou, China

Burj Al-Arab Hotel

Dubai, UAE

Baiyoke Tower 2 Chrysler Building Bank of American Palza Library Tower Malaysia Telecom HQ

Bangkok, Thailand New Yrok City, USA Atlanta, USA Los Angeles, USA Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

AT & T Corporate Center Chase Tower Ryugyong Hotel

Chicago, USA Houston, USA Pyongyoang, North Korea

Cesar Pelli & Associates Skidmore, Owings and Merill Skidmore, Owings and Merill Skidmore, Owings and Merill Shreve Lamb & Harmon Associates Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man and Associates I.M. Pei & Partners NORR Group Consultants Intenational, Ltd. Hellmuth, Obata & Kassabuam/Cy Lee Edward D. Stone & Associates Skidmore, Owings and Merill K.Y. Cheung Design Associates Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man & Associates Tom Wright of WS Atkins & Partners Plan Architect Co. William Van Allen Johnson/Burgee Architects Pei Cobb Freed and Partners Hijjas Kasturi Associates Daewoo and Partners Peter Ellis, SOM Pei Cobb Freed and Partners Baikdoosan Architects & Engineers

STYLE

Ancient Greek, Doric Ancient Greek, Ionic Ancient Greek Ancient Roman Roman Ancient Roman Georgian Neoclassical Neoclassical Neo-Egyptian Classical, Neo-Palladian

Colonial Georgian French Renaissance Georgian Style Expressionist Modern Modern Prairie Style Deco Modern Modern Early Modern Neo-Vernacular Structural Modern with some Art Deco details French Renaissance

High-Tech Modern Early Gothic Neo-Baroque

Gothic exempler French Gothic Victorian Structural Expressionist

Expressionist Modern Modern

STYLE

Expressionist Early Modern Victorian Ionic façade Classical Revival English Gothic Palladian, Late English Renaissance Neoclassical Late Renaissance to Baroque Palladian English Gothic Revival Art Nouveau Romanesque

Byzantine Gothic and Mediterranean Romanesque Italian Romanesque Medieval Moorish(Islamic) Expressionist or Art Nouveau Art Nouveau Expressionist Islamic

Baroque ultra-baroque Baroque Gothic Style Baroque or Neo Classic

Romanesque and Neo Classic

NO. OF FLRS/HEIGHT 88 / 452 meters 110 / 443 meters 88 / 420.60 meters 79 / 382 meters 102 / 381 meters 78 / 374 meters 70 / 369 meters 56 / 358 meters 73 / 350 meters 85/ 347 meters 83 / 346 meters 100 / 344 meters 81 / 325 meters 80 / 322 meters 60 / 321 meters 90 77 55 73 77

/ / / / /

320 meters 319.40 meters 312 meters 310.30 meters 310 meters

61 / 307 meters 75 / 305.40 meters 105 / 300 meters

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code

)

ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.

Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Chimney Classifications:

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimney. Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.

Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

BUILDING LAWS

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

BUILDING LAWS

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

BUILDING LAWS

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

BUILDING LAWS

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.

Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.

Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot lines.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines. Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.

Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Partition An interior subdividing walls.

Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Show Window A store window in which goods are display.

Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground. Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway. Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface. Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces. Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight. Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.

Wall, Dead A wall without openings.

Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-joists.

Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight. Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.

Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

BUILDING LAWS

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code

)

ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard. Accessoria or Row House A house of not more than two storeys, composed of a row or dwelling units entirely separated from one another by party wall or walls and with an independent entrance for each dwelling units. Accessory Building A building subordinate to the main building on the same lot and used for purposes customarily incidental to those of the main building such as servants quarters, garage, pump house, laundry, etc. ADMINISTRATOR Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the use of a building for him. Agricultural Building A building designated and constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged; nor shall it be place used by the public. Alley Any building space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded to the public or for public use as a passageway with a width of not more than three meters. Alter or Alteration Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy. Apartment A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for, or occupied by one family for living, sleeping, and cooking purposes. Apartment House Any building or portion thereof, which is designed, built, rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or residence of three or more families living independently of each other and doing their own cooking in the building, and shall include flats and apartments. Arcade Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Assembly Building or Hall A building or a portion of a building used for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation, workshop, entertainment, amusement, or awaiting transportation or of a hundred or more persons in drinking and dining establishments. Attic Storey Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arranged, or built as to be used for business, storage, or habitation. Awning A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and of a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting building. Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached. Balcony A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raise 1.20 meters or more above the level of the main floor. Balcony Exterior Exit A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building, and which serves as a required means of egress. The long size shall be at least fifty percent open, and the open area above the guardrail shall be so distributed as to prevent the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases. Barbecue A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation. Basement A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly below and partly above grade but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor is less than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling. Bay or Panel One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses, or division walls. BLASTING AGENT Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used to set off explosives. Boarding House A house with five or more sleeping rooms where boarders are provided with lodging, and meals for fixed sum paid by the month, or week, in accordance with previous arrangement. Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler. Buildable Area The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces. Building Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, or property of any kind.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Building Height The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof; to the average height of the highest gable or a pitch or hip roof, or to the top of the parapet if the roof is provided with a parapet. In case of sloping ground, the average ground level of the buildable area shall be considered the established grade elevation. Building Length Its general lineal dimensions usually measured in the direction of the bearing wall for girders. Building Width Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of the floor, beams or joints. Cellar The portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or partly below grade and so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is equal to or greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling. CELLULOSE NITRATE OR NITRO CELLULOSE A highly combustible and explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material. CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN) Any plastic substance, materials or compound having cellulose nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base. Chimney Classifications: chimney a. Residential Appliance Type. A factory-built or masonry chimney suitable for removing products of combustion from residential type appliance producing combustion gases not in excess of 538°C measured at the appliance flue outlet. chimney b. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney suitable for removing the product with combustion from full-burning low-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 538°C under normal operating conditions but capable of producing combustible gases of 760°C during intermittent forced firing for periods up to one hour. All temperatures are measured at the appliance flue outlet. chimney c. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney suitable for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning medium-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1093°C measured at the appliance flue outlet.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimney. Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material. Chimney Masonry The chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed hollow unit masonry units, or reinforced concrete. COMBUSTIBLE FIBER Any readily ignitable and free burning fiber such as cotton, oakum, rags, waste cloth, waste paper, kapok, hay, straw, Spanish moss, excelsior and other similar materials commonly used in commerce. COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID Any liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8_C (100_F). COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLE Descriptive of materials that are easily set on fire. Concrete Block A hollow or solid concrete masonry unit made from portland cement and suitable aggregates such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, bituminous or anthracite cinders, burned clay, pumice, volcanic scoria, air cooled or expanded blast furnace slags. Coping The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, pier, or pilaster. Corrosion-Resistant Material Materials that are inherently rust-resistant or materials to which an approved rust-resistive coating has been applied either before or after forming or fabrication. Corrosion-Resistant The non-ferrous metal, or any metal having an unbroken surface on non-ferrous metal, or steel with not less than 10 percent chromium or with less than 0.20 percent copper. CORROSIVE LIQUID Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic matter or with certain chemicals. Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units. Court An occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard; free, open, and unobstructed by appendages from the ground upward. CRYOGENIC Descriptive of any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surroundings.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

CURTAIN BOARD A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive materials attached to and extending below the bottom chord of the roof trusses, to divide the underside of the roof into separate compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent. DAMPER A normally open device installed inside an air duct system which automatically closes to restrict the passage of smoke or fire. Dispersal Area (Safe) An area which will accommodate a number of persons equal to the total capacity of the stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no person within the area need be closer than 15.00 meters from the stand or building. Dispersal areas shall be based upon an area of not less than 0.28 square-meter per person. DISTILLATION The process of first raising the temperature in separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance. DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. DUST A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion. Dwelling Any building or any portion thereof which is not an "apartment house", "lodging house", or a "hotel" as defined in this Code which contained one or two "dwelling units" or "guest rooms", used, intended or designed to be built, used, rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied for living purposes. Dwelling Unit One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating. Dwelling, Indigenous Family A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the family of the owner only. It is one constructed of native materials such as bamboo, nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos. Dwelling, Multiple A building used as a home or residence of three or more families living independently from one another, each occupying one or more rooms as a single housekeeping unit.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Dwelling, One-Family A detached building designated for, or occupied exclusively by one family. ELECTRICAL ARC An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by passage of an electric current across a space between two conductors or terminals due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor. EMBER A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is still oxidizing without the manifestation of flames. Exit A continuous and unobstructed means of egress to a public way, and shall include intervening doors, doorways, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps, stairways, smoke-proof enclosures, horizontal exits, exit passageway, exit courts, and yards. An exit shall be deemed to be that point which opens directly into a safe dispersal area or public way. All measurement are to be made to that point when determining the permissible distance of travel. Exit Courts A yard or court providing egress to a public way for one or more required exits. Exit Horizontal A means of passage from one building into another building occupied by the same tenant through a separation wall having a minimum fire resistance of one-hour. Exit Passageway An enclosed means of egress connecting a required exit of exit court with a public way. Facing Any masonry, forming an integral part of a wall used as a finished surface (as contrasted to veneer, see definition). FINISHES Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or protective purposes. FIRE ALARM Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warm the occupants of the building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of fire to enable them to undertake immediate action to save life and property and to suppress the fire. FIRE DOOR A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or partitions. FIRE HAZARD Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in the probability of the occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or interfere with fire fighting operations and the safeguarding of life and property.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

FIRE LANE The portion of a roadway or publicway that should be kept opened and unobstructed at all times for the expedient operation of fire fighting units. FIRE PROTECTIVE AND FIRE SAFETY DEVICE Any device intended for the protection of buildings or persons to include but not limited to built-in protection system such as sprinklers and other automatic extinguishing system, detectors for heat, smoke and combustion products and other warning system components, personal protective equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves and other garments that may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during fire.

Fire Retardant Treated Wood Lumber of plywood impregnated with chemicals and when tested in accordance with accepted fire standards for a period of 30 minutes shall have a flame spread of not over 25 and show no evidence of progressive combustion. The Fire-retardant properties shall not be considered permanent when exposed to the weather. FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS Refers to design and installation of walls, barriers, doors, windows, vents, means of egress, etc. integral to and incorporated into a building or structure in order to minimize danger to life from fire, smoke, fumes or panic before the building is evacuated. These features are also designed to achieve, among others, safe and rapid evacuation of people through means of egress sealed from smoke or fire, the confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of origin and delay their spread to other parts of the building by means of smoke sealed and fire resistant doors, walls and floors. It shall also mean to include the treatment of buildings components or contents with flame retardant chemicals.

FIRE The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of combustion. FIRE TRAP A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it lacks adequate exits or fire escapes. Firebrick A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies widely in physical properties. Fireplace A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

First Storey The storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidewalk or adjoining ground, the remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession upward. FLASH POINT The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air. Floor Area An area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or portion thereof, exclusive of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a building or portion thereof not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. Footing That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the soil or the pile. FORCING A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimensions. Foundation All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the structure rests. FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Garage A building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing gasoline, distillate, or other violative, flammable liquid in its tank, is stored, repaired, or kept. Garage Commercial A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicles are housed, cared for, equipped, repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale. Garage Private A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles used by the tenants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept. Garage, Open Parking A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at least 50 percent open on two or more sides and is used exclusively for the parking or storage of passenger motor vehicles having a capacity of not more than nine persons per vehicle. Open parking garages are further classified as either ramp-access or mechanicalaccess. Ramp-access, open parking garages are those employing a series of continuously rising floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power from and to the street level.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Girder A horizontal structural piece which supports in end of the floor beams or joists or walls over opening. Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) The lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a point 1.50 meters distant from said wall, or the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a property line if it is less than 1.50 meters distant from sidewall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meters of a public sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation of the sidewalk, alley, or public way. Ground Floor The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys, beginning with second, for the first next above, shall be designated by the successive floor number counting upward. Guest Room Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sleeping purposes. Every 9.30 square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be considered to be guest room. Habitable Room Any room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping, living, cooking or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets, pantries, bath or toilet room, service rooms, connecting corridors, laundries, unfinished attics, storages, space cellars, utility rooms, and similar spaces. Hall, Common A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building. Hall, Stair A hall which includes the stair, stair landings, and those portions of the common hall through which it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance floor and the room. HAZARDOUS OPERATION/PROCESS Any act of manufacturing, fabrication, conversion, etc., that uses or produces materials which are likely to cause fires or explosions. Heliport An area of land or water or a structural surface which is used, or intended for use, the landing and take off helicopters and any appurtenant areas which are used, or intended for use, for heliport buildings and other heliport facilities. Helistop The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance repairs, or storage of helicopters is permitted.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

HORIZONTAL EXIT Passageway from one building to another or through or around a wall in approximately the same floor level. HOSE BOX A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are stored and arranged for fire fighting. HOSE REEL A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is wound and connected. Hotel A building or a part thereof with rooms occupied or intended to be occupied for hire as temporary boarding place of individuals with a general kitchen and public dining room service, but no provision for cooking in any individual suite or room. Hotel Apartment An apartment house which may furnish dining room service and other services for the exclusive use of its tenants. HYPERGOLIC FUEL A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinations of fuels and oxidizers which ignite spontaneously on contact with each other. Incombustible As applied to building construction material, as material which, in the form it is used, is either one of the following: Incombustible Material When referred to as structural material, means brick, stone, terracotta, concrete, iron, steel, sheet, metal, or tiles, used either singly or in combination. Incombustible Stud Partition A partition plastered on both sides upon metal lath or wire cloth for the full height, and fire-topped between the studs with incombustible material 20 centimeters above the floor and at the ceiling. Incumbustible a. Material having an structural base of incombustible material as defined in item (2), above, with a surfacing material not over 3.2 millimeter s thick which has a flame-spread rating of 50 or less. Incumbustible b. "Incombustible" does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be incombustible for reduced clearance to flues, heating appliances, or other materials shall refer to material conforming to the provisions of this Code. No material shall be classed as incombustible which is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread rating beyond the limits herein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

INDUSTRIAL BAKING AND DRYING The industrial process of subjecting materials to heat for the purpose of removing solvents or moisture from the same, and/or to fuse certain chemical salts to form a uniform glazing the surface of materials being treated. JUMPER A piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device in an electrical system. Line, Building The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the enclosing wall of the building and the surface of the ground. Lintel The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction above. Load, Dead The weight of the permanent portions of a building or structure; it includes the weight of the walls permanent partitions, framing floors, roofs, and all other permanent and stationary fixtures mechanism, and other construction entering into the becoming a part of a building or structure. Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces. Load, Live The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all except dead and lateral, and weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and similar equipment, and all loads imposed due to the occupancy of the building or structure. Load, Occupant The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion thereof at any one time. Lodging House Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest rooms which are used by not more than five guests where rent is paid in money, goods, labor or otherwise. Lot A parcel of land on which a principal building and its accessories are placed or may be placed together with the required open spaces. A lot may or may not be the land designated as lot or recorded plot. Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property. Lot, Corner A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle of not more than one hundred thirty-five degrees (135°C). Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot lines.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Lot, Front The front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street and in the case of a corner lot, it may be either frontage. Lot, Inside A lot fronting on but one street of public alley and the remaining sides bounded by lot lines. Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines. Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines. Masonry A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum, hollow clay tile, concrete block or tile, or other similar building units of material or combination of these material laid up unit and set in mortar. Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces. Masonry Unit Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combination thereof, made to be bounded together by a cementation agent. Mechanical access parking garages are those employing parking machines, lifts, elevators, or other mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street level and in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level. Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor A partial intermediate floor in any storey or room of a building having an area not more than one-half of the area of the room or space in which it is constructed. Non-Conforming Building A building which does not conform with the regulations of the district where it is situated as to height, yard requirement, lot area, and percentage of occupancy. Non-Conforming Use The use of a building or land or any portion of such building or land which does not conform with the use and regulation of the zone where it is situated. Occupancy The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The term shall also include the building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy is not intended to include change of tenants or proprietors. OCCUPANCY The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or intended to be used. OCCUPANT Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions thereof by virtue of a lease contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or sufferance of the latter.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

ORGANIC PEROXIDE A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases oxygen readily. It causes fire when in contact with combustible materials especially under conditions of high temperature. OVERLOADING The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which draw or consume electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing electrical system. Owner Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties under consideration or the receiver or trustee thereof. OWNER The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or real property. OXIDIZING MATERIAL A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion. Panic Hardware A bar which extends across at least one-half the width of each door leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure. Partition An interior subdividing walls. Pier An insolated mass of masonry forming support for arches, columns, girders, lintels, trusses, and similar structural parts. Plaster A portion of the wall which projects on one or both sides and acts as a vertical beam, a column, or both. Plaster, Portland, Cement A mixture of portland cement, or portland cement and lime, and aggregate and other approved material as specified in this Code. Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less. Platform, Enclosed A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceiling of which is not more than 1.50 meters above the proscenium opening and which is designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein scenery, props, decorations, of the effects may be installed or used. PRESSURIZED OR FORCED DRAFT BURNING EQUIPMENT Type or burner where the fuel is subjected to pressure prior to discharge into the combustion chamber and/or which includes fans or other provisions for the introduction of air at above normal atmosphere pressure into the same combustion chamber.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Any building or structure where fifty (50) or more people congregate, gather, or assemble for any purpose. Public Way A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than 3.00 meters in width, appropriate d to the free passage of the general public. PUBLIC WAY Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use. PYROPHORIC Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. REFINING A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed from a mixture in order to produce a pure element of compound. It shall also refer to partial distillation and electrolysis. Repair The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of its maintenance. The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of construction. SELF-CLOSING DOORS Automatic closing doors that are designed to confine smoke and heat and delay the spread of fire. Shaft A vertical opening through a building for elevators, dumbwaiters, mechanical equipment, or similar purposes. Show Window A store window in which goods are display. Slum Blighted Area: Eyesore; An area where the values of real estate tend to deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and unsanitary condition of the building within the area. Any eyesore is a building or area which is markedly unpleasant to look at. SMELTING Melting or fusing of metallic ores or compounds so as to separate impurities from pure metals. Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground. Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal. SPRINKLER SYSTEM An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping installed in a building, structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern which automatically discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products from a fire.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Stable Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protection of any horse, carabao, or other cattle. Stable, Commercial A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, racing or breeding purposes. Stage A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used for the representation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein scenery, props or other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance between the top of the proscenium openings and the ceiling above the stage is more than 1.50 meters. Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway. Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only. STANDPIPE SYSTEM A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses can be attached on each floor, including a system by which water is made available to the outlets as needed. Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall be that portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above a basement, cellar or unused underfloor space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined herein at any point. Such basement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be considered as a storey. Storey, Height of The perpendicular distance from top to top of two successive floors, floor beams, or joists. The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance from the floor to the ceiling. The clear height of balconies is measured from the highest point of the sidewall grade to the underside of the balcony floor joists. If these joists are sealed, this clear height is measured to the underside of the ceiling. Street Any thoroughfare of public space which has been dedicated or deeded to the public for public use.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Structural Frame The framing system including the columns and the girders, beams, trusses, and spandrels having direct connections to the columns an all other members which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. The members of floor or roof which have no connection to the column shall be considered secondary and not a part of the structural frame. Structure That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind or any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner. Suportales The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional type of construction. These may be freestanding as stilts or integrated into the wall structure. In the case of former, pie de gallos (knee braces) or crosettas (cross bracings) are sometimes used. Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface. Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces. Surface, Weather-Exposed All surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits, and similar surfaces exposed to the weather except the following: surfacea a. Ceiling and roof soffits enclosed by walls, or by beams extend a minimum of 300 millimeter s below such ceiling or roof soffits; surfacea b. Walls or portions of walls within an unenclosed roof area, when located a horizontal distance from an exterior opening equal to twice the height of the opening; and surfacea c. Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters from the outer edge of the ceilings or roof soffits. Value of Valuation of a Building The estimated cost to replace the building in kind, based on current replacement costs. Vault Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or nay fireproof construction intended for the storage of valuables. Veneer Adhered Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fasteners attached to an approved backing supported through adhesion to an approved bonding material applied over an approved backing. Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces. Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

VERTICAL SHAFT An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to floor, as well as from the base to the top of the building. VESTIBULE A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior parts of a house or building. Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight. Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition. Wall, Curtain The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an enclosing wall between piers. Wall, Dead A wall without openings. Wall, Exterior Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of members, which defines the exterior boundary or courts of a building. Wall, Faced A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together that they act as a composite element, and exert a common action under load. Wall, Fire Any wall which subdivided a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by starting at the foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or above the roof. Extension above the roof is 1.00 meter. Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-joists. Wall, Height of The perpendicular distance measured from its base line either at the grade or at the top of the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundation and retaining walls are measured from the grade downward to the base of the footing. Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight. Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line. Wall, Party A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by the said buildings. Wall, Retaining Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material; a subsurface wall built to resist the lateral pressure of internal loads. Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed. Window An opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for the purpose of admitting natural light and air.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Window, Oriel A projecting window similar to a bay window, cut curried on brackets or corbels. The term "bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window projecting over the street line. Wire Backing Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical wood supports which, when covered with building paper, provide a backing for portland cement plaster. Yard or Patio The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property line. Yard, Rear The yard lying between the side lot line and the nearest lot line and the nearest building line. Yard, Side The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and between the front and the rear yards.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus